Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout155-98 RESOLUTIONrr • N. RESOLUTION NO 155-98 A RESOLUTION AWARDING BID NO. 98-83 IN THE AMOUNT OF $149,621 TO HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION, PLUS A PROJECT CONTINGENCY AMOUNT OF $14,000 FOR THE VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK PROJECT; AND APPROVING THE COMBINING OF PROJECT NOS. 96034 AND 97018. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1 That the City Council hereby awards Bid No. 98-83 in the amount of $149,621 to Heckathom Construction, plus a project contingency amount of $14,000; and authorizes the Mayor and City Clerk to execute a contract m said amount A copy of the contract is attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. 97018. Section 7. The City Council hereby approves the combining of Project Nos. 96034 and PASSED AND APPROVED this 1Z day of November , 1998. APPROV By Fred Hanna, Mayor ATTEST: By: Heather Woodruff, City Cle ._ : • 1 • C . EXHIBIT A Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum AIA Document A101 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. The 1987 Edition of AIA Document A201. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction , is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1915, 1918. 1925. 1937, 1951. 1958. 1961. 1962. 1967. 1974. 1977- copyright 1987 the American Institute of Architects- 1735 New York Avenue. N.W.. Washington. D.C.. 20006-5292. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AGREEMENT made as of the twenty-ninth day of October in the year of Nineteen Hundred and Ninety-eight BETWEEN the Owner: (Name and address) City of Fayetteville 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 and the Contractor: (Name and address) Heckathorn Construction Company, Inc. 1880 Birch Avenue Fayetteville, Arkansas 72703 The Project is: Name and location) Veteran's Memorial Park Restroom and Parking Lot Renovation Fayetteville. Arkansas The Architect is: (Name and address) Wittenberg, Delonv & Davidson. Inc. 100 West Center. Suite 102 Fayetteville. Arkansas 72701 The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth beldw. • • AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • .AIA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C.- 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A101-1987 User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #1 • • ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS t The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement. Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications. addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations. representations or agreements. either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications. appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute [he entire Work described in the Contract Documents. except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. eras-fellews- ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured. and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above. unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement fur differs from the dote of thisAgreement. or. if applicable, stare that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.) The date of commencement will be established in a written "Notice to Proceed" issued by the Owner. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages. mechanic's liens and other security interests. 3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than (Insert the calendar date or number of calendar dans after rhe date of commencement. Also insert any requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the IVark. if not stated elsewhere In the Contract Documents.) One Hundred Fifty (150) consecutive calendar days from the date of the written "Notice to Proceed" , subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions. if any. for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on timed Fiftv dollars ($50.00) per calendar day. not including acceptable delay days. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's perfonnance of the Contract the Contract Sum of One Hundred Forty Nine Thousand Six Hundred Twenty One & 00/IOODollars IS 149.621.00 ). subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates. if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: /State rhe numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. ;iacctsrons on other alternates are to he made by the Owner subsequent to rhe execution of this Agreement. attach a schedule of such other alternates shaming the amount for each and the date until ivhich that amount is vabdd Deductive Alternate One is rejected. 4.3 Unit prices. if any. are as follows: No Unit Prices AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TW ELFT H EDITION • AIA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITF,CTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. V.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission or the ALA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A1OI-19$7 User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #2 • 1' • ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect. the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month, or as follows: For the period ending the Twenty -Fifth of the month. 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the twenty-fifth (25th) day of a month. the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the Owner's next regularly scheduledpurchase order processing period day-ef the menti. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than the Owner's next regularly scheduled purchase order processeine period dans after the Architect Owner receives the Application for Payment. Unless a problem with the Payment Request is identified by the Architect, the Architect will have 5 working dans in which to review and process the Payment Request. 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule. unless objected to by the Architect. shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents. the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: 5.6.1. Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values. less retainage of ten percent (10 %) . Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work. amounts not in dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not • • yet been adjusted by Change Order: 5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed constniction (or. if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing). less retainage of zero percent (0 °A): 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner: and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts. if any. for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: 5.7.1 Add. upon Substantial Completion of the Work a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to one hundred percent AIA DOCUMENT M01 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE 01' ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A101-1987 User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #3 • 1 • when all required "closeout" documents are received and approved by the Owner. 5.7.2 Add. if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor. any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage. if any. shall be as follows: (If it is intended. pnor to Substantial Completion of the enure Work. to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Subparagraphs 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 above. and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) After fiftv percent (50"/4 of the contract work has been satisfactorily completed and W written consent of the Owner Bonding Company and the Architect is obtained by the General Contractor additional retainage can be ceased or reduced in an amount agreed to by the Owner ARTICLE 6 FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum. shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements. if any. which necessarily survive final payment: and (2) a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect: such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows: Before issuance of the final certificate. the Contractor shall obtain in writing from the Bonding company. approval of such payment. No certificate issued nor payment made to the Contractor. nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the contract work by the Owner. shall be acceptance of any work or materials not in accordance with the contract or contract documents. ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document. the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof. at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. tlnsert ram of interest agreed upon. irony) None. /Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act. similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business. the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications. and also regarding requirements such cis written disclosures or waivers.) 7.3 Other provisions: None. ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.1 The Contract Documents. except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. AIA Document A101. 1987 Edition. AIA DOCUMENT .4101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document Was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below Electronic Fomtat A101-1987 User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #4 • • 9.1,2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition. 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated October 9, 1998 and are as follows: Document Title Pages 00100 Bid Solicitation 1 00200 _ Instructions to Bidders 3 00320 Geotechnical Data 1 00330 Existing Conditions 1 00400 Bid Form (modified in addendum) 3 00600 Bonds 1 00700 General Conditions 1 with attachment of AIA Document A201(321 00800 Supplementary Conditions 11 9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3, and are as follows: (Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to tins Agreement) Document Title Pages Divisions l through 16 as listed in the Table of Contents in the Project Manual dated October 9, 1998. 9.1.5 The Drawings are as follows. and are dated October 9. 1998 unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawings here or refer w an exhibit attached to this.-lgreetnentl Number Date Septic System Permit -8/26/98 Pages 1 Septic System Drawing Diagrammatic Layout and Details -8/7/98 1 Survev 1 C 1.1 Grading Plan -8/19/98 1 ALL Site Plan 1 A1.2 Enlarged Site Plan 1 A1.3 Floor Plan 1 A2.1 Section 1 SI 1 Stnictural Plans and Details 1 P1.1 Plumbing Plan -9/14/98 1 P2.1 Plumbing Details -9/14/98 1 P2.2 Plumbing Detail -9/14/98 I P2.3 Plumbing Schedules -9/14/98 1 P2.4 Plumbing Schedules -9/14/98 1 P2.5 Plumbing Schedules -9/14/98 1 M1.1 Mechanical Plan -9/14/98 1 M2.2 Mechanical Schedules and Details -9/14/98 1 M2.2 Mechanical Schedules and Detail -9/14/98 1 El. 1 Electrical Power Plan -9/14/98 1 E2.1 Electrical Schedule and Details -9/14/98 1 E2.2 Electrical Schedules -9/14/98 1 9.1.6 The addenda, if any, are as follows: Number Date Pages I October 23. 1998 7 Portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AIA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. V.W.. WASHING FON..D.C.. 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with pemtission (tithe AIA and can he reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A101-1987 User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #5 , �. weir.. • S� J 9.1.7 Other documents. if any. forming pan of the Contract Documents are as follows: (List here any additional documents which are intended to farm parr of the Contract Documents. The General Conditions provide that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid. Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor's bid are nor part of the Contract Documents unless enumerated In this Agreement. They should be listed here only if to be part of the Contract Documents.) This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least three original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor. one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract. and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER (Signature) t !/Y Fred Hanna. Mayor (Pru t+amj efnitt.Iii V+ R •li Heckathom Construction Co.. Inc. Don L. Heckathorn. President !Printed nacre and tyle) • AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W.. WASt[INCYFON. subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced noted helow. User Document: VET-101A.DOC -- 10/29/1998. • TWELFTH EDITION • :UA • COPYRIGHT 1987 • 'THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF D.C., 20006-5292. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates 1I.S. copyright laws and is with percussion of the AIA and can he reproduced without violation until the date of expiration ;u Electronic Format A101-1987 AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #6 • • • AGENDA REQUEST XX CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW STAFF REVIEW FORM For the Fayetteville City Council meeting FROM: Connie Edmonston Name 2e5 ICC -q? Pea/97S.) ClfMoACOR-OC.2 lererrA4 Man l/24/9'9 d Parks & Recreation Public Works Division Department ACTION REQUIRED: Approval of change order #1 with Heckathorn Construction on the Veterans Memorial Park restroom and parking lot project. The change order is to add a new water line to feed the existing water fountain and new restroom. COST TO CITY: S7flR Cost of this Request 4470-9470-5806.00 Account Number 96034 Project Number $181,1/2 Parkc Imprnvament Category/Project Name Category/Project Budget $169,591 Program Name Funds Used To Date Sales Tax $ 17,581 Remaining Balance Fund U.B DGET REVIEW: xx Budgeted Item B dget Coordinator CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: /4721/t/ A-0102 49 Date / r1 Avvvw Administrative Services Biget Adjustment Attached Director Acco City Attorne 4v Purchasing Officer STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval of Change Order #1. Date 1-41a5—Ti Date GRANTING AGENCY: 1 A Coordin 1 ternal Au.itor "3 Date A I -2S-1 9 v Date Services Director /-Y Date /—ZS =r'5 Date 0,pate ate 642 Date Cross Reference New Item: Yes No Prev Ord/Res #: mss. 61- Orig Contract Date: '1 STAFF RRVIBA POWI Page 2 Description V QIQLa "MAEtuO'+aQ- y Ctar 4%*Meeting Date Consents: Budget Coordinator Accounting Manager City Attorney Purchasing Officer ADA Coordinator Internal Auditor Reference Cements: FAYETTEVILLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Charlie Venable, Public Works Director FROM: Connie idmonston, Parks & Recreation Superintendent DATE: January 22, 1999 RE: Change Order for Veterans Memorial Park Restroom/Parking Lot Project The Parks and Recreation Division requests approval of a change order in the amount of $708 with Heckathom Construction for the Veterans Memorial Park restrooms. Plans were drawn to use the current waterline for the new restrooms, but it was found they could not be used because the waterline cuts across the septic lateral lines. Therefore, we need to add a water line from the main meter that will be sized to feed the new restroom facility and the existing water fountain by the sand volleyball courts. This addition would cost $708. There is a contingency of $14,000 for this project which has not been used. WITTENBERG DELONY & DAVIDSON ARCHITECTS • TRANSMITTAL NORTW ESTARKANSIS CWCE I00 W. CEWIE&. S1111E 102 FAYEIIEWLIE AR 72701-6043 501/443-6646 501/443-9515 FAX rrn ARCHITECTS TO: Connie Edmondston Parks and Recreation DATE: January 21, 1998, PROJECT NUMBER: 98013 ATTENTION: RE: Veteran's Memorial Park WE ARE SENDING YOU: ▪ ❑ SHOP DRAWINGS ❑ PLANS ❑ FLOPPY DISK ❑ ATTACHED 0 COPY OF LETTER 0 PRINTS ® CHANGE ORDER 0 SPECIFICATIONS 0 SAMPLES 0 0 UNDER SEPARATE COVER VIA: COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 3 1/18/99 Change Order #1 PLEASE CHECK AND ADVISE IF ENCLOSURES ARE NOT AS LISTED. THESE ARE TRANSMITTED (AS CHECKED BELOW) ❑ FOR APPROVAL O FOR YOUR USE ❑ FOR YOUR INFORMATION 0 ❑ AS REQUESTED 0 REVIEWED FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE ❑ RESUBMIT _ COPIES FOR APPROVAL ❑ FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT 0 REVIEWED FOR NOTED COMMENTS ❑ SUBMIT _COPIES FOR DISTRIBUTION 0 RETURNED FOR CORRECTIONS ❑ RETURN _ CORRECTED PRINTS REMARKS: Connie, please have signed and return 2 copies to me. One for our records and one fore the Contractor. Thank You. COPY TO: File BY: Lori Top °WITtENBERG DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Tel: 501-443-6666 Fax: 501-443-9515 ,CHANGE ORDER PROJECT: TO: City of Fayetteville Veteran's Memorial Park Restroom and Parking Lot Renovation Fayetteville, Arkansas Heckathorn Construction Co. 1880 Birch Ave. Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 CHANGE ORDER NO: 1 PROJECT NO: 98013 DATE January 18, 1999 CONTRACT DATEOctober 29, 1998 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction You are directed to make the following change(s) in this Contract: 1. Add water line to feed existing water fountain and new restroom pavillion. Add $708.00 Total amount of change order: Add $708.00 CONTRACT RECAP The original Contract Sum was: Net change by previously authorized Change Orders: The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order: The Contract Sum will be INCREASED by this Change Order: The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be: The Contract Time will be changed by (0) days. $149,621.00 $ 0 $149,621.00 $708.00 $150.329.00 Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 B i ,o3 4,V'. DATE: 1 _ LclM HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANS 72701 i CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 113 WEST MOUNTAIN FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 DATE: bit Or t BY: DATE: / WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Tel: 501-443-6666 Fax: 501443-9515 PROPOSAL REQUEST PROJECT: VETERAN'S PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 113 W. MOUNTAIN STREET FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 PROPOSAL REQUEST NO: 01 DATE: 1-4-99 TO: PROJECT NO: HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. 98012 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS CONTRACT FOR: 72701 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Please submit an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Quotation must be received by the Architect within fourteen calendar days from date of Proposal Request. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. DESCRIPTION: ADD WATER LINE FROM MAIN SUPPLY INTO PARK. ABANDON EXISTING WATER LINE THAT FEEDS WATER FOUNTAIN AT MIDDLE OF VOLLEYBALL COURTS. SIZE WATER LINE TO FEED NEW RESTROOM FACILITY AND THE EXISTING WATER FOUNTAIN. ATTACHMENTS: X-1 WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. By: LORI TOP • ' L 1 4 WITTENBERG DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. HELT DATE CONTENTS X1 I4is OB NO. �IZ riaoPosED Wyk LINE_ f R O 1 E C T T I T L E V LTE$Ad1I s 44- {2EstP-WM 1 IOV{1-Io I. Q x 1880 BIRCH AVE. AK^' 442.5386 72703 TO \t!ti-Eata2hnai„f w d Nt%tnsaid lOD %es % Gcar S4tre 1o3. �SYrrr-f=vlueI A( -i7°i WE ARE SENDING YOU $Attached 0 Under separate cover via ❑ Shop drawings ❑ Copy of letter O Prints O Change order • (LC44C G°3 NF 4C°tiiAKSE9flAd GATE 1 -1.6-qi Jon No. clip... L' ATTENTION 1.0 DATE %oP RE Vcre .445 MEMOWIAt- FSK ACTION i SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER the following items: ❑ Plans 0 Samples 0 Specifications C4446= eecau esr '[ THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: ACTION CODE REMARKS Vs.for approval ❑ For your use ❑ As requested O For review and comment 1. Approved as submitted 2. Approved as noted 3. Proceed with fabrication as noted. 4. Revise & resubmit for record 5. Revise & resubmit for approval 6. Advise tentative delivery date COPY TO SIGNED: Dtel waThef C 11 enclosure an not as noted. kindly notify us at once. COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION ACTION i (214-At•t&C 0/24Y -t iec e THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: ACTION CODE REMARKS Vs.for approval ❑ For your use ❑ As requested O For review and comment 1. Approved as submitted 2. Approved as noted 3. Proceed with fabrication as noted. 4. Revise & resubmit for record 5. Revise & resubmit for approval 6. Advise tentative delivery date COPY TO SIGNED: Dtel waThef C 11 enclosure an not as noted. kindly notify us at once. • • HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72703 CHANGE ORDER REQUEST # 1 DATE: January 14, 1999 To: Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, Inc. 100 W. Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Attn: Lori Top PROJECT: City of Fayetteville Veterans Memorial Park Parking Lot & Restroom Renovations Archt Project No. 98012 This is our Change Order requesting the following revisions to the above cited Contract. Included shall be all labor, equipment, materials and taxes to complete the following changes: Per Proposal Request No. 1: Add water line from main supply into park, abandoning existing water line that feeds the existing water fountain and size new line to fee Restroom Facility and the existing water fountain ADD ----$708.00 WE AGREE hereby to make change specified for ADD $ 708.00 Date: 1/14/99 Don L. Heckathorn, President FAYETTEVILLE ENE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS • DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE 41 To: Connie Edmonston, Parks and Recreation From: Heather Woodruff, City Clerk Date: February 2, 1999 Attached is a copy of the completed staff review form and signed change order with Heckathom Construction (Veterans Memorial park restrooms) for your records I am also returning two signed original change orders for you to distribute. The original will be microfilmed and filed with the City Clerk. cc. File Internal Auditor [ igkabc-- klernn ,'#mpda/ /One `l 61xs -coin 5 i SUP ZG �a� WiisoAiiarkC34 e 1RtL44l T wS6,Nal (pa A-- • • W/TTENBERG, DELONYB DAVIDSON ARCHITECTS 1 TRANSMITTAL• • NORTHWEST ARKANSAS awCE 100 W Cease, Staff 102 FA rznEvate. AR 72701-6063 501/443-6666 501/4439515 FAX WDA ARCHITECTS TO: Connie Edmondston DATE: December 28, 1998 PROJECT NUMBER: 98013 PARKS AND RECREATION CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE ATTENTION: RE: VETERAN'S PARK WE ARE SENDING YOU: ❑ SHOP DRAWINGS ❑ COPY OF LETTER ❑ SPECIFICATIONS ❑ PLANS ❑ PRINTS ❑ SAMPLES ❑ FLOPPY DISK _ ❑ CHANGE ORDER 0 ® ATTACHED ❑ UNDER SEPARATE COVER VIA: COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 2 STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND 2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 2 SUBCONTRACTOR AND SUPPLIER LIST 2 BINDER FOR OWNER'S AND CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY PLEASE CHECK AND ADVISE IF ENCLOSURES ARE NOT AS LISTED. THESE ARE TRANSMITTED (AS CHECKED BELOW) ❑ FOR APPROVAL 0 AS REQUESTED 0 REVIEWED FOR GENERAL COMPLIANCE 0 RESUBMIT _ COPIES FOR APPROVAL ❑ FOR YOUR USE 0 FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT 0 REVIEWED FOR NOTED COMMENTS 0 SUBMIT _COPIES FOR DISTRIBUTION ❑ RETURNED FOR CORRECTIONS 0 RETURN _ CORRECTED PRINTS ® FOR YOUR INFORMATION 0 REMARKS: CONNIE- PLEASE DISTRIBUTE TO LISA AS REQUIRED—I DID NOT KNOW IF YOU WANTED HER TO HAVE THESE OR IF YOU NEEDED THEM FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PURPOSES. COPY TO: File • Arkansas .iitutory Performance and Virment Bond HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD - as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound ;to.,, CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS D C7 ft as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of x a rn rn ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED TWENTY-ONE ANU NIQ110V ($149,621.00) * * * To, ED co o for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselvee',heir heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jortinUayll3ndg severally, firmly by these presents. taw o I-, Principal has by written agreement dated OCTOBER 29, 1998. o entered into a contract with the Owner for: - VETERAN'S MEMORIAL PARK - RESTROOM AND PARKING LOT RENOVATIOEP FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said Contract, failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally, under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by Owner, unless it is brought in accordance with A.C.A. Section 22-9-403(b) and A.C.A. Section 18-44-503(b) (Supp.1987) as amended. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought by the Owner after two years from the date on which the final payment under the Contract falls due. Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contract, or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forbearance on the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal and the Surety or Sureties, or either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns from their liability hereunder notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extensipai'oF0 e,O forbearance being hereby waived. In no event shall the aggregat:'/4„ liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein. ,' -d,4 _ s ei This bond given in compliance with Act 351 of 1953 as amendece: ___j - ut•o- LIN �. n OJ Executed DECEMBER 17, 1998 HECKATHINC NATIONAL - 'E TNSSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD By: ighc sh • ,. 3.; 444611 i• 9i 1 Attorney'ih.-fact '+r�lf � '� :r fi • POWER OF ATIONEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL APIORNEY-IN-FACT or Know All Men By These Presents, That CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, an Illinois corporation, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, a Connecticut corporation, AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA, a Pennsylvania corporation (herein collectively called 'the CCC Surety Companies"), are duly organized and existing corporations having their principal offices in the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, and that they do by virtue of the signature and seals herein affixed hereby make, constitute and appoint Knight Cashion, Benson A. Cashion, Matthew Knight Cashion, Jr., William R. Plegge, William H. Griffin, Judy Schoggen,lndividually of Little Rock, Arkansas their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature - In Unlimited Amounts - and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their corporations and all the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given are hereby ratified and confirmed This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By -Laws and Resolutions, printed on the reverse hereof, duly adopted, as indicated, by the Boards of Directors of the corporations. In Witness Whereof, the CCC Surety Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Group Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 23rd day of June 1998 CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA Marvin J. Cashion Group Vice President State of Illinois, County of Cook, ss: On this 23rd day of June , 1998 , before me personally came Marvin J. Cashion, to me known, who, being by me duly swom, did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Chicago, State of Illinois; that he is a Group Vice President of CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations. My Commission Expires March 6, 2000 CERTIFICATE aye Mary Jo Abel Notary Public I, Mary A. Ribikawskis, Assistant Secretary of CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY, NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD, and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force and further certify that the By -Law and Resolution of the Board of Directors of each corporation printed on the reverse hereof are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seals of the said corporations this 17th day of December 1998 (Rev.10/1/97) CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANYa ft.l;ik,�„Tir NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY 05/4 41 ORD AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READIt&t& P t NSY!d Q 1; :: t Mary A. Ribikawskis AssiStant,Sepretarf , P , ...,...✓'' Wthorizing By -Laws and ResolutiW ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. "Article IX —Execution of Documents Section 3. Appointment of Attorney -in -fact. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors, may, at any time, revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved, that the signature of the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 3 of Article IX of the By -Laws, and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING, PENNSYLVANIA: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By -Law duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company. "Article VI Execution of Obligations and Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact Section 2. Appointment of Attorney -in -fact. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Company in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Company thereto. The President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact." This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. "Resolved, that the signature of the President or any Executive, Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2 of Article VI of the By -Laws, and the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any certificate of any such power and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company. Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed shall, with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Company." ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD: This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Resolution duly adopted on February 17, 1993 by the Board of Directors of the Company. "RESOLVED: That the President, an Executive Vice President, or any Senior or Group Vice President of the Corporation may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates, Attorneys -in -Fact to act in behalf of the Corporation in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. Such Attorney -in -Fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instrument and to attach the seal of the Corporation thereto. The President, an Executive Vice President, any Senior or Group Vice President or the Board of Directors may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any Attorney -in -Fact" E` s P wer of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Ditector`s-of the Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 17th day of February, 1993. tp " "RESOLVED: That the signature of the President, an Executive Vice President or any Senior or Group Vice President and the seal of tithe -Corporation may be affixed by facsimile on any power of attorney granted pursuant to the Resolution adopted by this Board of Directors +. on February 17.;1993 and the signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile to any certificaTef any such power, and any power or certificate bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the 'g Corporaton'Any such power so executed and sealed and certified by certificate so executed and sealed, shall with respect to any bond or y�"• undertakingrtoo,which it is attached, continue to be valid and binding on the Corporation." !INSURANCE BINDER General Accident Insuring Company INSURANCE AND BONDS SIXTY (60) Day Binder THE INSURING COMPANY DOES HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE ITSELF BOUND DURING THE PERIOD OF THIS BINDER FOR SUCH COVERAGES LISTED IN ITEM 2 AS INDICATED BY A LIMIT OF LIABILITY OR AMOUNT OF INSURANCE APPLICABLE I HERETO ON THE RISK HEREIN DESCRIBED SUBJECT TO THE INSURING AGREEMENTS, EXCLUSIONS, CON DI TIONS. AND OTHER TERMS OF THE POLICY FORM PROVIDED THE COMPANY S UNDERTAKING HEREUNDER SHALL BE WITH RESPECT ONLY TO SUCH COVERAGES AS ARE AFFORDED BY IT UNDER THE POLICY FORM 1 NAME OF INSURED City of Fayetteville -Purchasing Office ADDRESS OCCUPATION 113 West Mountain Fayetteville, AR 72701 2. Type of Coverage Limits of Liability or Amount of Insurance OWNER'S & CONTRACTOR'S $ 1,000,000. OCCURRENCE PROTECTIVE LIABILITY $ 2,000,000. AGGREGATE CONTRACTOR Heckathorn Construction Co., Inc. 1880 Birch Avenue Fayetteville, AR 72701 JOB Veteran's Memorial Park - "POLICY SHALL NOT BE CANCELLED OR Restrooms & Parking Lot Renov. REDUCED, RESTRICTED OR LIMITED UNTIL ( 30) DAYS AFTER THE OWNER & ARCHITECT HAVE RECEIVED WRITTEN NOTICE AS EVIDENCED BY RETURN CONTRACT AMT $ 149,621. RECEIPT OF REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED LETTER." INCLUDE ENGINEER AS ADDITIONAL INSURED Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, Inc. 100 West Center, Ste 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 3. A PREMIUM CHARGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE RULES AND RATES or THE MANUAL IN USE BY THE COMPANY WHEN THIS BINDER BECOMES EFFEC TIVE SHALL BE MADE FOR THE PERIOD COVERAGE IS IN EFFECT ACCEPTANCE BY THE INSURED OF A POLICY IN PACE HEREOF SHA-L RENDER THIS BINDER NULL AND VOID AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF SUCH POLICY THIS EITHER MAY BE CANCELED BY THE INSURED OR BY' E AGENT BY MAILING TO THE COMPANY WRIT. TEN NOTICE STATING WHEN THEREAFTER SUCH CANCELLATION SHALL BE EFFECTIVE THIS BINDER MAY BE CANCELED BY SHE COMPANY BY MAILING TO THE INSURED AT THE ADDRESS SHOWN ABOVE AND TO THE AGENT WRITTEN NOTICE 57 ATING WHEN. NOT BEFORE 2 C' A V THE THIRD BUSINESS DAY FOLLOWING TO NAILING THE DATE OF MAILING. SUCH CANCELLATION SHALL BE ECFECTIVE DELIVERY OF WRITTEN NOTICE SHALL BE EOLIVALENT THIS BINDER EFFECTIVE -IS BINDER ISSUED DATE 12/17/98 HOUR 12:01 A.M. DATE HOUR THE CASH OM4PANY, I By Di nni1 321 SCOTT ♦ P. O. BOX 550 ♦ LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS ♦ 501.376-0716 ♦ FAX (501) 376-2118 1 1 CERTIFIC OF » DATE (MMMD/YY) INSURANCE PRODUCER 501-376-0716 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED ASA.. ROE INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER, THIS CERTIFICATE The Cashion Company, Inc. DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE P.O. Box 550 POLICIES BELOW. COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE Little Rock, AR 72203 COMPANY A General Accident INSURED COMPANY B The St. Paul Fire & Marine Ins Heckathorn Construction COMPANY Company, Inc. C 1880 Birch Avenue COMPANY Fayetteville AR 72703 D 'COVERAGES THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICYEFF. POLICYEXP. LIMITS LTR DATE(MM/DD/YY) DATE(MM/DDM') GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE 2000000 A COMM. GENERAL LIABILITY CGL501150302 3/19/98 3/19/99 PROD-COMP/OP AGG. 2000000 CLAIMS MADE LX OCCUR PERS. & ADV. INJURY l000000 OWNER'S & CONTRACT'S PROT EACH OCCURRENCE FIRE DAMAGE(OM Ertl flflflfl MED EXP(Any one person) 5000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE A X ANY AUTO BA017767004 3/19/98 3/19/99 LIMIT 1000000 BODILY INJURY ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per xrldent) PROPERTY DAMAGE GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY -EA ACCIDENT ANY AUTO OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT AGGREGATE EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE 5000000 A X UMBRELLA FORM X0010130603 3/19/98 3/19/99 AGGREGATE 5000000 OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM WORKERS COMPENSATION AND STATLTORY LIMITS - EMPLOYERS LIABILITY LIABILITY EACHACCIDENT 500000` A WC015227503 3/19/98 3/19/99 THE PROPR1ETOw INCL DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT 500000 PARTNERSIEXECUTIYE OFFICERS ARE: EXCL DISEASE -EACH EMPL. 500000 OTHER B IM09101983 3/19/98 3/19/99 BLANKET BUILDERS ALL RISK COVERAGE RISK $9,000,000. LIMIT DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONSREHICLESISPECIAL ITEMS JOB: VETERAN'S MEMORIAL PARK-RESTROOMS & PARKING LOT RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR =`CER77F7CATE HOLDER ... CANCtiLLA N SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORETHE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL FOp CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE ATTN: PEGGY VICE/PURCH AGENT LEF 113 WEST MOUNTAIN Ct AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72701 ....'. roro`�roiv� a roroT�ror`ron '0 x aarrtaN'd (D a rtay xOrt'<w[r] n •HH (D xOrt�wxlH .. 1 (D w C+7 �' • • '� .i (D 'n K N 7,' (D• rt z a D••rtzm n a • U rt GD 1 d (-r• 0 rt O Q(D F1 F'- n(D HUI Fj < (Dn mo < X O '1' o-0'7 Fi • , . O (fl O a � prt tt'1 H Fl �N(D (D (Dn �� O U-. w m m N z h o o ff n N C3 NO H n wiZN zC o fL LTJ H rt O trN O w x1 OH [r] m y. 03 ( 3 H H 7 h7 H Z (D Z C) • n H N W rt O rn ,b •7 C O r �nH z rr K H (D Cr1H y C) CD <d o 'II0D 'ii n Kzz • c H °o z Cl) 'rJ ro t" N Cr) in 'rl 'rJ H E O a �• rt 1�. o z CT a a O H Fj • Ortrt H G X ((DD OxH 5' �o (nCr"zK7 H (D •• H Z Z U F'- W ?� i+7 N U' • • (D • LT] ft o r (D (DW[r7 o Hzz r n ( �x t H'��' N r < rr n m n o H •' H o a O'd H a r. H rro rt o rdnrtz �ro HrnuC0 y a z H Ui - 0 m w �' F- (D (s1 H -_1c_4 HO d 'O - ft t7 n 0 y to (D R' r' �r m0 ✓yz H- W(D O HCJD o P. �((DD C (D Uq r�r� 7.Hz (D H wtJL CD H n (nf J(nHK n o N G txl ft o(D b Ca H'• JH-Z7R' r. �, Oft H ro 0101 �o HmOa> 0 W j H H- r o d H (D (t H G1 cn n (D Z CO Q\H H coO rt � �ro c1z z N 7' O w zc C) CO 0 H U) •4 p x r ml r Q r 3 r ro ro 3 w o'0 r 0 rr K 0 xotsrttirrw00 N F-4" I -'" K w tt'7 ui•o � w ((DD K \omc cn R'QOIO toHom O K HH N�r(D Hxo pox 10WHOOm H a AN' m LutniQi Cl) to I Hxr(D aaOO c ro t'i aoN o pi Om(D 0 -1 H 0) t0 N H n I m w Cu p Cu ro K to H H a H a z n w In Cu CD to CD U r0 0 r rroHC7n > 0 O rr'.-rr w 01 (D n to a K a Wa to n Cl) m rr m rr rr 0 w Cr G m Croce ON nu.N (D (D 0 H- ron� w rr CD O R m a•• ct a AU' 1 0 17 N H K mew H p Ln x H 0 O rororx M K w rb m O'< mn u. (D 0 n (Dry (D n rtWH rt (D N• x ro < N O XFn O w H z (D O N � n CD (DZ Kb' C/) a H N t7 t7 C w C o H co P-tO 0 H c,a w 0 (D z xN ro X (D `G ro N N a H W co Li U rrarr4£ 11 xo n nH nyt'7 t7Q mQ N w w"G w w 0 H•m H -O 0 0 0 0 N w N N G N K 9 Z5 o Z C) 0Om00 NN- NW 0 n m n.d rrONbN K K K G NNCr K �• K K 0 K 0 H K H K �- a nw(Q N N I�.N K F H -w N w I I U)HH-'Herr CTHrrw 0 rrt-j H Cr t7 N O(D w w N(D (DH -9H- N N. HfK"73w rrWWK Q Kx0 xlpn 0 O O '< H• (D H ',S' m 'O r'i1 n7 K n ,7 N rr 0 r3£arw NNowQ�( Qw� Hrow�•w� zp�-KaKK mQKa o (D w H m H rr M rr NF- H t3' m H. K M .:s m m m K Cr ft t7 `G O E W H. H. N n H_ x0 M K 0 R,o rr5 0 0 o w o 0 m x N am wCD m m Rm C (D an rime N F'. rr F t 0 (Pa N K w L CC) n Fw-' 0 r'S N H ((DD 0' n rrT m Y. P m n B H 0 OH N rr NO m H -a) N m m m r H o ro o o ro 0 00000 00000 (D '-(f 0OWHrb J H-11 mw w NN0 NN H 00 n N WHMWHQPW H N r to J N w N < CO J rt 0 O N Is 0 0 H o o O w �7 W O O 00 0 0 0 m 0 0 m i n O O O N O J O O H O O N- I.. 0 Q CD CD N 0 CI - hi n Cl- 0 U N m K H - J rr N- 0 0 C K m to N C Cu. N n rt H 0 n N o n ' 0 Rrt 4t a 0 o uqq] PPii ' (nD r-rr' J J C CCT iN,, X 0 Hrr H O [iJ X O rrW .a oSI ��m000 CDH0 o o xWQaz1 xmmz Hu1O0 w LTJ HUl(D n t1i \oistYHHM \o N- n J H(D t .r'Z N\•• W•- 0 N\.r P1 0 HC W U1 N Q C oHO(D ZIm Z O0\w 5 Jw W a H n H' H1 OZ 0' om\ Cn U1 JVD H 0\iaH 0 fl O J 0\ H H 0 1 .a Z H C) J H (n xro (D ww a a3 C] (D LQ ror-r roz w N xX H. N. w (A 0,. N La o v�t7O N 76{ (D N 0 1 rt J W rtw 0\ N > r o H N U1 o £ rt • rt h x a W N U] Y w rt CO wpI1flox rom w �rtw oC w rrw N �HXOrtmOH XOrt•<H OHO n •• �tJM0o 3 C3 w (D •• C 3 x (D •• rt z (D .a • • F,- F'. t'] (n • • (7 x H •• CH roHHZ o x7 (D 0 1 ism\HH-(D \om N -w H Hrr W JH (nn Jw P>\ rr0 .a\ HaH \ J�xOnz WAa0m m NO aG O(D to I a� - (DR ww0 H.H 0\MU1 I n m rt W i E n t<7 I P -0\N tYU1 C 1PN\'r0 pc 'rd H O w W (D W tl N H a G J H H O LOW U1 H 0\ 0 J LT1 roisr o ao ro n n Pit'] 0 3 n ro P. W 0 (D Z 0 O H z n CD (o (D m N m n P] u. Fi H rt N CT m rt C) H H - n 0 n m 0 rt 0 (] (D M H CD E Cr rt 0 \Dm Ft w N- LQ w o Icn N IrDco nro oN Irt .D O N. n O W Z ro O 0 w 4 ( 0 O • . 0 0 a N F' U) rt ft G N mrovwro4 ro ,'bro.>gJHin roroTP4rKI roro>roroH N rt0 y rrO rrrtpl mH Pr J'rt 0 C N rtW k0rt(D00 0t7rt0rt'C(nO X0rt�O k0rt`GO CD••tY x (DF-"'ti•.0WZ •' (0t. (D •• (D w to (D CD .• (D •• ri t'] (D •• Crw H .. •• rt w (n.. 0 0 (D rtx w•• t0 H (n.. rt0 n o w�i kz "C4 (Diu (r 40k C o 4(Dk0 a AU Ln C 9 ow0 H H(n Y-< Z 0NZI mH a(nn oaY-a E J0Hro 'Og r-H(l w N N at' .a W ' -'< F-' 0 ts7 'O O (n x7 pa H r m D 1 0 F 0 w In Cs] ka xF Ntl NwxN P7 m I awt7 m(] w�aW (D mH Ut m (D Art ` I -1(DI I it m.mO F- to N1D t)'pa0 LD isro (n wNX H wD I H J ., H - I r- ro -4 JN Ci] N -,l(D fn --jw(D NH NDo is '!V .001 Cri 0 0 a%ID Y -.t O() M t (A 0 (n t m Z -4w 0HO (n -4 t7 n U) NJ -1 rr N w ro N n o (D 0 H H (ll N V] H (D n cD 0 N t7 Fl Y• CD 0 N rt n N CD O 0 rt n CD CDr r.I hi (p rt H r- (D 0 (l 1 ft O Fi rr ro r - x c H 0 rt n n ❑ 0 m lj 0 O rn ro n FS 0 E (D 0 C) n iu Fl rn 10 rr ;t CD C) O C) n N (o ft (D LIy 0 0 a (D NJ w w kDcn ((rDDj' 0 N ,a n ' S (-I < 0 Lii 0 rt 0 0 O 0 O Ip.n N Io 0 H 0 0 o S rT • • rrpJ rt ri o a a u u m to rt P1 rt C CO �rovn) uro rorortmrotr OrrNOrtOO'rtH PJrt1U m CY 0 0 rr k t7 O r, (Q H O O X 0 O rr K O H H (D •• r (D •• Fi ro N •• 'J W ?C (D•• (Q0 y o •• x (7 H 0 u-1 O H (» (D (D z H UI H P) (f10��U10 ,7 H�3 .oPJ rw0 OHS m0H HH -7 H,'1 (D r3 HAG ti FJ W z u't� I m m �m H�mr11t C] 0 m w FC I (O W O N 1 Ui ",.f" z am0 oom� -.l Hmz m 0 1 G OJ W I Q. U1 0 1 Fj n I sp, '5 m 1 N m IP H it J 0 UIUIiQ W NW IP OCD N 3 Ap -1 IP N ON -1 0 Cl N '.0 01 K n ro w o � X r m O C 0 (D •• Fj M .. m0 O o� cn -'010 H m r rr Lrl H H w�rr Nz HC) -4 C) 1W N m V 0' 1 U7 m In -4 0 N N C N N S H H C) H z n v H')�m c CD Nr- r rt rt m , It rt C) (D rt ml—' CD N N m 4 d oH LQ xo m It PC H NH 0 H- Q m £ 0 0 r C Q w m r' 0 N o (D ro m 0 a 0 3 G H D r x N U) 00 R7 O 2 u O (Ti LOW H m (D -.1 N (DC!) flt WW PJ 7 H 0 ( rPJ rt 0 rtN (ro 00 010 r' O F' -fl I. N a In 0cwo� w X Cy n C7 (D U1 N (D (D •• r* cn • • (-tztll Hu1wNC IoW rnr-nn in H(D rnHO H in\H (DH MU)" x m H H H o .1 In H W -u O N O(D 0 O O H n 0 ul H ."3• 3k . in O1 (D -7 r - H co`< N O -I CH H O z a w a m m H CD n r* H n a H 5. +v 0 Cr a H C �Jro✓y']ulci a rt a r O xOrt<wz D •• r* ro cn •- rt o 7C (D P z HNN G Y- �o H H -H 3 .n Hr{ HH-C+i j.-,'< H (D n a n CD x N fT uI i F- H y ' H -4 N o' -C u a J HIM o 0 H n H O C) H C) iS CD N rt CD 0 O mrorymro� a Ortro C+7 X 0 r* H O C) mamC) u1 •• W O Ch o ['1CZX HcnN a n -,o Y•H =0 H n (D z 3 Li,-,--, = KJ Hoi innn GLy o r C) o I O C O H N N D a1 o m ut H 0 H - H (D rt F9 o 0 u, roro>mroro a .'3'rt rt n x O rt • O o Hart Xo rw:j mo oxr O�ro ion mam r 0 u1 H sr omN o I r-� Cz' sp7 N D ncG OD l io n H H H w H 1< k a n 0 El Cr CD rt Jl FS C7 U_ Y p O CJ U; r co H O Ul G D H H O O H- O C) m � FAYETTEVILLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE To: Connie Edmonston, Parks and Recreation From: Heather Woodruff, City Clerk Date: May 25, 1999 Attached is a copy of the resolution approving amendment number two to the contract with Heckathorn construction on the Veterans Memorial Park restrooms. I am also returning two originals for you to distribute. One original will be microfilmed and filed with the city clerk cc. Yolanda Fields, Internal Auditor File xx AGENDA REQUEST CONTRACT REVIEW GRANT REVIEW STAFF REVIEW FORM For the Fayetteville City Council meeting FROM: Connie Edmonston Parks & Recreation Name Division ACTION REQUIRED: Approval of change order #2 with Heckathorn Construction on the Veterans Memorial Park restroom and parking lot project. The change order is to finish out the janitor's closet with durarock on the lower four feet of wall and to paint the closet. CITY: $Sn1 Cost of this Request 4470-9470-5806.00 Account Number 96034 Project Number C O NTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Acco in Ma q@r City"Att n_r STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Approval of change order #2. $187,172 Category/Project Budget $170,299 Funds Used To Date $16,873 Remaining Balance Parke Improvement Category/Project Name Program Name Sales Tax Fund GRANTING AGENCY: Sao 9� Date DA Coordina Date 611k/fl tai y� Date ernal Auditor Date 5-a4 9`t Date is on Head Date Department Director Date Admini rat've ervices DirectorDte May Date Cross Reference New Item: Yes �N Prev Ord/Res #: Orig Contract Date: DATE: O5% WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON1 ING. CHANGE ORDER Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Tel: 501-443-6666 Fax: 501-443-9515 PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NO: 2 City of Fayetteville Veteran's Memorial Park Restroom and Parking Lot Renovation PROJECT NO: 98013 Fayetteville, Arkansas TO: DATE: May 12, 1999 Heckathorn Construction Co. 1880 Birch Ave. CONTRACT DATE:October 29, 1998 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction You are directed to make the following change(s) in this Contract: Provide 4' of Durarock on bottom four feet of Janitor's closet. Paint Durarock in Janitors closet with epoxy paint as specified for rest of building and paint Gyp. Board above 4' with latex paint. Add $501.00 Total amount of change order: CONTRACT RECAP The original Contract Sum was: $149,621.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders: $708.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order: $150,3291.00 The Contract Sum will be INCREASED by this Change Order: $501.00 • The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be: $150,830.00 The Contract Time will be changed by (0) days. Add 00 Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 100 West Center, Suite 102 1880 BIRCH AVE. 113 WEST MOUNTAIN Fayetteville, AR 72701 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72703 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 BY: DATE: �� '•ev it WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville. AR 72701 Tel: 501-443.6666 Fax: 50.1-443-9515 PROJECT: VETERAN'S PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE,ARKANSAS OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 113 W. MOUNTAIN STREET FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 TO: HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS 72701 PROPOSAL REQUEST PROPOSAL REQUEST NO: 02 DATE: 3-23-99 PROJECT NO: 98013 CONTRACT FOR: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Please submit an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Quotation must be received by the Architect within fourteen calendar days from date of Proposal Request. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. DESCRIPTION: 1) Provide 'h" Dura rock on bottom four feet of Janitors room 103 in lieu of gyp board as required by City of Fayetteville. Paint with epoxy paint as specified on rest of project. Provide sealant between all joints and at contact with dissimilar materials. ATTACHMENTS: none WITTENBERG. DELONY & DAVIDSON. INC. By: LORI TOP 9 Mq '. 1 HECKATHORN REVISED �// 19yy CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. CHANGE ORDER REQUEST # 2 V ,.n 1880 BIRCH AVE. �l FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72703 DATE: 5-10-99 ---------------------------------------------------------- To: Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson JOB: Veterans Memorial Park 100 W. Center,Suite 102 350 E. Zion Rd. Fayetteville, AR 72701 Fayetteville, AR 72703 Attn: Lori Top Job No. 98112 This is our Change Order requesting the following revisions to the above cited contract. Included shall be all labor, equipment, materials and taxes to complete the following changes: Furnish and install "Durock" on lower 4' of Janitor area, as per owners request, and paint Durock with epoxy. Above 4' latex paint will be used. Extra cost of Durock is $ 22.00 per sheet over the cost of Gypsum and there were 5.5 sheets used. Durock $ 118.00 Paint Material 150.00 Paint Labor 200.00 Subtotal 468.00 Contractor Profit of 7% 33.00 Total $ 501.00 --------------------------------------------------------------------- WE AGREE hereby to make change specified for Add $ 501.00 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Date: 5-10-99 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Authorized By: ---------------------------- David C Hansen, Vice President w L . t ry FAYETTEVILLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Charlie Venable, Public Works Director FROM: Connie Pdmonston, Parks & Recreation Superintendent DATE: May 18, 1999 RE: Change Order - Veterans Memorial Park Restroom/Parking Lot Project The Parks and Recreation Division requests approval of a change order in the amount of $501 with Heckathom Construction for the Veterans Memorial Park restrooms. This change order would finish the janitor's closet by adding durarock on the lower four feet of wall and painting the jap board in the closet. This work is needed for cleaning purposes and to water -proof the siding for durability. There is a contingency of $14,000 for this project of which only $708 has been utilized. DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC., CHANGE ORDER DATE: O5tb'Qt Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Tel: 501-443-6666 Fax: 501-443-9515 PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NO: 2 City of Fayetteville . Veteran's Memorial Park Restroom and Parking Lot Renovation PROJECT NO: 98013 Fayetteville, Arkansas TO: DATE: May 12, 1999 Heckathorn Construction Co. 1880 Birch Ave. CONTRACT DATE:October 29, 1998 Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction You are directed to make the following change(s) in this Contract: Provide 4' of Durarock on bottom four feet of Janitor's closet. Paint Durarock in Janitors closet with epoxy paint as specified for rest of building and paint Gyp. Board above 4' with latex paint. Add $501.00 Total amount of change order: Add $501.00 CONTRACT RECAP The original Contract Sum was: $149,621.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders: $708.00 The Contract Sum prior to this Change Order: $150,329•1.00 The Contract Sum will be INCREASED by this Change Order: $501.00 The new Contract Sum including this Change Order will be: $150,830.00 The Contract Time will be changed by (0) days Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Architect. Signature of the Contractor indicates his agreement herewith, including any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 100 West Center, Suite 102 1880 BIRCH AVE. 113 WEST MOUNTAIN Fayetteville, AR 72701 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72703 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 t WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. Northwest Arkansas Office 100 West Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Tel: 501-443-6666 Fax: 50.1-443-9515 PROJECT: VETERAN'S PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE 113 W. MOUNTAIN STREET FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS 72701 TO: HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION CO. 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS 72701 PROPOSAL REQUEST PROPOSAL REQUEST NO: 02 DATE: 3-23-99 PROJECT NO: 98013 CONTRACT FOR: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Please submit an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum and/or Time incidental to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Quotation must be received by the Architect within fourteen calendar days from date of Proposal Request. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER NOR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN. DESCRIPTION: 1) Provide /2" Dun rock on bottom four feet of Janitors room 103 in lieu of gyp board as required by City of Fayetteville. Paint with epoxy paint as specified on rest of project. Provide sealant between all joints and at contact with dissimilar materials. ATTACHMENTS: WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON. INC. By: LORI TOP HECKATHORN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 1880 BIRCH AVE. FAYETTEVILLE, AR 72703 9 Mqy REVISED VJ/!� %99y CHANGE ORDER REQUEST # 2 V ,A r ! •1 DATE: 5-10-99 ----------------------------------------- ---------------- To: Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson JOB: Veterans Memorial Park 100 W. Center,Suite 102 350 E. Zion Rd. Fayetteville, AR 72701 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Attn: Lori Top Job No. 98112 --------------------------------------------------------- This is our Change Order requesting the following revisions to the above cited Contract. Included shall be all labor, equipment, materials and taxes to complete the following changes: Furnish and install "Durock" on lower 4' of Janitor area, as per owners request, and paint Durock with epoxy. Above 4' latex paint will be used. Extra cost of Durock is $ 22.00 per sheet over the cost of Gypsum and there were 5.5 sheets used. Durock $ 118.00 Paint Material 150.00 Paint Labor 200.00 Subtotal 468.00 Contractor Profit of 7% 33.00 Total $ 501.00 ----------------------------------------------------------------- WE AGREE hereby to make change specified for Add $ 501.00 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Date: 5-10-99 --------------------------------------------------------------------- Authorized By: ---------------------------- David C Hansen, Vice President I II I I I I .I I I I I PROJECT MANUAL FOR VETERAN'S MEMORIAL PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS PROJECT NO. 98013 1998 a DELONY io-4-iV I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THESE PLANS ANV SP Q BEEN PREPARED BY ME, ON UNDER MY SUPERVISION. I FURTHER CERTIFY THAT TO THE OWLEDGE, THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE AS REQUIRED BY LAW AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ARKANSAS FIRE PREVENTION CODE FOR THE STATE OF ARKANSAS C VII -303) SIGNATURE WITTENBERG, DELONY & DAVIDSON, INC. ARCHITECTURE & INTERIOR DESIGN 100 WEST CENTER, SUITE 102 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72701 (501)443-6666 Mechanical -Electrical Engineers GREEN -ANDERSON ENGINEERS, INC. 2233 GREEN ACRES ROAD FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72703 (501)442-4682 Structural Engineers ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, INC. 209 WEST CAPITOL AVENUE, SUITE 423 LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72201 (501)376-3752 •I TABLE OF CONTENTS DRAWINGS FOR VETERAN'S MEMORIAL PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE PROJECT NUMBER 98013 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GENERAL TITLE SEPTIC SYSTEM PERMIT SEPTIC SYSTEM DRAWING DIAGRAMATIC LAYOUT AND DETAILS SURVEY CIVIL TITLE CIA GRADING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL TITLE Al.! ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN Al .2 ENLARGED SITE PLAN AND DETAILS A! .3 FLOOR PLAN AND ELEVATIONS A2.1 SECTION AND DETAILS STRUCTURAL TITLE S 1.1 STRUCTURAL PLANS AND DETAILS PLUMBING TITLE P1.1 PLUMBING PLAN P2.1 PLUMBING DETAIL P2.2 PLUMBING DETAIL P2.3 PLUMBING SCHEDULES P2.4 PLUMBING SCHDEULES P2.5 PLUMBING SCHEDULES MECHANICAL TITLE M 1.1 MECHANICAL PLAN M2.1 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS M2.2 MECHANICAL SCEDULES AND DETAIL ELECTRICAL TITLE El.! ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E2.1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE AND DETAILS E2.2 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents - 1 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH DIVISION OF SANITARIAN SERVICES �OC1N'5 4815 WEST MARKHAM r0N5V COVN�; LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72205-3867 _U P 4 IN TNfS PLANCO N� V oro FERMI r��D 15. Percolation test results (refer to 16. Soil determination (refer to Rules and pp. 11-13 of Rules and Regulations) Regulations) HO E # RATE Min/In) A. Depth to solid rock or other / impervious strata B. Depth to seas9nal (perched) water 8' Gnr 2Y /8' C. General soil type (from published ,z soil Conservation Serve 5urvgy Mc yp D. Atypical cgqnditipns !NM Average rate .7 E. Remarks y% /• 17. Design of septic tank system: 7. 7000 Pw+f0 a. Size of septeic d tank ?41tr0 b. absorption area required ' c. Number of fillines /3 d. Length ofifSi 4 -I- c -X60 18. Sketch of site and system layout: Attach a minimum 8/t x 11 inch sketch showing -property lines, building locations, location of percolation test holes, septic tank and absorption field layout or alternate sewage disposal system, location of wells, driveway, and information affecting location of system. Disposal system layout must be drawn to a minimum scale of 1"-20' or 30'. Also indicate on the layout: distance from the system to the well, distance from the system to the nearest property line, distance from the well to the nearest property. line. 19. I certify, that I have conducted the abOve tests, and the information listed is in accordance with the latest requirements of the Arkansas Department of Health Rules and Regu Per ning.to Individual etiage Disposal Systems. Signature -� Title • D.R. # 72-0 Typed Name Date Phone rf 39- 7 73 20. Approval of Heal thority The informatio above has Ia.en eiewed and found to meet the requirements of the Arkansas partm nt eal h for sewage systems and a PERMIT FOR CONSTRUCTION i ereby issu d. Sanitarian Date (Continue on reverse side) , 0 a ,44 t/4 . mA I a )1 01 v SI D ti .0 ANN �y NI Cl— I �_A 3\� J 0 yo0 v -.1 � \ \ • o O rn D °°_ ° / of m w \ a / \ O•• A cn N ow \ 3 N O NI J 0 m O l O C m a w N^O 0)03 CO m 3 N a HAD( H p b x -' E N Jt Oa0 00(0 000 II Jl V N o0m 3 pl l+ O Q r 2. 0- m N C A O O CD -� >O m�z0 • 0 sTi `G l l K j (0 al (ON •N7j NC0Xoy.. O� 0: m mgo K -+m m O m p0 m m 00 a- x O C co S (DO 0 (D0 N `# C f1 — A Ca ON moo, o y E c No 3 0 3 'O 0 o o E c0 to O e G m o fD •-I m l J <q ' J s DUD a a $ 0 ego C 3 dA 9 _am �oR �O ^< 0 v ma mC C ID N N O / Th U1 \ / QD .A v ® m, 0 0 FF + rn � a N O + ° 0 qt + I •I■■'!I i■m■■■ flU■■■■ iiinil ca (ACD o_ Ow 3 N (a 0 0 0 X .'D CD O O CD if 3 o g CA ooS a m (D Ac 1t _ a p - g3 a A o C-. (I, fJ c N 0 9 N c S N CD ti m m ?n .J. O o a ti 11 S re_______ ccz - t O \ 4 11gI I 1 Lt ''•' fTl LU-_Lf D \ ` \ 9L21 \ \ N /+ 1328 - + —(( � 1279 q X I G4 I " a oX lr➢ vi � g ; 12st \ \UF N / a 1 A m m 4 A ry{� ( z_ S � D 5 b a z� D 1 y 1� z1 / /I� �L� 0 Uzi A - )WJ) - �� � EDGE OF TpEE3� m / J c � / Ltl Cr 1000`zzaa w z l UIVL)N QV4 f'C OO I ZyZ y 00 -z 51 m Ovp OD �r z 0 DRIVE 22� a2A~� aOj�., Mn26 a AMn4bmn`. 02 R- �'• 00 AnC ti aoiya .,�, oo�z� °coz`.^ bzmimao OVA '��OT VA��a OU2ma Ay n2Vla=OZO 1nCO z : i ! li also ti� O 2Pni ^��"5� O yy 2 aF A �72a 1C`Ib2AiA Ayn�r'I-2 mCAq OO CA�02�AC� iTm� rn•,?� n m�'��CO Az C27n ar�r�.l o`^o v�',n� 2 m m onem�aO mommmO�zaa� aaA iPA SROz 'oDya=aA A2 F2A�02nA�00= gn U�c��TO AA�bZ ~; A A-Ciy n�Yn ~O'C�'On f�n�m OD�O 220F2�� oi2Aoon�zp2A�A� mss � �p ��GNA cg �OAA,�`�y(m10Agm Ol~'1 C s v,2v��i�2 N o O y zF I I n a2 Do 222 -` 2)6 t GA L_ 1275 1 WI4 1774 Q J n • ca m •� N Z �v z AR�f� -1z JUST OFF SITE �f T O C z a z ++�.. •�'+. r+M1. tiFlw.+ •_ Imo.. __ Y -' l'. �` 4 /'" ! ! �� �� �- -I Oltt 1>-- 1\//I/ II ," lb CLLI ' -� 1373 V 1 rte` sts,t \� i 1 Y ttaf \ ((1 ' 1278 ��� \ 1279 J 1 I Ni \ - t Y O 1 \\ OO \ \ r O Q 1274 H Ji / /1 J / J{/ . ... ° CONC. DEWALI( o on —.---12a1 -- � ' \ yl� eat—'� Q� mrn J m r /D/�O 7178 -L _- � O -r e61— /--- 1LZt ter" �` fiat 0 •7ss�s�< N o �m .> Go* # I' I I L� b rf1 J JAI f -- _t` \Y T m I Ili z okH OOmD3yy1mO0 OCCOf f -y O V 1t 01 y2�StS fr�ll`fZ�f`I l`IOOID/1D `J O IZ66� �\\ pmmmmooz T r \ a O D ➢ D➢ T A m C (1 RI ��- •/ cc r Z OOOOO Z om0 nc7 F1OO z m o58o O m� IITT__ IBEK DDaLO Y & DAVIDDSON JINC 0 IE �fER4 ®.AV4, SG.®q.4Q Mrs W N5 II.I a®. SRAIN PLAN 480'.13 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS z 0 Y • w v V v z mm iii J `Q0 In n• T CQ' OA :3 JA a t- px D Ax = N) y J O Ot • • O 1(D' 90O 0i NO U~i0 > O T CU A m m D w N • JA O U vF\ 0 0 0Th JN o N ,p U1 U tnH:: ?<: X oj ) c 0 mx x } N N N 7 u N Z w / m /11 1rn x Mrnz0 w �2 rn 4E w a A m N '-t 4 7+w'Sv'F _I .n- �,.� - = i O N 9 �n O � of •1 O F • * r� U GRAVEL I� Il I 1U' 1 s u� N Q rnDCnT- c��3�P"z-13IP 7,1�-1U3-uN0N2 m-1 'O zr"m ADS m?tO 7Jd-n' rn xT z Q. A m v°n , z ° n .0. m m G� p m m n O rn7c'-1 Wo.,. _N r.?J N-� ]��POrn7J 'mrnN 2,D�Z.� ,.�- ���O AO jornodaayt�n�o�D6�7�°d2c) fTT���° ON UN.�z-I�<mC��C��O pmt yD Ozrn �22�30m�D°zz7C) X03-70�0Do 700)—ts Z°�MQMN�Z�mz Zo �7�ZOrnN DOzO�zz°A� �O�HmzzG -i(P rO> DM-i MnOrdrn?N ���O�00i D ➢pOpyr.�m �o0z67D nF � z D z -r r r N WET EN! o ERG DE [LONY & DAV DD SON ��IC o Y r D1 ° N m c0Dx r <� rrirnO-af In S. . • O .. y 1 O 4®QQ4 ®A4Q Q®p4-QF§E4 IF c4 4Q46Q IC/I/IS _ VETERANS PARK AI.I ®w �® - SITE PLAN PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION 88013 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS m A ZZ H > m m N� -m > Dx f�y�t1 N Om m m > rua D ➢ mrn mI e X TN >2 mn zm -3 O R / YA Z 8 Zg L 0> nT Z o 0 z = 6 m > c m O .•° eD nl t" O oOQ° e i O�oO'I o o0 IB" S'-0" MIN. in m a oo� `. 73 I c m 00 O - L N l\ m°a d°° o __ _ C �OO I 2 Is'O o C_ m a0dp0. ° G♦ I A °O� o , e r. • ito V �. �� .y O %e d .� °( . °.O ® N @ X o0noD e ' Z X � a. n.e a �_ 1 r 1- O O CI O G 8d�8oe4 8_ T O ? u' (m1 c3 o0�°O 0DI O O v ood°°oo *O °Soot° 0 o_\ rn x T v > 4 1 AO D r > 1 6 xaC 6 sv—al�atQ 0> z -0' o 6' I _T 11 ci — r Nm y ss^�c z r1 a r5> rnn- - W Zr m //jj -zr 0a vc to 00 A ry 9 m m z DA' m o M G" T 2 1�:OT 20 o0 U3rn-41111rn D;J 70m T 13 G' D D D T m O➢ 1r O 6 rn O rn r mi O 1y=IIIn' o NI I O -Ii Ill ern mo d m b n mo Ni 1 ID/q/q8 I VETERANS PARK Al 2 n 0 ENLAR E SITE PLAN PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTE'ALLE, ARKANSAS -1 -1 -7 -I -i --I 6`(11 AUlU- Wcom�a1r1no J N w 6 6 9 O ttz O m NN1 777JJ o�O O n m o o D 7C 7c 7c 7c7c p rO 0 r A rn O D 2 N o �Nm A V C) z a DzA 1owN� A D N N o 7J =O O A A mm �l d -D0 O rn r rr C C' NOD 7300 1 � QI? No('(n 3 NmmmO c TAT ziZZmmz Nz m p 0 N m y ll m Pd rn A Y r N > O O c< z rn N'� NI M Z N Ni 3z Ii z C Zc O mri T Cn lf� r Z7 Z 0 > p tJ C' zFn m < Zrnrn Ica 0I rn d Ni -4 zNi Mzrn C7 � D� ➢ A I- AzC) r i ➢ 1 4'O" D� �� azM Tz 7J3 \ z Y )4s/ 1 d` _ I - - D \ O In Z J Z� / o \\ I z3 \ - 4� O m N 4'2 \ Tx C\ Z w 3'-O" O Y I 0 O p _ GLR I r ➢o Z 0 _ ---------- -- — T_ D�D( R>C� -t 5' O" 22'-8"Z O 5'-O" <= G O� 3 O 0 O m c rn7 00 0 00 �aD jAAA o�rn3 7"0 O 70 4.'19(.a7_10kV-6__-_�®RSV6g44 IPI&® IEc7 z14ILR /� Ai B IO/Q/q8 FLOOR PLAN VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS s qSo . i -d I II rn D� N mp rn COX r r 7c m kF '3, z d > �c O C r - X n rn —1-1...—ter. 'I-OH IOHH rn rn 1I -0 A\ A 3: y m r� EQ. I\ EQ. O NOOK 1 A Z Dzz� o O M -fl, m mrDOAOn, N m°mod t1 -p11. Odm A G Arnrn ?mm CA>Z 7OCdrnm cm pti1t c A rnzAx' D Cp Im U'<- Am pm<t ® m 9QJ DA �c-ii zN rn �(�1X1 ,Opmd� N6 -<rnD z_N to r x 3DDn-lr dyo3� ND-aD rn �y� krnDrn G d Ozz Oc N 0 7C« �3mT A prz Z ' 7" D r Orn D = 7<z73 m -0 O __ ____IA D r Dy N4, O� DO 1 cz c DA �N ® T EQ' nTeIEII DAYS c©f m II4 Pfl® RQ4 'OYLR 10/q/q8 _ VETERANS PARK A _2 , I ®i- is ®, SECT ®N PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION 18013 -. FAYETTE1LLE, ARKANSAS TZ Yvs ()t/111rfl 4�Iz , , I w • to = - n o0 VY Z y Ill § r — jL . -It t I J11, L— ---! ------------____ i_,� -_ L r __ - - �l - I b b Z i H L J J � I L_ I I I_ J� ___ A WfT ELI o ERG D CONY & DAVIDSON 11NCo a <� F.7 t I 11lEQ4 ®A46 C®Fi4ILFfs IPER® !LC? 4046 �I I I0/1/8 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 1S014 DS98twg\1:1. Mar' 212: 4'38 ............. _........-........ - ---- ._....., W V (T ? w N r pr 4rn> < nm _ wuzi -= O� :---....._- A " ' %� '--- m0 pOpD m m0 g m m S w o A W \ +rL i n 1 mi m rV)mA H m= rA= mr mzi AO QJ _-Im 1 m- n I n / mIm z 0 er a rZ O ND r�i� O � I N I, ! O� �Or(n*Im O me cnW(n OD -Ir Z m .: yl .:. ZN 0Z D D m l m r 2 o r "'-..... ... 1 �•,m �0 n O ozxp - C ` n� o nz A D(A S mm 00� Dm ZO zD— — — — — m(TIJ (n n 0AD m Sp :E> M> cc or U) N y'z �mmr z m�0 A� n rn n Z — _ WD O m h� AD:D rm �m�W n� mrZ nm OD ➢� i- G7 O I .. ...1 N V mm mDzm r. r'1 r rm mr rm D M Z 0 (n � S (nZ z-Di0 A rmrin 000 -NiA -ZiW p� �J 1 � �t[[_ mm �0 m O0 C�z (nm W J _\ iJ `11 O (n D S o n vie 0 Z S ,\ 3 N ZDG�o cn im o ' zo O D -c iS ..... ..I Wm 01j=D a mU) O -im 0;D �m n> mZ OXm r A oxm DD SZ �� J z Wm?4A O0 ON rr-mD oZ OO W Z ---_ DN DDO D M OD X>-9 D0•D OO O -<ND tn5 OCZ 20 mW m ≤Om ≤x D�(nOr D� -IKZ nm Wm < �n �z cn O A C-iomrc<OA�x�Wm Wz ZOZMC/) r Oz Omm mn z p L<MzozCO_zODv)COC�O O� Z:DDO OD r0 pZ➢ nn mD GJ XDA �m �--p--p m m m<N4O m0 -1 0 CO (n m S r (I) T ow C1-< -< ;L) D 0 m N m N > in rN0 JS DNO (ny 0 n z -am apzD x C°r n mz O 0 r m -r mm� mn m N D O mp 0 �� _10<>Z O in N � o m zmiA O <mr co p Om oD� O mC DDm D'i Oz A ® o C ��;Z..... �. �.. fir- m Dz rntn (n m .� C mSm z CAO Ln(nz CZ m Cmm❑° -i to m O =i Z — � �: 1 U) D O m m S u Z .., ...::... n iW D mm rN N� W' O D ➢ N p T. O C - D m m D.-i N N I� r__ p =�Z 0 >Z D{ C� m If)�- m = W AGO O 00 Ox m- m �` ❑ Om A J J La►f''.° mD O� �o v� n D N Hi Qm am+ pia Dm cm r w. I I� p D Z 0 W y m S a 1 t1) = m D c Om m� S m 55 ;a m m D N m cm mm ^ -I n ^< < ^ x `2 n n D V) W Z A 0= mm c m <rA*t 0 0 O prr*1 Z Z O >0 m m > o 0 O�W 0(� D -1 1 D �� -� `-' m0 D D O O m O� Z r_ pill, m mC - ;a Z 0 \<C A P1 C\ r D 0 0 n0 z m D Z < Z D ^ n a Z) m p z z CO Ul — K O c(nn 0 vm ^z Om m �z O m .--. O C -< in m V O C vim oz 0 O m ^ -0j 0 n .O m m On Dm O r n z -m z C- I m I o I z i r, -- - r -Tl O -c-C m -rl --I -i... o-- - o r C .m m m.C�7O"�" - m �y fir m m o m m o �m [z!z p� O r= m O U7 Z p 0 m < n z m U)) rmrl iti�.� - z m D O 21 0 r z F o z z D m //1111111\\ m O Z C Z m 0 0 O m <.-. rT� .Zm) C Z) Z) z m m- m 1' I m z - i Q cj n m -�z mom xl r o Z hn D o * z clni)'v1-3 n G7 m O m n y Z cWj7o Xl� o � !'1 I ______ __________ ___t ___ I WflhTEN1JERG9 DD ELONY & DD AV1DD SON IMo q/I4/1S P1.1 ®m a®. PLUMSIN6 PLAN _= q80 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENO' FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. 2233 N. Green Acres Rd. Fayettevflle. AR 72703 50 1-442-4662 2 O r m z O m D\ \ r.p r _ rW 0 m� O Z DMZ m zOCo �m 0 l -IT m0, D Co Z O _r Zz Zmm O0� uI Z m o -4z m m N m z N 2 m C 0 O W O X C) m m vD Z m D / D � e e I Y l.9 p Ci) C Ph m C) O G7 O P• Am• .o NCD -aD ° •ev •' • m 05 • = D O ° •e° 1 N 0 m C <D —1 m- -1 O O D `• z O0 o .0 N 0 ,. 0 D� no n �. .o m mS V)C) O ° •• ey •> A m A Ph Z O �n z� m = v Noz Do 6.. cam Pa DZ �A mm N v m O l //�\ /N \ / / \\ /N -n /\ II O J J /N \ A /' A.t\ :F'ks •dv.Wg4^e ee.5A •�' •'. WIII[ T ENf o ERG DiLONY & DAV11D50N9 I Wo U -c-no O O OOmw 0 D OO F r m C) T. Z n n� > O Z N I (I) m Z C In cD I D CD 5; Z m OT r n au m cl 5 m a 6_4_ Inn V R C O fl v 5 n ® a¢ v v ova ¢ Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. F2ayetten'se33 N. rcAARR 727Rd. 03 501-442-4682 P211 P,2 1 9/14/98 PLUN(E I N TA l IaS VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEV LIE, ARKANSAS ® m b ®• 98O13 2i 14.57: 098 ZZ O Dm m O 0 O Q ^ m 0 z 0 C N l Z (7 N r m Zr O Co 0 C) -1 D � P19 O v \ O \i C Z O \ / m I I m m m m cy O_ Z� Om O D Z In G) s - tw ,. o rrn D ➢ z z 4 ., - DA OD �y ZW Dm nW AW �A O -t Om Cc) Zr Z O O O rr Mm N D•e q O T. T. z C.i O _flu) (I) (I) mz Ax m0 rx —1 0 0 o D D oz o z c''., =' m ,.;...,.:;• m .:. m mn ,: G) CI OC ZW Z -1z O z -u G) 0 z N m O m O O -"Co 0-4-i — r pJm 0 D Z A OZ 0 Wp�N \m 'nO Nm 1 D D L) A0 `O Z(f)x m20-0 O-0CC z -DI r-0 cm -1 �m 0m D r\ rxo O (/)C) ZD ZO IC m0 m = ni r - O D CO n mz ➢0 0 C O W➢ mm Om (AA D r -04-0 OIm p OWmvl > o O m O TO, Z _ C) O� D O Z A N 1 Z C -p m t0 D m O r C) ao m N 4WRRII C0"7aH7S ff 0i® RCv V0 4IQ Green Anderson ENGINEERS. Inc. Fayellellle, AR Acres Sol -442-4682 P2.2 ___ 9/14/98 FLUMSIN& DETAIL VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ®m a®' 98013 a z vti e •r: .�S: a . .. ,SDSL. . tiM0W. 2PP54: X98 IM m m m m DK Oz o o� 0 -I-U> n m O D O 0 r -- m O Ar NGD D I � C o r 'C) m �J n> W > (n Z z D - C) J -o r+m z n C) in w z 0 0 0 m in 0 02: > -� -i (n A Ni (/) Z z� C co 0O m0 nom r I OmA 0 y� 05 > 5 O V A mr z z z C) A< C) o z m -o o z rn cm me <0 A nA N Cr 0C C C > Z A C I�;1 J J 0\D N m (n Z m0 (n ^C ^ -7 O OA m I r-0 o => _ C DZ A VA N C 0 L m C n <r (ziI Z V O rml m z Ind m mm — z '— ,.- -I-( (n C) N in V) 7 I O 0 Z J I w J I N D A \ \ T y m N N m C J a J J N m IZ I I l J I J C \ \ \ \ QO Z N N A N in (n J J fl > V) O Ni Ni N ? m O (n o o 23 C z = I I I I I >O I P1 m A C) 0 z A x(A x(n ax0 x� zD m zD ZD -ZD CZ — A oz oz oz 12 V ^ l 0A D 0 o p x G» p 0p�'- Cui > 00 w •D w w C :0 JO N 00 O Z (��\� \ / 0 00 0 Co00 .a r., YD�Yi,Z1 � m n 00 • m Ml oo m TO,O y M-00 T V c oA oA 0A ma 0; m� mR A A A A III I WflTENIflG9 DD ELONY & DAVIIDSON9 ➢NCo VID 02(nCflW ZC pD m< LI0m0 DO MO m� Nrrn Am omArr z o m cm z0n� nUi fTl Wrzm cO r°Cc Z ODmp ocp �Z n o Z z mo F'1 LI 0 H> N D A z 'a? inn Z� A LJ ODV) nm(n 0--> 0 (o1 OZm O m O 1 ZDA 'Cn CC A 3�A A-ap7 IA 5 -oz5 x\ m-*mzu,m ran ;u00 mfr -I —p�� Zcm m(nm A .Dn—Ip rr iV (nNm Nnm mzp 0C)K0D OI o0S Zpm C)Cr Ap I -1 C (n mz 0111W m(nZn m0 I _4W Zuorn A`z>0-4 // ^^ pv >0 mmv v mDAO��o V! rzD OW n oLn o-. zK mMa m� x 50 zoo a -0 M m 12: �(nz �a m 0 III px = � C NZ mmC -i r S D > (A M x (n H _ CC r cIz I A p NW 00 Oy ITI (n O (n N A Cr) VI 0 ,� (n> _A ^0 O x O .o '0 MM �0 cn0 m m >-i0 n0 A , •\O z <- �;;u m O n. Z DA m n m Am 0 D VIZ A ? Z xzi ?p 0 0 C Z (n 0 z m- x n O A A O= C 0 p COmu o n0 n�z �_ o m n oz A (n K O N - c � _ A m (O 00 y z m o r n O0 I m =0) c� c 1- - 1••-'- 4 SQRq AqR t<®pggpqg er® ¢Qq qOT Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. 2233 N. e, AR Acres Rd. Fayetteville, AR 72703 50I-aA2-6681 3 9/1198 PLUMS IN� ��CH �US VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS v©-©• 98013 1\91Adwg--P24. Md p 2.52: IM98 C Chi I I C) J J J J J NC -•m U)_ Z) Ln_ (n <o U) <N= o'Oox ((A Z 6r)0DZ 2r ZD➢ =rZDZ p' -s> N z o =3z 0 r 0zm r0z0 DJ\Z -4rO O-Irn O ➢rA O r nrn J �U) DmD Cnm Z�rm Z�rm D D Wx-O �(AU 7ZN� OZ)Nr OHU (,a z p Arj m M Z (n Z N m (n-�D > DmO mv)mM MFA z rm� rmc o o� >rn ZrD x - O. ODO 0Dr r r rn CZ U CZ r r < O Z1 -- > -> O O r m m m Or O r Ci 0r - H m • - C I m m - - /�� in p IO 10 0)O O C or ao a0 AO O11 N W Oa Oj O o m T 0 (n U) UUKz mA mOO T7Um(AU CU)Um000 COU<DO:U A70D (nmCSDmCC—A (n Cx>Urns or-m>zm>x mr XNj o(nZmUU(n-00 ntoZnA0 mo000m-HO no > CU)ZO Sdr< U< I Z < o<Cr Zm< >7crr Q>a:o JOwz-IM \Aof=W Cm ocr D.Ua O m0➢ m-i pmOOW Dr- U) mT. 1=0 (nc'TWo<oo O O� (Zt CJU)mmzOMC ocozz000 o-0ODmmr(nTjo -1 Z7 y�lo pZ OZ7ZDJz Ojj �m D SNZ*.ZU7-iC mr r W Z T,.0 m0 :Tj 4 O�:i7n rUT.1-,m \�02C,C D �,o'm\p rOi-,l 0 D_ p�C,U Gp yrocz0-z n0.m mOC D� �rnc' n n� mO v Z� O�m�m=Co D c.zOUrrTlr Z > =r �OO� �ON�AN➢Nm< SAM. �rO mmDm m"Amrm70�mo c pogzw Opp ��<� in O Z -D KOZ UX O(n c mzCM00 CO OZ D=m CmtniDOZOT.OrC rom A�O�r➢U ;7' �*O'1 �Zo ? W M Omit <U W Z M >>'-s P1 (mn mn�OC) Zml Mzoz>OZ.0- 00 ozm U)o - SO mO-j=O!r G7 m 0O S -m0 0 mD f<rl.n7 Z: C DrrTIZO -j: �Drfprl �rCm�OOm AF _> ➢ M�Or <mNOpZCn ➢m 00 'im y= O Dm• o0 Z -Crnn(n F— pZ Z rm r (n �� L -T1OU)XJ UU)�G>J oUWo0m DO r70=xO) ➢-jPxa pm 7)OOm-P P1 D - (n M. mc,IC rr*l >rCT)C �TIDOr=oC Z0 BOO Om in U)zOm ➢Cmm 000mm - mC corU1zmD r m oO 0 r rr mm o DN CArI�mm rmW (nW n (n m0 OC4 C0<' U)o vCNo m(J)y�o C (I)Z m ? H r 'P O D jTl -{ •'l ', �_ _ __ zt-6) z-v)z r (fliOnx`zin dr ymcrn o-C)M=wri in p r�otOm0 Um.Zm1CA mm0m-4((n o mo m\?o NU(nj(A rCr r MU) N O fm*1 r2 Zrm U C _ n(nm fMTIUno F- rOr Jz ➢Cr O �7 U)XU\Or �CO> tTO 0�D -i-tmN-�r mC�nr oA or m C.°C< rn �zom U -,,O CDONCO 0-10 . o o;0 Om U) -I -• O O C o U<➢ O* U rn*Io0n0m-n(0 (n<crZf< g -I �o \ m n D p m C Uom-0m oo O U o D D mAAmno� z c:C7`-ro D O (C-oco m0C -4 N C r j mr 2< CO mmr� 000 D - A` C� �Zz� U)m - m=p KO zmOn �O ➢ 0 1 r m� Cm o o U W o m U rn J on -MOOmD C,;U err -m>C>r 2OD Dr-UmomOcC) C*m0 mm >1 r U X D -m70zko > Doniam U (DmO�O(„i O n D < O D Z P1 N Z) -I z O >- M � N P1i O m 2 o O (n N S • r err Or MU) r(n -I = O W m Z D C r a)O m;D 0or Oz n� r . m • (n C m Ui C) 77 O z cm c0 1 C uJ m V/ J C) III C O I m III rn U UOCD OmmN 0 - D oc p O m OXZ C C7 . D oz (n oIIl (n U z C in it � n C0c b(I'r-b Z m Ofq ITMCC) O II P1 N MnI�`��[ EN o ER , DD ELONY o DD AM�DSON9 f Cho QIQ Q4 1 AVQ CORI a" Y S% v awa au u u u u LLB, /1/8 Green Anderson VETERANS T E R A N S PARK ENGINEERS, ce. P2.4 4 . ®m 'p'®• PLUMSIN� 5CHDl�L S PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION Fyyetteille,AR 7270}Rd. 4bCIS FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS G05Q1-aa2-x682 MO 2 i.. !3:u id9B uria M M M M �• , M ., m "1 1) C- -4 0 (n = o K 01 2 < N (I O ) 0 0 D CO I a O O I -n I I I J Aim D r mcn >_ >0 0 CC) DD r- m C4V) p rrm <ZC Z C z-om x-� C 0 m �rm-0 x N { O m OD 00 p� D mA z1 O =0 C Zm (nO mm N — r m —I W-0 Z U)mO p >(A ZT. m O _� 00 00 O 0 �A m z O 0 ,707 D z WO m Z 0 m 0 D fl Xm G) N p a m Co D N A O G) W r Z 0 m Z A O p m D C o 0 z P1 —I D z U1 -E Nln 01(0 N� (0`L (n -0m JD OK LnK ND OD ZZD JK fK 00 00 00 U10 O— 0 — (.I O m-1 O-( O-1 0m 0-1 0-r1 O -9 cm V1� (0� (A Z0 0S 0S m m m 0 C) U) = 0= N r -1 D r r rT1 Z7 O H (n ? ? r I -I 0 U1 N N m 0 0 0 CI 0 T_ tD lJ > r D I NJ N C 0 m 0 o W N VI D E 77 v LN 1/1&4 N_ W m >0 m c? 0 m p a A Z I CU) \N Ord Ozro - D ONm C -a -c' Om77 la (nmrn J rzZm � z n �_ pmt» V1mc0 mG)DW0 c0 o)CACrD T9 O C O r N m - rZ �z {77 N00 m* G)23 0 m Ny mC0 elm I z\ O D 0 \ Y O O D0 n O z c= X Nm�DO z Z`2 CZjN D C10 y <C ?zmfDNO m z m(n mm -- >0 m �Z 0 V) z 0 > �Z00Z� C c N� X (Z r)-C_Om COON mo Z7 D Wm m 00mm Or 73 Z7� -mi my O 00 r mC O <W N i�Z7 Wr y < .170 In rD ZmDr� En 1 O 0 W C =mi D <O c<m zmz XC m p� C Z mz'A-;jrO M 0 C (n f l\ o 0 CO WO -iO S C (AM0 C D -1 n�o m wZo< O = > O< C) --I fl03-0 1) 0 0 = m A m D Z N Z NO Wi>Op wzD A m 01 N O D O -u C m 0 m 0 m m �to�-1 Imo m om z z m I >Z Z:C7z Z -4C z �2 pZDU \ ,a r� O O (n\\\1111111UI//J�� r D m m0 D O rm*-I ud m Ohm ,N U7D 0 N Zrn r N z:m r m_ —I- 0 D z =D p =C7 � C7Zz ro N z z m z 0 A o O C 0 Z A Co O D m m P1 0 0 Z t+7 p [tn1 xx ern '� 0 * Z G1 C 0 f{T7 C-1 G) m V7 n o c o m Z • z z rim (��Aav 9 • m W UT EN o ER c� DELONY & DAV DD SOIL IIWo -D 17 C O O p -W V) Q mV) o OG) r_ o m n�z 0 C7 D O Z Z In 3 O (n C mi (O D Wr- mWZ o n m m N rP2v 5 PLUM5ING SCHEDULES VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. 2233 N. Green Acres Rd. 501e1442-4682 72703 OSk\981_wg\ .111:•, Mo. 21I 37:OW98 00 It, NJ m >0 o rn1 >O \o m If) pJ m� mb Wm m �C JD J JW y�p� O rns flu N \ = O °= D r o rrl m C7 aO C) o ° > Der 7,—� Der O LJ r n0 r nO< II Z \o f Ll =ZN 2ZJ J D� f m2C) Im-1 • O � C) OO m o 0 D -0?o mx O -oI < ZE D m z O m = N N_4m z g JD I T r z S S J J W J _ OO moo J J ro;i OO o o 1°1/ % CIE,., 0 Q D D O OO \ fl D O > O J XN)M1 D >>' J Q I 3 _ D I m O 63h ii.: x D }} f ✓ 1 s rt o �TmID� _ /9 r ❑° 000 f CO - .--` D ---- ... Z my COQ '�.- `, j o NO W Z RED (D/1 DOC mo X Cxx OO z ODO �o r �z mcnoZ! J boo oZP1 -4 P. _ ... .0.,, o� �o. \ffl O vZi w • m in z DD Zn Z Zm 0o O C O > H r cn r 1O W V V' a (.M N 0 . D Zm CDW XZ umX 0Z2 Z0{S tZWC 0 -Dr Z20ASFo MMOS > Wr o�-v 3m ZO cm Orm C)Om oAtnm (n vm 'mr >OC OmrZ A Cm r mr �O OM mod Dm < -Jr Z?l �ZOOO'iDOyD m<Kx in VIo Oco E KC —IC L0 fl0Z OZ Z° > MD O -M �mZA mZAD �Or O _Z.z z in(J) Z G]D OO Z Z ; fD zCDZ oOV1-�r-1VIp'1 m O O DC 3O2 n�� QZ� "ODz� �=2Q ANA (Ni1�p Oz m -<CZ N AN __ •'�'� f�*ly mDN mZN D>DS rtui cm .AI, rF:5z Mm How> 0 m0 C Zn m ON one ��� OOZv Zrr Woo- an moOO m>I0 r--4 m ZIT1D D Z OOVI =/� ZpmO �pN-Or -= Vl mm m0 ZED =z W�O� D�N� mm O -too r^czim Z �"' z N� �0r m2 ZN.Z-(m DZAS ooc mmmzo0 o on i > m0C OD oOrD OO� .Z70 A AZO� oOmm O m ��� a C'9 �.f��i r Cr O OC-0) D- DVl mo Am S K ��� 79 N °c m.Tml -Dip tiD-IO m -IOC mlA p27 A Zor m D 'z OD mm m�mO l0nNm� Ow ADm DOA o0 - N O mAm mm OFKK momm DD oz ZZ- Oz� c rr µy. N -T?p F.' W- �D.._!_X O_ o"nN*1.- �Z-i-i �,ZpJZj o� �mm�z�° miO N W-- -. Z� fl O\ N n D� WI, OFrno �D �-Zir om Zy °A mZ %�/ V]Z a m-< or opz >MOE 0m D1)vrcZ�H m O z0 onz Dm �zo Zorn; ?C zo-0NDON �rm a rr D > Z OZ."fO1Soo{ N pD v a oZZ mom Zmm z- m>D ZO A-->> cCim �SZ m mm I z y4 no mm om IC) lD/lDr ZZ 00OZ000 3)ON O ny V / m m;u O Z NZ0 m m O Z i) O > UI zwr z{ Cn3 Dr OmN ry�OV1DZ m=A O CO rn N WAm m =�,c) Avz at 5zomx{o �r SV) S D mm 0 DDZ vDivO nz O&in i°' car oy ci V * zw— r- 0 * C7 O A -� -i O m ={n j N 0 OOZyS mmm nm 2 l�*]O�* rn ❑ A ul -1 r Amm Nz (A "N `bzo wO '1 m m o m m z J� �' Omtn\\_ oy{� C KC AC OO CC OW tnt On X 6C Py ^- n CC) O�cmy vs o orn Z z z y ZNC$ o col., S T 9 0 m CA O £ AO O A Z C CC r- C •y ag o mE C) Eo �� g9 m g o U I -D DcOO O O OOIm J 0 WrrnW > o m O O D O z UI � O !n Z C D in to D 0 mar w I m N W ITS[ UN o I KCB- DIELONY & DAVIDSON9 INCho s-s¢¢v ®rava y®a4¢a44 v[aO CE 4040.6 Green Anderson 9/14/98 VETERANS PARK ENGINEERS, Inc. ®® a®. M�HAN��L PLAN PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION F%t(e e'< 270�3R°. 501-442-4682 .1 98013 FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS . DSK, Mai 21 9: i98 Wl Ii, C z L W N Z O N O mm m ylii COI H OL C V m v N m zrm C Q O Z m N r A O ti D r D y -I n N Cr 0D D O ZDC N A A mm m >V) Z VI In C m Lull 0- In m - mm Co. ZA1 o� D1 Z� ON Am 0 00 ZD O_ Z 0 A -u DT zm ...! -- st -_ale' 7 n. -it {AA mt/it • in m O m m z 0 m 0 ijI W -➢?1 Tfd0 S � mm - TmA - m 00 A O Z Ono A00ZK ;0OO2K XOM 3 A_Z = 3 m m Z Z0 o mO 0A 0 0 A 0 0 C Omm OA Ui0 Z U, > Ci X (/) m (I) C - m m m < c � O < CD C) m n o n C m z m no D 1- z m Z O O D N C-, O C m O II V O �/ C m --1 V> O I- I ? m N z (I) > m a C A o CD r Z z ^ O m O �J n ; a (n -1 C 0 m D m D n ° O Z O m Q m n Ph r z � V 0 0 z III 0 C ill x -00n0 O pmm(n C 0 CC- O — O4 �> - 0 z A � Cnn O V Z C ;p m co —i > m D n p aoIIm N r W UTT1EN o E13G9 DD IELONY & DD AV DD SONP NCO 4?I®Q.O.V 0DA46 tOS1?agII4 0'010 aCT u040.Q MECHANICAL CAL SCHWU S Green Anderson 9/14/98 VETERANS PARK ENGINEERS, Inc. M2 1 O ® P1 PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION 2233 N. Green 72703Acres Rd. A D D E TAILS L 501-442-4682 98013 N FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS US!. HOT MOPM 21.]: M98 IM M M M M M M M M M M CM m K < I < I I I : N 0o n ��o O \ :m owww omWX m ym��C m>C m0zm mGz5 ZX 2rr' oxMm mrO*1D rz mmDC C) DO,Trn7A O,Zm7A 1N0-< �ionLo zC-t•�KzzL�K0 0 mmz Comm of - CO CC CM Cr u0Cr O rnm mm \ Zm \m Zr z - -1 am-{Ifl m :rr•l m 00 Ong z rnz mm (Om corn Ai mo W(0 °_ °? cm WZ z L0 CM C) vZ Cz -m ui m 0 O 1Tm n m n x 11Dm om i/ a•)— ^ - — JJ - - ° :O N x x 0l x pJ x x x (D- x x x O3-.FTl mrn mrn m m m m D m n> * a^V< m m>1 m m m 1'i ` l I ' 1 n> Or N N DOS �m Z D C) >0C Hm C0 Co mr mr U1 R�'1 C 2 i0 •0 00 >1 O in :I7 X A va -00> O o0 -Hr O O m�'� m �'O �'•. iO iOj ~ vT;(OrO ��yy T•,� r, -fl .I "11 �1 .. Ifr. •A .•iQ S- 'OA O� (5Z .Oz Z -n am nm (ID m� mo �m �rn z H m m m = I =O x > l N l -' oz(om z :zm m(on= -z-x m mr xCzm n0 D D -in y�0� m rDN m A:S7 N -<mm (n Omr-� o n Hmr-n n mZoDS � III m z z -I 0z - m a (on (71> mD �m Z DO 00) N � K — cm 1/Dr r 2Jr OD C) C) (, J N (1) m m X Fri U, — m C7 r ' o C I— —coca O)N NV Jo)OUt0U oo �T. W �p1N0 c0 T• o4 oyQO�O n :C rn� Ooh `n 'n D (A mm �71(AK�� > C mm — m F �� S > m Mm N Xi ' �� G I N N sms(n. \ N - A \ X\ C N 0)00 032 OJDO m 0 mm z z�z.. z z 2 S = S V / n nfl(o '1 0N C-1U*D ?ls(nn�r D ODO* A�1I 0zz\T7 F :�OoO I zr�� Zpm OZOXm Cr00 m<r Aw<mr rn mNm OC mmmmm OM Xi0S Om0 1 I Ro m ZA C:E n —o K F m m -a 0 r •m -c AO �AZ�Oz r 1 0Wm0O C Od..,.� < p imp ==Aprm in mO� ZAP nZZN-' OCMn20o m CI z0m0 oMOMC O- nrnHm0z H ➢D- -. III O O z > m > (om U)M < < N mz-4z (n m-' Z� Xilflmo -C i r > m mm Om z ( -0 -i m D Xi m H O Cx Xm >Om CD �<-➢I ox C o z omzm z\ oZ XJ D m D U O Zr �Sp m n O m m z m : AA'A'k fl 1.Sx"A" >Cmmz -- rz�n Xi OXZ> Z :I7 O 0 CD P1 U) r O M'In 11[ ll EN10 ERG DELONY & DD AVKDSSON 11NC0 ➢C) t- O .ZJ =N 0 0 z C-) 02 m N >O Dm r➢ n Ph -U°nOXlIrn p C o�l O m F(o O C- 00 r cm oxz O OH > O z Co O to C m cO ➢ m N b y z r m w I ;O Z O Lb G P1 g¢I¢¢4 ImIT¢ Q®BiT¢pTS fltOl ¢CT TUT¢¢ Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. Fo tt33 erille• AR 72703 Rd. 501-4{2-1662 --- ��® 9/14/98 M �i� Ivl�sl�k� �� ®u��� ANN® DETAIL VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ® p ®• 98013 P m ll 0 , 0 0 0 0 , I� G) ^OZ CC) AG) A Z(-) D= CD a'nO �A mm mMu) z0 mR O 0 Z 0 0 0 0 _o c 0 0 K z m 'z1 CC vo mA�c c_ Om mz ZmC �0 DC �)A Ain �r➢-M� CZ ITI f<Tl➢p0 ZO 0(na mC R x �z m Ar AO �� J ZD OS C� =C� OZ -'is I1 AO A -I o-: X00 mr 0Z ....2 m D 0 -n U) <, nr rr ctow C7 — MD I l NA No w ' �'I'•�D DN-I .�00 2Z in O OX m 0 1 0 Z wr , 0 O D A :7070 DO Z DN* TI A TlN v) m On III A in -0N U) A Z 0D ((A tC 0 J 0 r Z V/ in 0 �� —{NA 0 -n A 0\= m III m = ZD O Z O J = m a I) 1 • D U) mCa U) K () co >23 D Orz mm w<m p mz�m Fri -Ir AC 1Dr Azc In ADZ• > — 0 X00 U) ZG) A > m C) z c� = ri U) N 23 m - > C O m AO m — D -xi OAC D U)z -H OOA m Z O Dm C > v) z zm0 z' o i ZD Z� ND Z . czm or �r 0 Z 0=A NO Om I C) ym O> czo = m CC W0m O cc C) J Z m023 Dm� gym= •TI D m0 cC m >U) /< x 4_S U) A N MID N N) W OJ O — r\x r\`X • rr1 0r � Tm m0 T /�Vry o 0Cn o x OA III A I x W ➢ x D Z0 00 c0 �0 D O �< C n < I Cm D D III>1/) AN Or -i N -I N I -r D � W m v (A w C) -Z DO Zr in cc \o 0z AO U) !n (A C C C --{{O D > D C Z Z m Ph m -I z C) -o(nmz 70000 � ≤n>!T) C m0�A 0 (� OC*≤ Co0 r ^ l J m `n>DO O xz-im A z Ln O ' OAKp m I I �I 0 ^ �— C)cn-u0 0 (ZnZmZ O A m AJ C 10 A A Ph 0 A a A AD=CA C O Om mu D O c (- C(-) cm O O O z A (n O (n m (O D 0o y Z Ph o O m m N = I Co ZZtZIt,I —I— =m -2 cRZt m- cnZ 4®EQ4 ®AVR PQ® Rcr Vo44¢ Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. 2233 N. e. GreenAcm Rd. 72 03 FoY�((�.,,�.7270] Sot -H2-4682 E1.1 q /14/q8 _______ ELCT1RI CAL VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS 0 ® N o. 18013 16 •Y U1 A w w L4 w r rn P1A L.1 N -0 O — CA N -` O I v v v v �..i p v m I v u v = N fl 0 -n- r A `v° Dv X;u rx z xQ=a mm o0cc oo v➢� A (7) zm DOO =� n m to z0p �m zAAC Dc A A Xn--II o a N -Oi AO �r A z -Oi -lITI00 oo TMOOOA Z(Cil Om Lzj OX z A Z- rr O A ZA p m Z� r n C Z A A D A A O C Z O z0� �' On 00Or C) -=I Z C O nc=(1) � AA -H NO Or*O1 Z r7-� G)z z (f) 3? Dz-4 Z7N Z N D Or- �{ AAA m On �< . n O A Dtn 0 m p' 5tnC n 0 m z Z- Z rN c pmt/) . -4 Z �m� m O ZA z➢m Cn m N o=D nA -i=fin- A00 Umi fl -U -o O73 o r n SA O- �_5� Z n z 2 G)m mr�D-t Az C Zr p �0D On = mAO OADrtA p� Z zm Dm =z-i �pN= z AO r" zm m \ J A in73 >W O z cm o U) N≤ = O A= X = m= A Cm A D A n m O N A n T �m m7r ?rD tn0 m��� p0 rDT-`mZ Z= AmAO� z •m nWm n o p-z-i 1--0 m A� m�nm� �D M =-DC NA OO f*1 cri U) Wv �'I� 0 0m�� �� (n A)>0 NN �" �m -�A mD mmc A� N mm rmK o n o=� z� -DumOO m� �Iz �≤Omm m A0 D = = nm ponom O r-xnA OZ 0 m-1 Z Gz2 mmm N -'j> m 7m ro m LnD�n� v0 0 noz o in in 0 ononI- °p m o NA U) �- a mnZ O 0riny C O Z O D = ➢Z�1 m tn00 u `cm WO)/ D N O� m --1 V]n �c A(/) O - N D fn-*1�A o A Z>r CO AAA T`O DD -I _I N> Fr•1 'D o r mmm III �I O J C n Op O A p�-1 m W.A`cn-i m 00= V p 00 uZn z O N0D O <m pm A 0 -HO Ij o A ZO z =C-Oi m ➢r�xi zAc N D O m D FDA > DO1{A OD P1 O Z D <n D r r 0A m A m OOO 0 mm= r IDO_ I O m > -TtlO� ADD mrZ x C C ow n m !',r - O m 00 C - Z -ZI C/) �nl N ZDm c 0 r m Z D m in r Z Z r N � O N D >O>O Dn DnZrtD z0(A-- U)• ZO Z' 4Z = OKcc)m # I pmZmz -z y <�7,D a: C) zA�➢-< ozznD > ml0LA_D z Z WOO 0 joy -0\ o co C-) 0 O -iAE zA N AmfT1 mA z mro�_ FN. o 00 U mW r m N p 0 0 m A -per r zD-t -tA II = I= 00 o � m r D -ri j r mzmr A AOZNm nZz > C) O- 2 p-1 p m mm�pl a r C� �zp� A nXpn� zm =DO O n2o0 D Onz.O C7 z z z o O pcOomm> WOzmo �- z D A -<ZON �� v�aDD OA np➢m0 O Z >Or- 1mO =N 'ZZL�7t`rorJ r z ZDOD { z—TID�m =1T1 -2 0C�]Zj n2_ n momZZO P1y'_i(r,2o O mNCO -9 Z� X00 ID -- - r — OMo WCria) On -T,> ///���/�11111111�a\\\\\�� r _ n AIo A DOZ -D C)H U)K p7≤ Zozm 0A-Iz p �mn mC H n Z O= -m C0A >00 mzD .O �Ar D{DA A OOco 'A -IWnV) < c0 n o•Z0 O� zpmD n mm 0 -I 2 Or9 OZ r �z≤n m pAAO ry ,pr •.ytiy z�m o m r txj tm zc2 � m r� zao Y FF • r A D'-O0O O OWmU y o O5 r_ o m n�z O Z A U) U) Z c 73 m (0 e -f z D m P1 N 4_®R R 4 ED A 7 R C ______ 55 0' 01 ® a c 4 0 1 6 8 Green Anderson ENGINEERS, Inc. Fayetteville, 2233 N. Green AcresRd. 501-442-4662 E,2.1 9/14/g8 E�-ECTRI CAL VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ® m _ ®• Gb013 I"i N C A O A Z Z n Q O A A V V 'O .° A m N n n a > A nor,onnflflflfl A 0 A OOOOOOOOOO A .TAI A A A m J f N OooO r A Yzz o n m D P1-, V w— u+ cn w -• z o y cn CM — >O ITI ITr�� N ➢ W O [P O (f� O O Cn N O V f V <O A y LJ J p O O O — W O m N W Y in Ui U' O Cn V U) � w Ho J ITT SO w O -- O NNSi !1� O o T r � � OO O O O N O N O A y Z p y -I � O Z Dy Z O Z G7 n N O m o V N N T O 8OO00 as zy r A>o m N N R- R OOO > I = x r ti 2 O I A O A 0 A A I N A O< c<<< << O O nfl > J Twr m Occ V / m II o II I I J V V' U) W D Lf) D "I _ m Z rn U mz zm III r 0 D 0 C C m I- rn �o= z m� O m O �OSm C a0 OCmw 0o Fn�Z m — O U, I (J Z 7C.1 - Z UI P1 O r n m m N CO o zj W C m p Cam C D Z7N W cc n U) D �c D a e m z v _a zI n m DZ =cn Z%t%i ➢_ O COOOTC -oaa ,2 Z O A mX—I m00 �G� xJ0 o > O10m m m ' m o o - o — (n m m x TIC o OZCm TJ m =m� ON -<m vm L J �nvm O o o Ar0A motTJ mW of f Z7 Cr r n tmDC C Jw�jZti m P z z D oF FF,j, o =m t m D o r WIITTENICG9 DELONY C DAVIDSON9 U C 0 46.64 ®A46 f{®FY46g44 P'IllQ)I CV 40466 Green Anderson 2233 NE N. Teen Inc. Acres Fo3Ntevllle, AR 72703 Rd. soi-442-4682 E2..2 9/14/98 LECTRI CAL VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ® m W ©: 98013 I TABLE OF CONTENTS I F I I I I FOR Veteran's Memorial Park Parking and Restroom Renovation City of Fayetteville Project Number 98013 BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT NO. TITLE 00100 BID SOLICITATION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00320 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 00330 EXISTING CONDITIONS 00400 BID FORM 00600 BONDS 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION NO. TITLE 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK I 01230 ALTERNATES 01300 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ' DIVISION 2- SITE CONSTRUCTION SECTION NO. TITLE 02200 DEMOLITION AND SITE PREPARATION 02300 EARTHWORK 1 02375 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 02535 SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM 02740 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING ' 02760 PAVEMENT MARKING 02770 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS 02932 SEEDING I I 11 Table of Contents - I TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 3- CONCRETE SECTION NO. TITLE 03100 CONCRETE FORM WORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03450 ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE DIVISION 4- MASONRY SECTION NO. TITLE 04200 STONE WORK DIVISION 5- METALS SECTION NO. TITLE SEE DRAWINGS FOR ITEMS IN THIS SECTION DIVISION 6- WOOD AND PLASTIC SECTION NO. TITLE 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 7- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION NO. TITLE 07200 INSULATION 07315 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07900 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION NO. TITLE 08100 DIVISION 9- FINISHES SECTION NO. METAL DOORS AND FRAMES TITLE 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL Table of Contents - 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 09900 PAINTING 09950 GLAZE COATING ' DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION NO. TITLE 10150 COMPARTMENTS AND CUBICLES 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED ' DIVISION 12 -FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13 -SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED ' DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION NO. TITLE ' 15010 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION ' 15411 SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM 15412 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM I15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 15625 ELECTRIC DUCT BEATERS 15860 FANS ' 15890 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL ' SECTION NO. TITLE 16010 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16110 RACEWAYS 16120 WIRES AND CABLES ' 16130 BOXES AND ENCLOSURES 16140 WIRING DEVICES 16170 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16190 SUPPORTING DEVICES 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION I Table of Contents - 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) 16421 UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICES 16450 GROUNDING 16471 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELBOARDS, 240 VAC (NQOD) 16510 LIGHTING FIXTURES END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents - 4 I I I I CI I II I I] El Li r I 1 I .i BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT 00100 BID SOLICITATION- BID NO. 98-83 I I 1 1 I 1 1.01 Sealed bids for new construction at Veteran's Park in Fayetteville, Arkansas will be received until 4:00 P.M., Local Time on Wednesday, October 28, 1998 in room 326 City of Fayetteville Administration Building at 113 West Mountain Street, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 and then will be publicly opened and read aloud. 1.02 The work includes Site Preparation and Improvements, General Construction, Mechanical Work, Plumbing Work and Electrical Work, all to be let under one prime contract. 1.03 A cashier's check, certified check, or acceptable bidder's bond payable to the Owner in an amount not less than 5% of the base bid submitted must accompany each bid as a guarantee that, if awarded the contract, the bidder will promptly enter into a contract and execute such bonds as may be required. 1.04 Copies of drawings, specification and other proposed contract documents are on file and are open to inspection at the following places. Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, Inc., 100 West Center St., Ste. 102, AR 72701 1.05 Prime Contractors may obtain up to three (3) sets of contract documents from Wittenberg, Delony and Davidson, Inc. upon deposit of a check in the amount of $100.00 per set, made payable to Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, Inc.. The deposit will serve as a guarantee of the return within seven (7) days after the bidding of all three (3) sets of the documents in a usable condition. Additional sets or partial sets of bid documents may be obtained for the actual cost of printing, which is not refundable. 1.06 Arkansas Prevailing Wage Rates as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor, will apply to this project. 1.07 All bidders shall conform to the requirements of Arkansas Code Annotated 17-25-101, Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors. 1.08 The Owner reserves the right to waive any formalities in, or to reject any or all bids. 1.09 No bidder may withdraw his bid within 60 days after the date of the opening thereof. By: Ms. Peggy Vice City of Fayetteville END OF DOCUMENT 00100 ' Veteran's Park Renovations 00100-1 DOCUMENT 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF BID ' A. BASE BID: Work includes Site Preparation and Improvements, General Construction, Mechanical Work and Electrical Work, as shown on the Drawings and described herein, all to be let under one prime contract. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before submitting his quotation, Contractor will be held to have examined the premises and satisfied himself as to existing conditions under which he will be obligated to operate, or that will in any manner affect Work under this contract. B. Bidder must inform himself fully of conditions relating to construction of project and employment of labor. Failure to do so does not relieve successful bidder of his obligation to furnish material and labor necessary to carry out provisions of his contract. Insofar as possible Contractor, in carrying out his Work, must employ such methods or means to avoid any interruption of or interference with Work of any other Contract. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE ' A. Parties quoting on this Work must comply with all requirements and regulations of ' Contractor's License Law of the State of Arkansas, as set forth in Act 150 of the 1965 General Assembly, as amended. ' 1.04 BID FORMS A. Bids must be submitted on forms included in Document 00400 of Project Manual. Submit ' one copy. B. Place Bid Documents, sealed in envelope, and clearly labeled with words "Bid Documents". Show job name and number, name of bidder, Arkansas Contractor's License Number, date and time of opening. IC. In case of discrepancy between written amounts shown by bidder and amounts in numerical figures on bid form, the amount written out rather than amount in numerical figures shall govern. ' 1.05 INTERPRETATIONS ' A. No interpretation of plans, specifications or other bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Requests for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, 100 W. Center, Ste. 102, Fayetteville, AR 72701, Attn: 'Lori Top. TO BE GIVEN CONSIDERATION, REQUESTS FOR I Veteran's Park Renovation 00200-1 INTERPRETATION MUST BE RECEIVED AT LEAST FIVE (5) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO DATE FIXED FOR OPENING OF BIDS. J , B. Interpretation and supplemental information is issued in the form of written addenda mailed to prospective prime contract bidders. ADDENDA WILL NOT BE ISSUED WITHIN THREE (3) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO DATE FIXED FOR OPENING OF BIDS. Failure of bidder to receive any addendum or interpretation shall not relieve bidder from obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of contract documents. C. Should an error, inconsistency or omission be found in the Bid Documents after the Bid Opening, the Contractor will be deemed to have prepared his bid based upon the more costly way of performing the Work. D. Anything mentioned in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings or shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Specifications is to have the same effect as if shown or ' mentioned in both. 1.06 BID GUARANTY A. Bid must be accompanied by bid guaranty of not less than five percent (5%) of the amount of bid, and at option of bidder may be certified check, bank draft, or bid bond secured by surety company. Certified check or bank draft must be made payable to order of Owner. Bid guaranty shall insure execution of contract and furnishing of performance and payment bond or bonds by successful bidder. 1.07 OPENING OF BIDS A. At time and place fixed for opening of bids, every bid received within time fixed for ' receiving bids will be opened and publicly read aloud, unless the bid contains irregularities in statutory requirements. Failure of bidder to respond to statutory requirements listed on the bid form may result in the bid being declared nonresponsive and the bid will not be read nor will ,the bid be considered for the purposes of awarding a Contract. 1.08 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS PRIOR TO BIDOPENING A. Bids may be withdrawn on written or telegraphic request dispatched by bidder in time for deliveryin normal course of business prior to time fixed for opening; provided, that written confirmation of any telegraphic withdrawal over signature of bidder is placed in the mail and postmarked prior to time set for bid opening. Negligence on the part of bidder in preparing his bid confers no right of withdrawal or modification of his bid after such bid has been opened. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER A. Owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine ability of bidder to perform Work, and bidder shall furnish to Owner all such information and data for this purpose Owner may request. Owner reserves right to reject bid of any bidder who has Veteran's Park Renovation 00200-2 previously failed to perform properly, or to complete on time, contracts of similar nature; who is not in position to perform contract, or who has habitually and without just cause neglected payment of bills or otherwise disregarded obligations to subcontractors, materi- almen, or employees. 1.10 POWER OF ATTORNEY ' A. Attorneys -in -fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 1.11 LAWS AND REGULATIONS IA. Bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordinances, and rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over construction of project shall apply to contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in ' contract the same as though written out in full. Specific attention of bidder is called to requirements of Arkansas State Licensing Law for Contractors (Act 150 of 1965); and Act 235 of 1977 and Act 813 of 1977 of the Arkansas Legislature, both of which pertain Ito processing of periodic payment requests as set forth in Par. 11 of Supplementary Conditions. 1.12 BID FORMALITIES AND REJECTION OF BIDS A. Owner reserves right to waive any formalities in a bid or to reject any or all bids. 1.13 "CALL BEFORE YOU DIG" STATE LAW ' A. An Arkansas State Law passed by the 1991 Legislative Session requires that at least two days advance notice be given by calling 1-800-482-8998 before digging on a construction project using mechanized equipment. This is a free service. Failure to do so can result in ' a penalty ranging up to the amount of $10,000. ' PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00200 I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 00200-3 DOCUMENT 00320 GEOTECHNICAL DATA PART 1- GENERAL C. 1.01 SOILS REPORT ' A. A geotechnical investigation of the site has not been made for this Project. Test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at his own expense; ' however, no change in the Contract Sum will be authorized for such exploration. Architect and Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn by Contractor from his own investigations. Soils are unclassified. Contractor will be responsible to complete the work shown in the contract documents regardless of soils encountered. IPART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) ' PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00320 I I I I I I I I I ' Veteran's Park Renovation 00320-1 I DOCUMENT 00330 IEXISTING CONDITIONS PART1-GENERAL ' 1.01 SITE CONSTRAINTS A. Existing Site Conditions: The Site is within an existing, fully functioning city park. Due to the large amount of vehicular and pedestrian traffic at Veteran's Park, particularly on weekends, contractor shall pay close attention to providing safety barricades around construction. Contractor shall also coordinate with owner and provide signage to notify park users of closed areas and direct them to alternate parking areas, access points, etc. as necessary. Extreme caution shall be taken in providing a safe park environment for all users, particularly children, as park will remain in use during construction. B. Existing Site Restrictions: 1. On -site parking, other than within areas to be defined by owner for contractor staging, is prohibited. 2. Contractor is to disrupt the site and all existing trees as little as possible. Provide tree preservation fencing as shown on plans. Contractor is prohibited from parking, driving, storing materials or disturbing any areas within a tree's critical root zone. Coordinate with architect and owner when this becomes necessary to complete project. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00330 I I I 11 IVeteran's Park Renovation 00330-1 DOCUMENT 00400 BID FORM Veterans' Park Parking and Restroom Renovation City of Fayetteville Fayetteville, Arkansas Project Number 98013 Proposal of (hereinafter called "Bidder"): (Strike Out Following Inapplicable Items) I. An (State) 2. A Partnership, or Corporation, 3. An Individual doing business as To: Gentlemen: Bidder, in compliance with bid solicitation for construction of Veteran's Park Parking Lot and Restroom Pavillion, having examined plans and specifications with related documents and site of the proposed Work, and being familiar with all conditions surrounding proposed project, including availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to furnish labor, materials, and supplies, and construct project in accordance with Contract Documents, within time set forth therein, and at prices stated below. Prices are to cover all expenses incurred in performing Work required under Contract Documents, of which this proposal is a part. Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before date specified in written "Notice to Proceed" and fully complete project within 150 consecutive calendar days. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: No._ Date: 1 No._ Date: H I .1 No. Date: No._ Date: No. Date: No._ Date: BASE BID: Bidder agrees to perform all Work described in the Project Manual and shown on the Drawings for the sum of I Veteran's Park Renovation 00400-1 L LIST OF DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES (Refer to Section 01230 - Alternates for detailed description) DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATE NO.1: Deduct the sum of Dollars ($ ) for all work associated with. the Parking Lot. LINE ITEM BIDS Bidder has included in Base Bid the sum of Dollars ($_.) for all work related to the restroom building and sidewalk. Bidder has included in Base Bid the sum of Dollars ($ ) for all work related to the septic system. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS I, the undersigned General Contractor, certify that proposals from the following subcontractors were used in the preparation of my proposal. I agree that if I am the successful bidder, and if following subcontractors are approved, I will not enter into contracts with others for these divisions of the Work without written approval. from Architect and Owner. NAME: ROOFING AND SHEETMET LICENSE NO. Bidder understands that Owner reserves right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. Bidder agrees bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for period of sixty (60) days after scheduled closing time for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written notice of acceptance of bid, Bidder will execute formal contract within ten (10) days and deliver Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Document 00600. Bid security attached in amount of 5% of base bid is to become property of Owner in event above contract and bond are not executed within time set forth above as liquidated damages and additional expenses to Owner. I I I I I El I I I I J H I I Veteran's Park Renovation 00400-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DOCUMENT 00600 BONDS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTY BOND A. Contractor shall furnish "Performance and Payment Bond" in amount equal to 100% of contract price, as security for faithful performance of this contract and for payment of all indebtedness for labor and materials furnished or performed in connection with this con- tract. Bond shall be written by surety company which has qualified and is authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas and must be executed by a resident local agent who is entitled to full commission paid local agents and who is licensed by the Insurance Commissioner to represent surety company executing said bond and filing with said bond, his power of attorney as his authority. Mere countersigning of a bond will not be sufficient. Bond shall be written in favor of Owner, and executed pursuant to terms of Act 351 of 1953 of the Arkansas State Legislature, as amended. An original and two copies of bond must be furnished, with power of attorney attached to each. Bond must not be dated prior to date of the contract. Contractor shall file (not record) the original with the Clerk in the Circuit Court of the County in which Work to be performed is located. Contractor to pay all expenses incident the filing of bond. Remaining two copies should be certified by the Clerk to evidence filing of original, and these two copies submitted to Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00600 I Veteran's Park Renovation 00600-1 1 DOCUMENT 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 AUTHORITY A. General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions are an integral part of all sections of Project Manual. Their contents and provisions shall be carefully noted in performance of Work. 1.02 GOVERNING STANDARD DOCUMENT A. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", Document No. A201 of American Institute of Architects, Fourteenth Edition dated 1987, Articles I through 14 inclusive, consisting of twenty-four printed pages, is hereby bound and incorporated into these specifications and is to be used as the General Conditions for this contract. 1.03 AMENDED PROVISIONS A. Where any article or articles of above A.I.A. General Conditions are supplemented by Supplementary Conditions, provisions of such articles shall remain in effect and supplementary provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any such article or part of such article is amended, voided or changed by Supplementary Conditions, provisions not specifically so amended, voided or changed shall remain in full effect. Where provisions of Supplementary Conditions are at variance or conflict with provisions of the A.I.A. General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions shall govern. A.I.A. General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions apply to all Work in every Division or Section of these Specifications. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00700 I I I ' Veteran's Park Renovation 00700-1 ii General Conditions of the Contract for Construction I AIA Document A201 - Electronic Format THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by the Associated General Contractors of America 1 Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1927, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue N.W., Washington D.C. 20006-5292. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecutions. TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 8. TIME 2. OWNER 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION • 3. CONTRACTOR 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT PROPERTY ' 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS G. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF SEPARATE CONTRACTORS WORK 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE ' CONTRACT I I 1 I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AMA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #1 C INDEX Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 4.2.3, 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.2, 4.3.9, 8.3.1,10.1.4, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11 Additional Costs, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 9.8.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Time, Claims for 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13, 4.5.1 Allowances 3.8 All-risk Insurance - 113.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.1.3, 14.2.4 Approvals 2.4, 3.3.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12.4 through 3.12.8, 3.18.3, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4, 13.4.2, 13.5 Arbitration 4.1.4, 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.4.4, 4.5, 8.3.1, 10.1.2, 11.3.9,11.3.10 Architect 4.1 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority ' 2.4, 3.12.6, 4.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.6, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1,13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2; 14.2.4 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 3.3.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 4.2.7,4.2.10, 4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.2, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 2.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 Architect's Administration of the Contract 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5 Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 3.12.6, 3.12.813.18.3,4.2.7 Architect's Authority to Reject Work 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect's Copyright _ 1.3 Architect's Decisions . 4.2.6, 4.2.714.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13. 4.3.2, 4.3.6,4.4.1,4.4.4,4.5,6.3;7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.1.2, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Architect's Inspections 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Instructions 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.8, 4.3.7, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Architect's On -Site Observations 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect's Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.11, 3.12.8, 3.12.11,3.16,3.18,4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7, 12.1, 13.5 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.214.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect's Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect's Site Visits 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.2,9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.1 Attorneys' Fees 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.1.4 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 9.10.2 Bonds, Performance and Payment 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization. 1.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.2 Certificates for Payment 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 3.12.11, 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.3.2, 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.8.2.4, 3.11, 4.2.8, 4.3.3, 5.2.3, 7.1,7.2,7.3.2,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3,11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9,-12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 Changes 7.1 CHANGESINTHEWORK 3.11,4.2.8,7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, 10.1.3 Claim, Definition of 4.3.1 Claims and Disputes 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.3.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.1.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 4.5.6 Claims for Additional Cost 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 10.3 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.3.9, 8.3.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Claims for Damages 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Claims Subject to Arbitration 4.3.24.4.4, 4.5.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 13.7 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 3.2,1,3.2.2, 3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.7,5.2.1,6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1 4.2.4, 5.2.1 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.1113.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10,11.3.5,12.2.2,13.7.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Compliance with Lawsl .3, 3.6, 3.7, 3,13, 4.1.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 4.3.6 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.7,6:1.1 Consent, Written/. 3.1, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4.4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4,6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 1- I L I I I I .1 I I .1 I I I U [I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AlA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #2 L I] I I 11 I I I I r Li I I I I I Ti Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's 3.10, 6.1.3 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4 Continuing Contract Performance 4.3.4 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Contract Administration 3.3.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 9.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, The 1.1, 1.2,7 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Performance During Arbitration 4.3.4, 4.5.3 Contract Sum 3.8, 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.4.4, 5.2.3, 6.1.3, 7.2, 7.3, 9.1, 9.7, 11.3.1, 12.2.4, 12.3, 14.2.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 4.3.6, 4.3.8, 4.4.4, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.7, 12.1.1 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor's Bid 1.1.1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.10, 6.1.3 Contractor's Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 2.2.6, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 12.2.5 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.3.3,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.11,3.12.8, 3.16,3.18,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6, 4.2.12, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7.3.4, 9.8.2, 11.3.7,12.1, 13.5 Contractor's Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 10 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Contractor's Submittals 3.10, 3.1 1, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 Contractor's Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3, 8.2.2, 8.2.3, 10 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.7, 11.2.1 Coordination and Correlation 1.2.2, 1.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.11 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4, 4.2.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.7.1.3 Cost, Definition of 7.3.6, 14.3.5 Costs 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2., 4.3.6, 4.3.7, 4.3.8.1, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 9.7, 9.8.2, 9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.1.3, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 12.2.5, 13.5, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.6 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4,9.5.1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,10.3,Iii, 11.3,12.2.5 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 11.3 Damages, Claims for 3.18, 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 6.2.5, 8.3.2, 9.5.1.2, 10.1.4 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.2, 4.3.6, 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.5.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1,10.1.2,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.6, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.5, 12, 13.7.1.3 Defective Work, Definition of 3.5.1 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,8.1,9.1,9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8.1, 4.3.8.2, 6.1.1,6.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.4,7.3.5,7.3.8, 7.3.9, 8.1.1, 8.3, 10.3.1, 14.1.1.4 Disputes 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.1.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.1 I, 5.3 Duty to Review Contract Documents and Field Conditions 3.2 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 4.3.7, 10.3 Employees, Contractor's 3.3.2., 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.1, 3.18-214.2.3, 4.2.6, 8.1.2, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11,3.13,3.15.1,4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.4, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.3, 3.2, 3.4.1, 3.5.1,4.2.2,4.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.9, 8.2, 8.3, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 14.2, 14.3 Execution, Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2, 3.7.1 Extensions of Time 4.3.1, 4.3.8, 7.2.1. 3, 8.3, 10.3.1 Failure of Payment by Contractor 9.5.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Failure of Payment by Owner 4.3.7, 9.7, 14.1.3 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.3.5,12.3.1,13.7 Financial Arrangements, Owners 2.2.1 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 1.3.1 Guarantees (See Warranty and Warranties) Hazardous Materials 10.1, 10.2.4 identification of Contract Documents 1.2.1 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.1.8, 9.10.2, 10.1.4, 11.3.1.2, 1 1.3 7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.6, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.4,11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #3 11 I Injury or Damage to Person or Property 4.3.9 Inspections 3.3.3, 3.3.4, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.I Instructions to the Contractor 3.8.1, 4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12.1, 13.5.2 Insurance 4.3.9, 6.1.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11 Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2, 11.3.1.4 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1, 11.3.11 Insurance Companies, Settlement with - 11.3.10 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.3, 3.12.4, 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2:12,4.2.13,7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.5, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.7 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required . 4.5.6 Judgment on Final Award 4.5.1, 4.5.4.1, 4.5.7 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 3.12.7, 3.12.11, 3.13; 3:15.1, 4.2.7, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 4.5.7, 9.9.1, 10.2.2,11.1,11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6 Liens 2.1.2, 4.3.2, 4.3.5.1, 8.2.2; 9.3.3, 9.10.2 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder 4.5.5 Limitations, Statutes of 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Limitations of Authority 3.3.1, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 5.2.2, 5.2.4, 7.4, 11.3.10 Limitations of Liability 2.3, 3.2.1, 3.5.1, 3.7.3, 3.12.8, 3.12.11, 3.17, 3.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.10.4, 10.1.4, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.3.7, 13.4.2, 13.5.2 Limitations of Time, General' 2.2.1, 2.2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3:8.2,3.10,3.12.5,3.15.1,4.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.3.2, 4.3.3,4.3.4,4.3.6,4.3.9,4.5.4.2,5.2.1,5.2.3,6.2.4,7.3.4,7.4, 8.2, 9.5, 9.6.2, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.2, 11.3.5, 11.3.6,12.2.1,12.2.2,13.5,13.7 Limitations of Time, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.15.1, 4.2.1,4.2.11,4.3,4.4,4.5,5.3,5.4,7.3.5,7.3.9, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7, 14 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.3.1, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2. t, 9.3.1,9.3.1.2,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.6.5,9.10.4 Materials, Hazardous 10.1, 10.2.4 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.12.2,3.12.3,3.12.7,3-12.11,3.13,3.15.1,4.2.7,6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 12.2.4, 14 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1,4.2:8, 4.3.7, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.2.1,5.2.3,7,8.3.1,9.7 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 4.3.5, 9.5.2, 9:8.2, 12, 13.7.1.3 Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.7.3, 3.7.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9,3.17,4.3,4.4.4,4.5,5.2.1,5.3,5.4.1.1,8.2.2,9.4.1, 9.5.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14, Notice, Written 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8; 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5, 5.2.1, 5.3, 5.4.1.1, 8.2.2, 9.4.1,9.5.!,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6, 11.1.3, 11.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.2, 14 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 Notices, Permits, Fees and 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Observations, Architect's On -Site 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Observations, Contractor's 1.2.2, 3.2.2 Occupancy 9.6.6, 9.8.1, 9.9, 11.3.11 On -Site Inspections by the Architect 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.2, 9.10.1 Ott -Site Observations by the Architect 4.2.214.2.5,4.3.61 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1, 13.5 Orders, Written 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of - 2.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 4.3.4, 6, 9, 10.1.4, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 14.1.1.5, 14.13 Owners Authority 3.8.1, 4.1.3, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 7.3.1,8.2.2,9.3.1,9.3.2,11.4.1,12.2.4,13.5.2,14.2,14.3.1 Owners Financial Capability 2.2.1, 14.1.1.5 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 9.6.4 Owners Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 12.2.4, 14.2.2.2 Owner's Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to Award Sepa Contracts 1 6.1 Owner's Right to Stop the Work .: 2.3, 4.3.7 Owner's Right to Suspend die Work 14.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract tl4.2 Ownership and Use of Architect's Drawings, Specifications Other Documents 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 113.11 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.6 Patents, Royalties and 3.17 Payment Applications for 4.2.5, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1,9.8.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,9.104, 14.24 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 4.3.7, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 14.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 4.3.5, 9.10, 11.1.2 11.1.3, 11.3.5, 12.3.1 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Payments, Progress 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 LI I [a I. [_] [I rate I and' 1 1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. I I I Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #4 LI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9, 14 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.8, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.6.4, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Permits, Fees and Notices 2.2.3, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Bipheny 10.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings .1113.1214.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 4.3.4, 8.2 Progress Payments 4.3.4, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.3, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 Project, Definition of the 1.1.4 Project Manual, Definition of the 1.1.7 Project Manuals 2.2.5 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.5.5 4.5.7,10.2.2,11.1,11.3,13.1,13.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14 Rejection of Work 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2 Releases of Waivers and Liens 9.10.2 Representations 1.2.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.7, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 13.2.1 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.4, 4.5 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 1.2.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7 Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and Architect 3 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12.5 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5-1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6,4.3.6,4.5,5.3,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Royalties and Patents 3.17 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 4.5.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Safety Precautions and Programs 4.2.3, 4.2.7, 10.1 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.1 I, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.5.5, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3,11,112,4.17 Site, Use of 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Site Inspections 1.2.2, 3.3.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.8.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect's 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 9.4.2.,9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of the 1.1.6 Specifications, The 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.4, 1.3, 3.11 Statute of Limitations 4.5.4.2, 12.2.6, 13.7 Stopping the Work 2.3, 4.3.7, 9.7, 10.1.2, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1.4, 12.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.3, 5.4 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.2, 9.6.3,9.6.4,10.2.1,11.3.7,11.3.8,14.1.1,14.2.1.2,14.3.2 Submittals 1.3, 3.2.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12,4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 11.1.3 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 4.3.5.2, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of the Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.5.1 Sub -subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 4.3.6 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.4, 3.3, 3.4, 4.2.3,4.3.4,6.1.3,6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,8.2,8.3.1,10,12,14 Surety 4.4.1, 4.4.4, 5.4.1.2, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 Surety, Consent of 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.2, 3.18.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 4.3.7, 5.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.7, 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 7.3.6.4 10.1, Termination by the Contractor 14.1 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.3.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 12.2.1, 13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 4.3.8, 7.2.1, 8.3 Time Limits, Specific 2.1.2, 2.2.1, 2.4, 3.10, 3.1 1, 3.15.1, 4.2.1,4.2.11,4.3,4.4,4.5,5.3, 5.4, 7.3.5, 7.3.9, 8.2,9.2,9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.8.2,9.10.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 11.3.11, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 12.2.6, 13.7,14 Time Limits on Claims 4.3.2, 4.3.3, 4.3.6, 4.3.9, 4.4, 4.5 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions 4.3.6, 8.3.1, 10.1 Unit Prices 7.1.4, 7.3.3.2 Use of Documents I.!.!, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.12.7, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment 4.3.5, 45.1, 9.10.3 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.4. 11.3.7, 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 4.3.5, 4.5.1, 9.9.3, AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 -THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 I User Document: A201.CON --10/1 2/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #5 9.10.3,11.3.3,11.3.5,11.3.7,13.4.2 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.1 Warranty and Warranties 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 12.2.2, 13.7.1.3 Weather Delays 4.3.8.2 When Arbitration May Be Demanded 4.5.4 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.3.1, 3-12.813.14.214.1.214.3.41 4.5.5, 9.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 10.1.2, 10.1.3 11.3.1, 11.3.1.4, 11.3.11, 13.2, 13.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.7 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.9, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 4.3, 4.4.4, 4.5,5.2.1,5.3,5.4.1.1,8.2.2,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,9.10, 10.1.2, 10.2.6,11.1.3,11.3,12.2.2,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.2,14 Written Orders 1 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.7, 7,8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12. I, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14. 3.1 1 7I L' I 1] I I I I I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without, violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #6, I I GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 The Project is the total construction of which the Work GENERAL PROVISIONS performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS ' or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between 'The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, 'prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of schedules and diagrams. the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS 'the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a The Specifications are that portion of the Contract minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless Documents consisting of the written requirements for specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and • Documents do not include other documents such as bidding workmanship for the Work, and performance of related • requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions services. to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Project Manual is the volume usually assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements. sample The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor or (3) unsigned Documents upon request. between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a performance and enforcement of obligations under the representation that the Contractor has visited the site, Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's become familiar with local conditions wider which the Work duties. is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.1.3 THE WORK 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include 1 The term "Work" means the construction and services all items necessary for the proper execution and completion required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, complementary, and what is required by one shall be as equipment and services provided or to be provided by the binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work shall be required only to the extent consistent with the • may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. ' 1.1.4 THE PROJECT 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING, Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #7 I sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles control the Contractor in dividing the Work among of other documents published by the American Institute of Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be Architects. performed by any trade. - 1.5 INTERPRETATION 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect are instruments of the Architect's service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one contract record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect shall be deemed the author of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyright. All copies of them, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner and Architect. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. 1.4 CAPITALIZATION 1.4.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paraeraohs. 1.5.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to the Contractor in writing information which is necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after any change, information of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement and promptly from time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to, fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. [Note: Unless such reasonable evidence were furnished on request prior to the execution of the Agreement, the prospective contractor would not be required to execute the Agreement or to commence the Work.] 2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical, characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.3 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay,for necessary AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA-and can be reproduced without, violation until the date of expiration as noted below.' Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON — 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #8 I approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control .shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. '2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. I El J I Li I I I I I I I 2.2.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a second seven-day period. If the Contractor within such second seven-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 DEFINITION 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear an appropriate amount of the attributable costs for correction. 3.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 3.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals approved pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control I User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #9 I over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind ' under the Contract, unless Contract Documents give other and quality of materials and equipment. specific instructions concerning these matters. 3.6 TAXES 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by persons performing portions of the Work under a contract the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are with the contractor, received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.3.3 . The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor • shall secure and pay for the building permit .and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 3.8 ALLOWANCES 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which the Contractor makes reasonable objectlon. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was elecronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. r Electronic Format A201-1987 r [_] I I I C User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #10 I I I I I I I Ii I I C1 4' I I I be selected promptly by the Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 The Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor. manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned without action. 3.12.6 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings. Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 I User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #11 I 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related . thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated •the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.8 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop .Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 3.12.11 When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 3.13 USE -OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless• the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising its parts fit together properly. out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed bodily srinjury, tsangibleckness, rdisease r (otheror death, or to injuryWork to s or destruction of tangible property than the Work itself) construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 CLEANING UP 1 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION AlA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. I I I I I 1 Li 1 II Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #12 U they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, 'damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified 'under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the 'indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. '3.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and 'employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. '4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 shall be subject to arbitration. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. 4.2.3 The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3. The Architect Will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor. Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Formal A201-1987 User Document: A201 CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #13 I 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor of separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters ' concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made• with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. ' 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract.Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to ' aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Decision. of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect, shall be referred initially to the Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. A decision by the Architect, as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4, shall be required as •a condition AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #14 I precedent to arbitration or litigation of a Claim between the Contractor and Owner as to all such matters arising prior to the date final payment is due, regardless of (1) whether such matters relate to execution and progress of the Work or (2) the extent to which the Work has been completed. The decision by the Architect in response to a Claim shall not be a condition precedent to arbitration or litigation in the event (1) the position of Architect is vacant, (2) the Architect has 'not received evidence or has failed to render a decision within agreed time limits, (3) the Architect has failed to take action required under Subparagraph 4.4.4 within 30 days 'after the Claim is made, (4) 45 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect or (5) the Claim relates to a mechanic's lien. '4.3.3 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the 'claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. 4.3.4 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending 'final resolution of a Claim including arbitration, unless otherwise agreed in writing the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner 'shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.3.5 Waiver of Claims: Final Payment. The making ' of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.3. If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances 4.3.8 Claims for Additional Time arising out of the Contract and unsettled; 4.3.8.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for all .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided of the Contract Documents; or herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only Documents. one Claim is necessary. 4.3.6 Claims for Concealed or Unknown 4.3.8.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract for the period of time and could not have been reasonably Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily effect on the scheduled construction. found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the 4.3.9 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to be given to the other party promptly before conditions are person or property because of an act or omission of the other AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can he reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A2n1-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #15 I party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. If a Claim for additional cost or time related to this Claim is to be asserted, it shall be filed as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3'.7 or 4.3.8. 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 The Architect will review Claims and take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Architect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. The Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.4.2 If a Claim has been resolved, the Architect will prepare or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.4.3 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after the Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's decision will be made within seven days, which decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. Upon expiration of such time period, the Architect will render to the parties the Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 ARBITRATION 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration. Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, except controversies or Claims relating to aesthetic effect , and except those waived as provided for in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided in Subparagraph 4.4.4 shall be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party. Arbitration may be commenced when 45 days have passed after a Claim has been referred to the Architect as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and no decision has been rendered. 4.5.2 Rules and Notices for Arbitration. Claims between the Owner and Contractor not resolved under Paragraph 4.4 shall, if subject to arbitration under Subparagraph 4.5.1, be decided by arbitration in accordance With the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise. Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. 4.5.3 Contact Performance During Arbitration. During arbitration proceedings, the Owner and Contractor shall comply with Subparagraph 4.3.4. 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded. Demand for arbitration of any Claim may not be made until the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a final written decision on the Claim, (2) the tenth day after the parties have presented evidence to the Architect or have been given reasonable opportunity to do so. if the Architect has not rendered a final written decision by that date, or (3) any of the five events described in Subparagraph 4.3.2. 4.5.4.1 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made Within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. 4.5.4.2 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraphs 4.5.1 and 4.5.4 and Clause 4.5.4.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event I I I I I I I I I I I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #16 shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number 'equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of by the applicable statute of limitations as determined the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not pursuant to Paragraph 13.7. include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate 'contractor. 4.5.5 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract 5.1.2 A Sub -subcontractor is a person or entity who has a Documents shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or portion of the Work at the site. The term consultants, except by written consent containing specific "Sub -subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Documents as if singular in number and means a 'Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to Sub -subcontractor or an authorized representative of the be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or Sub -subcontractor. joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER ' and other persons substantially involved in a common CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE question of fact or law whose presence is required if WORK complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or 5.2.1 Unless otherwise slated in the Contract Documents entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in original third party or additional third party to an arbitration writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of ' arbitration wbioinvolvingest r rean nadditio is inor l. Cshall notto persons or entities (including those who are to furnish tenset additional person ut entity materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not described proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The therein or with a person or entity not named or described Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing ' therein. agreements to arbegateg ithagan adt tarbpersonsenor ntitr stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due duly to arbitrate with an additionalAgreement shalloentity investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed • specifically en to by parties to ic lewi courte person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply enforceable under applicable law in any promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. having jurisdiction thereof. 4.5.6 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. A 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed party who files a notice of demand for arbitration must assert person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be arbitration is permitted to be demanded. When a party fails required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 'to include a Claim through oversight, inadvertence or excusable neglect, or when a Claim has matured or been 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection acquired subsequently, the arbitrator or arbitrators may to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the permit amendment. Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or 4.5.7 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered Architect has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost ' may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order any court having jurisdiction thereof, shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as ARTICLE 5 required. SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor. 5.1 DEFINITIONS person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such change. 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AMA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE 'AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ' User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #17 • I required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub -subcontractors. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner.provided that: 1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and .2 . assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. 5.4.2 If the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNERS RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claini as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner -Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to I 1 I I I 'J El I I I I [1 I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying' violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201 CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #18 I I 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed 'activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage ' wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 6.2.5 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between the Contractor and a separate contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 6.2.6 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time. if '6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP any. 6.3.1 if a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility tinder their Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 'respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as 7.3.3. described in Paragraph 3.15, the Owner may clean up and 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES allocate the cost among those responsible as the Architect determines to be just. 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work and stating a ' ARTICLE 7 proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, CHANGES IN THE WORK or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order 7.1 CHANGES 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 'Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in Contract Documents. the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change 'Order. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for 'Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; based on one of the following methods: AlA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AlA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE 'AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can he reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A20l-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #19 an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are slated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so change([ in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: 1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and I .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workersor workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; 3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with, respect to that change. I I I I 7.3.8 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree with the adjustment in Contract Time or the method for determining it, the adjustment or the method shall be referred to the Architect for determination. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of the Contractor or of persons I I I 11 I I I I 1 AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #20 or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. I 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable ' period for performing the Work. 1 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article II to be furnished by the Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required. and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not vet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS- 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AlA and can be reproduced without violation until the date or expiration as noted below. Electronic Formal A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #21 equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment' will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. . 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will. further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION 9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to certify payment and may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect isable to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; 2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; .3. failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; , .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ' 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and AIA DOCUMENT.A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws mid is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the ALA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999-- Page #22 I rI I I I L I I I I I I [1 I I I within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start-up, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7- 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item, upon notification by the Architect. The Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainagc, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and AIA DOCUMENT A201 -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #23 authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's observations and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien, If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5. 9.10.4 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS ' AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - ALA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #24 L be affected thereby; '10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be programs in connection with the performance of the incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off ' Contract. the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or 10.1.2 In the event the Contractor encounters on the site Sub -subcontractors; and material reasonably believed to be asbestos or 'polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) which has not been rendered .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, area affected and report the condition to the Owner and structures and utilities not designated for removal, 'Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not relocation or replacement in the course of thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the construction. Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) and has not been rendered 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with ' harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful the absence of asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or when it has been rendered harmless, by written agreement of property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. 'the Owner and Contractor, or in accordance with final determination by the Architect on which arbitration has not 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required been demanded, or by arbitration under Article 4. by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, 'reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including 10.1.3 The Contractor shall not be required pursuant to posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards. Article 7 to perform without consent any Work relating to promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB). users of adjacent sites and utilities. ' 10.1.4 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Architect, hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are 'Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or supervision of properly qualified personnel. resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area 'if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and (PCB) and has not been rendered harmless, provided that loss (other than damage or loss insured under property such claim, damage. loss or expense is attributable to bodily insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property 'injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the Sub -subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be t omissions of the Owner, anyone directly or indirectly liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under employed by the Owner or anyone for whose acts the Owner Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or 'damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. 'obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a The foregoing obligations or the Contractor are in addition to party or person described in this Subparagraph 10.1.4. the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible '10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall damage, injury or loss to: be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise ' designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may Architect. AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987- THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Formal A201-1987 'User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6130/1999 --Page #25 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.3 EMERGENCIES 10.3.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other'similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained Cl) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related. to employment of such person by the 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall Contractor, or (2) by another person; purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work: itself, Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the because of injury to or destruction of tangible initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all I of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and .7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, all additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, the Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self-protection against claims which may arise from -operations under the Contract. The Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. El I J I [I I I I J .] I J J Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #26 persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance tuntil final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an specifically cover such insured objects during installation insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, and Sub -subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the Work. Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all-risk policy 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance coverage and physical loss or damage including, without as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's 'duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The mischief, collapse, false -work, temporary buildings and Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for debris removal including demolition occasioned by loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential 'enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise for risks other than those described herein or for other ' provided in the Contract Documents, special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such cost there of shall be charged to the Contractor by tproperty insurance required by the Contract and with all of appropriate Change Order. the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or 'effect insurance which will protect the interests of the adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof payment property insurance is to be provided on the tshall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged completed Project through a policy or policies other than by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or those insuring the Project during the construction period, the maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of ' the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other costs properly attributable thereto. perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum endorsement or otherwise. 'deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall pay costs not 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that 'increases the required minimum deductibles above the includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the 'covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. policy will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. Contractor. ' 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of 'Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of their subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, agents and the Work stored off the site after written approval of the employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Owner at the value established in the approval, and also Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in portions of the Work in transit. Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, 'sub -subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by AIA DOCUMENT A20I - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA- COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 ' User Document: A201.CON - 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #27 property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by. the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may• appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order. 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary, shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 4.5. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9,9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering: payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 1.2.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's observation and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed I I I H I I I C I I J I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying' violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #28 C I I I I I I ri• [1 1 1 I before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and arc neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If the Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Architect, the Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, the Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by the Contractor, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which the Contractor should have borne, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the deficiency. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 12.2.5 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.6 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13.1 GOVERNING LAW 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AlA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 H User Document: A201.CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #29 I certified mail to the last business address known to the party ,I giving notice. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or ' approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract ' Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal available by law. place of testing. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection •or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 INTEREST 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of , Substantial Completion, .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment: and After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201.CON -- 10/1211998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #30 I I I I I I I I I I I 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: I issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; .3 .4 .5 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less; or the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Subparagraph 2.2.1. 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. 14.1.3 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of die Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: I persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: I take possession of the site and of all materials. equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor: .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W.. WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. Electronic Format A201-1987 LI User Document: A201.CON --10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 --Page #31 I Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application„ and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. 14.3.2 An adjustment shall be made for increases in the cost of performance of the Contract, including profit on the increased cost of performance, caused by suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so I suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 14.3.3 Adjustments made in the cost of performance may have a mutually agreed fixed or percentage fee. I I I I I I I I AIA DOCUMENT A201 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION - FOURTEENTH EDITION - AIA - COPYRIGHT 1987 - THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE N.W., WASHINGTON D.C. 20006-5292.. WARNING; Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced without jl violation until the date of expiration as noted below. S Electronic Format A201-1987 User Document: A201 CON -- 10/12/1998. AIA License Number 131378, which expires on 6/30/1999 -- Page #32 rr H I u r I DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE DOCUMENT A. These Supplementary Conditions are included as a part of the contract documents for this project to amend the standard provisions of the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", Document No. A201 of the American Institute of Architects, Fourteenth Edition, dated 1987, as required for this project. Reference herein to articles of the General Conditions refer to said Document A201. See Document 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS, preceding this document. 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS (EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT) A. Delete subparagraph 1.2.1 in Article 1 of the General Conditions and substitute the following: "1.2.1 The Architect shall identify those contract documents which are a part of the Agreement". 1.03 CONTRACTOR (SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES) A. Add subparagraph 3.3.5 under Paragraph 3.3 of Article 3 of the General Conditions as ' follows: "3.3.5 Contractor (1) shall review any specified construction or installation procedure (including those recommended by manufacturers); (2) shall advise the Architect (a) if the specified procedure deviates from good construction practice, (b) if following the procedure will affect any warranties, including the Contractor's general warranty, or (c) of any objections the contractor may have to the procedure; and (3) to propose any alternative procedure which the Contractor will warrant." 1.04 CONTRACTOR (LABOR AND MATERIALS) A. Add Subparagraphs 3.4.3 and 3.4.4 under Paragraph 3.4 of Article 3 of the General Conditions as follows: ' "3.4.3 All contractors and subcontractors engaged in the Owner/Contractor Agreement shall conform to the labor laws of the State of Arkansas and the various acts amendatory and supplementary thereto; and to all other laws, ordinances and legal requirements applicable thereto." 1.05 CONTRACTOR (WARRANTY) A. Refer to subparagraph 3.5.1 in Article 3 of the General Conditions and add the following: 11 "The Contractor shall guarantee and warrant his and his subcontractor's work and Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-1 materials (including the materials and work of suppliers of the Contract and his subcontractors) for a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion. This Warranty shall be for a longer period on certain items if so designated in the Specifications.. The foregoing one-year guaranty and warranty shall not in any way limit, restrict or affect the liability of the Contractor, or his subcontractors, for indemnity as provided for in this Contract, nor shall it in any way shorten the period of limitation fixed by law for the filing of any action against the Contractor for enforcement of the or breach of any. provision of the contract documents. Should the Contractor elect to use any of the equipment in the building during the construction period, he shall make arrangements with the subcontractor or supplier of the equipment for any extension of warranty of that equipment made necessary by such use. The Warranty period for, such equipment to the I Owner shall not be reduced by the use of equipment by the Contractor". 1.06 CONTRACTOR (SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES) , A. Add to subparagraph 3.12.5 under Paragraph 3.12 in Article 3 of the General Conditions after the second sentence the following: I "Incomplete or poorly prepared shop drawings or other submittals shall be returned to the Contractor to be revised or redrawn prior to resubmittal. The Contractor will hold the Architect and Owner harmless against claims for losses or injury caused by errors or omis- sions in the shop drawings or other submittals for the Work made by the Contractor, a subcontractor, any lower tier subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor."" B. Delete Subparagraph 3.12.8 in Article 3 of the General Conditions and substitute the following: "The Contractor shall not be relieved of.responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless•the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect of such deviations in a separate writing or by submitting a separate written request for change at the time of submittal and the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval ' thereof'. 1.07 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT (ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT) A. Add sub -subparagraph 4.2.4.1 under subparagraph 4.2.4 of Article 4 of the General Conditions as follows: "4.2.4.1 Any direct communications between Owner and Contractor that affect the performance or administration of the Contract shall be made or confirmed in writing, with copies to the Architect, and any such communications that represent a modification of the Contract requirements will be documented appropriately. Any communications among the Architect and Subcontractors shall be confirmed in writing to the Contractor." Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-2 1.08 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT (ARBITRATION) A. In the 12th line of subparagraph 4.5.1 in Article 4 of the General Conditions change "upon written demand of either party" to read "if both parties agree to arbitrate". 1.09 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT (ARBITRATION) I. A. In Subparagraph 4.5.2 of Article 4 of the General Conditions, after the words "Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise," add the words, "subject to applicable laws of the State of Arkansas." 1 1.10 SUBCONTRACTORS (AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK) A. Add subparagraph 5.2.5 in Article 5 of the General Conditions as follows: "5.2.5 Where any of the provisions of this Paragraph 5.2 of Article 5. conflict with Act 477 of 1961 of the State of Arkansas, as amended, the provisions of Act 477 and amendments thereto shall govern. 1.11 CHANGES IN THE WORK (CHANGE ORDERS/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES) I A. Refer to subparagraphs 7.2.2, 7.3.3 and 7.3.6 in Article 7 of the General Conditions and make the following changes: ' "7.2.2 Change the last two words in this paragraph "Subparagraph 7.3.3" to Subparagraph 7.3.6." "7.3.3 Omit subparagraphs 7.3.3.1 through 7.3.3.3. Retain subparagraph 7.3.3.4." "7.3.6 The value of any such extra work for a single change order or construction change directive where changes are performed by the contractor using his own forces shall be determined in one or more of the following ways: a. By estimate and acceptance of a lump sum where the total amount of the change is $50,000 or less. The lump sum will be computed as follows: (1) Net cost of materials, plus state sales tax. (2) Net delivery cost. ' (3) Net placing cost, plus W.C. Insurance premium and FICA tax. (4) Overhead and Profit charge not to exceed 12% on items 1, 2 and 3. (5) Allowable bond premium on items 1, 2, 3, and 4. Credit for work omitted, which was included in the original contract, shall be computed on the same basis, except that the Contractor's share of overhead and profit percentage is 7%. IVeteran's Park Renovation 00800-3 The Contractor shall be required, if called upon, to furnish the original bills and payrolls and support the statement with proper affidavits. The burden of proof of the costs rests upon the Contractor. b. By estimate and acceptance of a lump sum where the total amount of the change is $50,000 - $100,000. The lump sum will be computed as follows: (1) Net cost of materials, plus state sales'tax. I (2) Net delivery cost. (3) Net placing cost, plus W.C. Insurance premium and FICA tax. (4) Overhead and Profit charge not to exceed 10% on items 1, 2 and 3. (5) Allowable bond premium on items 1, 2, 3, and 4. - Credit for work omitted, which was included in the original contract, shall r be computed on the same basis, except that the Contractor's share of overhead and profit percentage is 7%. The Contractor shall be required, if called upon, to furnish the original bills and payrolls and support the statement with proper affidavits. The burden of proof of the costs rests upon the Contractor. By unit prices named in the contract or subsequently agreed upon. d. By cost and percentage or by. cost and a fixed fee, to be computed according to above formula. 7.3.6.1 The value of any such extra work for a single change order or construction change '. directive where changes are performed by a subcontractor shall be determined by the Subcontractor computing his cost as outlined in Subparagraph 7.3.6 above and to which said cost the Contractor shall add an Overhead and Profit Charge not to I exceed Five Percent (5%) on changes not exceeding $200,000. Contractor shall add an Overhead and Profit Charge not to exceed Three Percent (3%) on changes exceeding $200,000. 1.12 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION (APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT) A. Delete Paragraph 9.3 through 9.9.3 of Article 9 in the General Conditions and substitute the following Paragraphs 9.3 and 9:4 in lieu thereof: "9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AND PAYMENT CERTIFICATES The Contractor shall present to the Architect an application for payment on or before the twenty-fifth day of each calendar month. These periodical estimates for partial payment shall be submitted on special forms, prepared at the Contractor's expense and conforming to A.I.A. Document G702. An original and a requested number of copies of such estimate shall be tendered to the Architect. In preparing estimates, the material delivered and �. Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-4 I I I II I I I I I L I 1, I I I suitably stored on the site and preparatory work done may be taken into consideration. The Architect shall review the Applications for Payment in accordance with the general observations of the work and the percentage of completion of each category before submitting them to the Owner for payment. Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later that the twenty fifth day of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor no later than the Owner's next regularly scheduled purchase order processing period, the Owner will make partial payment to the Contractor, but the Owner will retain 10% of the amount of each such estimate. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the date stipulated above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later that the Owner's next regularly scheduled purchase order processing period. There shall be retained 10% on the estimated amounts until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the contract; provided, however, that the Architect may at any time after 50% of the Contract Work has been completed, if he finds that satisfactory workmanship and progress has been attained and with written consent of surety, recommend that any of the remaining partial payments be paid in full. Before issuance of the final certificate, the Contractor shall obtain in writing from the bonding company approval of such payment. No certificate issued nor payment made to the Contractor, nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Contract Work by the Owner, shall be an acceptance of any work or materials not in accordance with this contract." "9.4. PAYMENTS WITHHELD In addition to other appropriate justification therefore as authorized by law, the Owner may withhold or, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary in his reasonable opinion to protect himself from loss on account of: a. Defective Contract Work not remedied. b. Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. c. Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor or equipment. d. A reasonable doubt that the Contract Work can be completed for the balance then unpaid of the contract sum. e. Damage to another Contractor or to the Owner. f. Reasonable evidence that the Contract Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or g. Persistent failure to carry out the Contract Work in accordance with the Contract Documents." 1.13 INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Article 11, delete paragraph 11.1 through 11.3.11 and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof "11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.1 .1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully IVeteran's Park Renovation 00800-5 I authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 1. claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the woFk to be performed; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by another person. 5. claims for damages, other than to the work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations. under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final: payment. 11. 1;2, I The insurance required by subparagraph 11. .1 shall be written for not less than the following, or greater if required by law: I I I I! I I I I I Workers' Compensation: (a) State Statutory (b) Applicable Federal Statutory © Employer's Liability $500,000 per accident $500,000 disease limit, policy $500,000 disease limit, individual Comprehensive General Liability (including premises -operations); independent contractors protective; products and completed operations) as follows: Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-6 I I I fli I I Li I 11 I I I Li H I (a) 1986 Insurance Service Office Occurrence Form. Coverage should apply at each work site. Limits required as follows: (1) General Aggregate $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal Injury & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Fire Damage -Legal Liability (any one fire) $ 50,000 Medical Payments (any one person) $ 5,000 (2) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one year after final payment. (3) Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable. (b) 1973 Insurance Service Office Form. Coverage provided will be on the Comprehensive General Liability form with the Broad Form General Liability Endorsement. Limits provided as follows: (1) Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 each occurrence and aggregate (2) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one year after final payment. (3) Property Damage Liability Insurance will provide X, C, or U coverage as applicable. (4) Contractual Liability: Bodily Injury Combined Single Limit Property Damage $1,000,000 Each Occurrence (5) Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence (6) Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including Owned, Non - Owned and Hired Vehicles): Bodily Injury Property Damage Combined Single Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-7 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the work. The certificates and the insurance policies required by this paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final application for payment as required by subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief ' 11.1.3.1 The Contractor shall furnish one copy of each certificate of insurance herein required for each copy of the agreement which shall specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by subparagraphs 11.1.1 and 11.1.2. Furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage of limits. 11.1.3.2 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance with responsible insurance companies satisfactory to the Owner required under this article, and such insurance has been accepted by the Owner. Nothing in this article shall create any obligation on the part of the Architect to see that the specified insurance is maintained. 11. 1.4 All Subcontractors shall be required to maintain contractors liability insurance the same as required to be maintained by the Prime Contractor as specified in 11.1.1 and the limits of liability shall be not less than those required to be maintained by the Prime Contractor unless their operations are covered to the specified limits by the insurance maintained by the Prime Contractor. I 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the term of this contract, Owner's Protective Liability Insurance with an endorsement to the policy to include as additional insured, the Architect, with limits not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence and $1,000,000 in the aggregate for property damage liability. 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE I 11 3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial contract sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Architect, I Veteran's Park Renovation . 00800-8 Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the work. 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an all risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, false work, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable ' compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 11.3.1.2 If the Contractor does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by ' the contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Contractor shall so inform the Owner, in writing, prior to commencement of the work. The Owner may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Architect, Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors in the work, and by appropriate change order, the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. If the Owner is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Contractor to purchase or ' maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Owner, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If the Owner or insurer increases the required ' minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such 1 increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. ' 11.3.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the work stored off the site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the work in transit. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance - The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards, however caused. 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the ' Contractor by appropriate change order. 11.3.5 If during the project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from ' Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-9 13 those insuring the project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the project during the construction period, the owner shall waive all rights in accordance with terms of subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this paragraph 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. 11.3.7 Waivers of Subrogation - The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate Contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate Contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers' each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Contractor's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Contractor as fiduciary and made payable to the Contractor as fiduciary for the insured, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of subparagraph 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub -subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 If required in writing by a part in interest, the Contractor as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Contractor's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary The Contractor shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Contractor shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Contractor shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in paragraph 4.5. If after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of I I I I I I I I I I ii 1 Veteran's Park Renovation 00800-10 damaged property shall be covered by appropriate change order. L I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I h 11.3.10 The Contractor as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Contractor's exercise of this power; if such objection be made, an arbitrator shall be chosen as provided in paragraph 4.5. The Contractor as fiduciary shall, in that case, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of such arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 1.14 INSURANCE AND BONDS (PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND) A. Add the following to Subparagraph 11.4.3 in Article 11 of the General Conditions: The performance -payment bond shall be in compliance with the laws of the State of Arkansas and as stipulated in Document 00600, BONDS of these specifications." PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF DOCUMENT 00800 IVeteran's Park Renovation 00800-11 Ll I 1 I I I C I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1- GENERAL ' 1.01 CONTRACT BASIS A. Work is based upon conditions at site, Project Manual, contract Drawings for Project No. • 98013, dated October 10, 1998, all addenda issued and the Contract executed between ' Owner and Contractor. 1.02 OWNER I J I L A. Wherever term "Owner" or "Owners" is used in Project Manual it refers to The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas All papers required to be delivered to Owner shall be delivered to Connie Edmondston, Parks and Recreation Director, City of Fayetteville, 113 W. Mountain, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. 1.03 ARCHITECT A. Wherever term "Architect" or "Architects" is used in these specifications it refers to Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson, Inc., Architecture & Interior Design, 100 West Center St., Suite 102, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701. ' 1.04 TIME FOR COMPLETION I I I I I I A. Time for completion of all Work under this contract is 150 consecutive calendar days from date of written notice to proceed. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR A. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the contract, Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, heat, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary construction of every nature, taxes legally collectible because of the Work and all other services and facilities of any nature necessary to execute Work as shown and/or specified under the contract and deliver it complete in every respect within specified time. B. If, during the course of construction of this project, the Contractor discovers errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will report them to the Architect who will issue written instructions to the Contractor. If the Contractor performs Work knowing there is an error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without giving notice to the Architect or receiving written instruction from the Architect, the Contractor assumes responsibility for the Work and will bear all costs associated with the performance or correction of the Work. 1.06 COORDINATION OF WORK IVeteran's Park Renovation 01100-I A. General Contractor to give special attention for coordination of work by various trades to provide uniform and symmetrical layout and spacing of exposed components which affect the finished architectural design and appearance. Where spacing and related locations are not specifically shown on the drawings, or where in doubt, Contractor's Superintendent shall consult Architect's Representative prior to installation of that part of the Work. Location of electrical and telephone outlets shall be verified with Architect prior to installation. I I 1.07 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Either before or soon after actual award of Contract (but in any event prior to start of construction), Contractor or his representative shall attend Preconstruction Conference with representatives of Owner and Architect. Conference will serve to acquaint partici- pants with general plan of contract administration and requirements under which construc- tion operation is to proceed, and will inform Contractor, in detail, of obligations imposed on him and his subcontractors. 1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. It is understood and mutually agreed, by and between Contractor and Owner, that date of beginning and time for completion of Work are essential conditions of the contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that Contractor shall commence Work embraced in this contract on date specified in Written Notice to Proceed and fully complete Work within 150 consecutive calendar days. Contractor agrees to prosecute regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly said Work at rate of progress as will complete Work within time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and Owner, that time for completion of Work described is reasonable time for completion of same, taking into consideration average climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. If Contractor neglects, fails or refuses to complete work within time specified, or within any proper extension granted by Owner, then Contractor does hereby agree, as a consideration for awarding of this contract, to pay Owner the amount of $50.00 per day, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that Contractor is in default after time stipulated in contract for completing Work. Said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between Contractor and Owner because of damages Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which Owner would sustain. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Architect to. furnish 12 sets of contract drawings and specifications, without cost, to General Contractor for use in constructing Work. General Contractor to supply all contract drawings and specifications to his subcontractors or material suppliers. Additional sets or portions of contract drawings and specifications, beyond sets furnished by Architect, requested by General Contractor, will be furnished for actual cost of printing at General Contractor's expense. B. Contract Documents (including all drawings, specifications, addenda and supplemental Veteran's Park Renovation 01100-2 I I I I J I I I 1 I I information) will not be made available on computer disk or on reproducible sepia to ' Bidders or Sub -bidders before the award of a Contract nor will they be made available to the Contractor or Sub -contractors after the award of a Contract. Only conventional, paper reproductions of such information will be made available to parties listed above. Conven- ttional reproductions of Contract Documents may be obtained by means described in Document 00100 or as directed by Architect. ' 1.12 WEATHER AND OTHER DELAYS IA. In addition to paragraph 4.3.8.1&2 in the General Conditions it will be the responsibility of the General Contractor to provide timely notice of suspected adverse weather and other delays. The General Contractor shall submit a separate letter each month with the payment request indicating the suspected number of adverse weather and other delay days encountered and asked for, for the pay period. The letter will be updated each pay period showing past totals, current days and asked for with explanations and "to -date" total amount of suspected adverse weather and other delays. B. The General Contractor shall provide back up data from the National Weather Service showing the five year average annual rain fall for each month of weather delay days asked for. C. The amount of weather delay days accepted by the Architect will be those less the five year average rain days for the month/period in question. ' 1.13 WAGE RATES A. The Contractor agrees to pay all prevailing hourly wage rates prescrobed and mandated by the Arkansas Department of Labor pursuant to ACA 22-9-301 et. sec The prevailing wage determination where applicable to this project and as established for the project by the Arkansas Commissioner of Labor is bound herein following this section. B. The contractor and each subcontractor, and the officer of the public body in charge of the ' project (the Owner's representative), shall keep an accurate record showing names, occupations, and hours worked of all workers employed by them, in connection with the public works, and showing the actual wages paid to each of the workers. ' 1.14 DEFINITION A. The word "Provide", as used throughout these specifications, means furnish and install. 1.15 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Except as otherwise noted, references throughout Project Manual to Codes, Federal Specifications, ASTM Standards, Association or Industry Specifications and other ' published standards, are to latest edition or publication of such standards. 1.16 PERMITS IVeteran's Park Renovation 01100-3 1.17 1.18 A. Utilizing the contract documents (Project Manual and Drawings) prepared by the Architect and his Consultants, along with information provided by the Owner or his Consultants, the Contractor is responsible for securing permits required to successfully complete the project. This responsibility includes payment for the permit and coordination of all submittals. INFORMATIONAL DRAWINGS A. Drawings bound into working drawing set and labeled as informational drawings are not part of the Contract Documents. Information on these drawings is for reference and coordination only and is not a representation or warranty of existing or proposed conditions. The Architect and Owner are not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the Contractor based on these drawings. EXCAVATION SAFETY PROCEDURES A. In accordance with Act 291 of 1993 of the Arkansas State Legislature, the Contractor shall include a separate pay item for trench or excavation safety systems for any trench or • excavation which equals or exceeds five (5) feet in depth and this pay item shall be a part of the base bid. I I I I I I I I B. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standard for Excavation and ' Trenches Safety System, 29 CFR 1926, Subpart P is hereby incorporated into this Project Manual by reference. 1.19 TREE PRESERVATION A. The Contractor agrees to follow tree prservation and pruning requirements as set forth in the City of Fayetteville Parks and Recreation Dividiosn Landscape Manual. Sections pertaining to site construction tree preservation are bound herin following this section. A copy of this document is. available for inspection at the office of the Architect during regular business hours. 1.20 MINORITY PARTICIPATION A. The Owner encourages minority Prime Bidders. Prime bidders are encouraged to seek minority participation in the construction of this project. Each prime bidder shall solicit sub -bids from qualified minority subcontractors and minority material suppliers. In this regard, each prime bidder shall further be required to demonstrate proof of the solicitation efforts by recording such solicitation(s) and reasons for selection and submit such proof in a sealed envelop attached to the bid. Failure to provide written proof of solicitation with the bid shall be considered "non -responsive" and cause for rejection of the bid.. 1.21 INSPECTION BY FEDERAL AND STATE OFFICIALS I I I I I [I I A. The Contractor awarded this project agrees to allow and Federal, State or City inspector, acting in their official capacity, to have access to the job site. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) I Veteran's Park Renovation 01100-4 ' H ' Mike Huckabee James L. Salkeld Governor Director STATE OF ARKANSAS ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR 10421 WEST MARKHAM • LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72205-2190 (501) 682-4500 • FAX: (501) 682-4535 • TOO: (800) 285-1131 ' October 6, 1998 Lori Top ' Wittenberg, Delony & Davidson 100 W. Center, Suite 102 Fayetteville, AR 72701 Re: Veteran's Park Parking & Restroom Renovation Fayetteville, Arkansas Washington County ' Dear Ms. Top: In response to your request, enclosed is Arkansas Prevailing Wage Determination Number 98-146 establishing the minimum wage rates to be paid on the above -referenced project. These rates were established pursuant to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, Ark. Code Ann. §§ 22-9-301 to 22-9-315 and ' the administrative regulations promulgated thereunder. If the work is subject to the Arkansas Prevailing Wage Law, every specification shall include ' minimum prevailing wage rates for each craft or type of worker as determined by the Arkansas Department of Labor Ark. Code Ann.§§22-9-308(b)(2). Also, the public body awarding the contract shall cause to be inserted in the contract a stipulation to the effect that not less than the prevailing hourly rate of wages shall be paid to all workers performing work under the contract. Ark. Code Ann. §22-9-308(c). Additionally, the scale of wages shall be posted by the contractor in a prominent and easily accessible place at the work site. Ark. Code Ann. §22-9-309(a). Also enclosed is a "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages" form. that should be put in ' your specifications along with the wage determination. The General/Prime Contractor is responsible for getting this form filled out and returned to this office within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed for this project. ' Please notify me when you issue the Notice to Proceed for this project If you have any questions, please call me at (501) 682-4599. ' Sincerely, Karen Robertson ' Prevailing Wage Investigator Enclosures Page 1 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION — BUILDING RATE 'DATE: October 6, 1998 DETERMINATION #: 98-146 PROJECT: Veteran's Park Parking & Restroom Renovation COUNTY: Washington Fayetteville, Arkansas EXPIRATION DATE: 4-6-99 SURVEY #: 798-AR05 BASIC ' HOURLY FRINGE CLASSIFICATION RATE BENEFITS Asbestos Worker/Insulator 8.30 Bricklayer/Pointer, Cleaner, Caulker 17.60 ' Carpenter 12.05 Concrete Finisher/Cement Mason 10.15 .45 Electrician/Alarm Installer 13.20 2.00 ' Elevator Mechanic 17.20 7.50 Elevator Helper 12.04 7.08 Glazier 10.95 .70 HVACR Mechanic 13.05 .30 Ironworker 11.85 2.80 Laborer 8.30 Marble/file/Terrazzo Worker 12.69 Millwright 10.85 1.65 Painter/Sheet Rock Finisher 9.80 ' Plasterer 13.60 Plumber/Pipefitter 13.00 1.40 Roofer 10.00 2.00 Sheet Metal Worker 11.90 .65 ' Sprinkler Fitter 15.30 .85 Truck Driver 10.05 Waterproofer 14.00 1.09 Power Equipment Operators: Group I 14.75 2.85 Group II 11.45 1.70 ' Group I1I 11.00 Group IV 9.50 Welders —receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Certified July 1, 1998 ' CLASSIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT LISTED, BUT THAT ARE GOING TO BE WORKING ON THIS PROJECT, SHOULD BE REQUESTED FROM THE ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, PREVAILING WAGE DIVISION. THESE WRITTEN REQUESTS SHOULD BE MADE ' AS SOON AS YOU NOTICE THAT A REQUIRED CLASSIFICATION IS MISSING, NORMALLY THIS WOULD BE DURING THE BID PROCESS. I Page 2 of 2 ARKANSAS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PREVAILING WAGE DETERMINATION — BUILDING RATE 1 DATE: October 6,1998 DETERMINATION #: 98-146 PROJECT: Veteran's Park Parking & Restroom Renovation COUNTY: Washington Fayetteville, Arkansas EXPIRATION DATE: 4-6-99 SURVEY#: 798-AR05 Power Equipment Operators: I Group Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Cranes, draglines, shovels and piledrivers with a lifting capacity of 50 tons or over, and operators of all tower climbing cranes and derricks required to work' 25 feet or over from the ground, blacksmith and mechanics. Group II Operators engaged in operating the following equipment or performing work relative to the engineer's jurisdiction: Hydraulic cranes, cherry pickers, backhoes, and all derricks with a lifting capacity less than 50 tons, as specified by the manufacturer, all backhoes, tractor or truck type, all overhead & traveling cranes, or tractors with swinging boom attachments, gradealls, all above equipment irrespective of motive power,' leverman (engineer), hydraulic or bucket dredges, irrespective of size. Group III I. Heavy Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment:• all bulldozers, all front end loaders, all sidebooms, skytracks, forklifts, all push tractors, all pull scrapers, all motor graders, all trenching machines, regardless of size or motive power, all backfillers, all central mixing plants, 10S and larger, finishing machines, all boiler fireman high or low pressure, all asphalt spreaders, hydro truck crane, multiple drum hoist, irrespective of motive power, all rotary, cable tool, core drill or chum drill, water well and foundation drilling machines, regardless of size, regardless of motive power and dredge tender operator. Group IV Light Equipment Operators. Operators engaged in operating the following equipment: Oilerdriver motor crane, single drum hoists, winches and air tuggers, irrespective of motive power, winch or A frame trucks, rollers of all types and pull tractors, regardless of size, elevator operators inside and outside when used for carrying workmen from floor to floor and handling building material, Lad-A-Vator Conveyor, batch plant, and mortar or concrete mixers, below 10S, end dump euclid, pumperete spray machine and pressure grout machine, air compressors, regardless of size. All light equipment, welding machines, light plants, pumps, all well point system dewatering and portable pumps, space heater, irrespective of size, and motive power,' equipment greaser, oiler, mechanic helper, drilling machine helper, asphalt distributor and like equipment, safety boat operator and deckhand. C I I I I I I I I I I I Li 11 I 11 N O C C t7 n O 0 0 a C t n P. w O O 1�. w 0 Y CD CD CD 0 0 7 a xowH ]. N o ar ,. .� ocpo pc_ (D '`y*�� <O� N y r ` .�.1 v CD r. ` O C a; O (D R, N O O b N C N w GL r..^ C � m m C O O Ott �. .b.'o ac Pr o as tr w m �+ tr m R - U M N � O en N O C fw po CD n a M •0. , c u � 4 w O p 0 a )O ` N Y y -, m a (D P.N . CD r . - O -, y c.£a> o, c CD as o —CD y N ] r. N r. nj /V C p'• O -. y (D F r. o G QQ cot CD r O H Q pwp 1° m O w y• •1 - <T fr C O p O ((DD p O ,- -4, I I Excerpt from the Parks and Recreation Landscape Maintenance handbook: DESIGNING FOR TREES ' PURPOSE: It is the purpose of this portion of the manual to provide guidelines for the development of landscapes that are designed with nature, as well as, functional and aesthetically pleasing. SITE WORK: ' 1. Communication is essential for protecting trees; information must be conveyed to the contractors and foreman so that can relay the information to their workers. 2. Tree treatment prior to construction: a) Root pruning(see diagram 1, pg. 16) Prior to excavation with vibratory plow, vertical slicer or other suitable equipment used for cutting roots clean. ' b) Tree protection fencing (see diagrams 2&3 pg. 16) c) Tree pruning ( prevent damage by heavy equipment) d) Mulch roots for heavy equipment traffic. Mulch should be 12" thick if equipment must pass through Critical Root Zone of trees or if area is to be used for construction storage. e) Watering system ' f) erosion control systems must be in place to protect trees on or off site from excess soil erosion on areas with a moderate steep grade. 3. Heavy equipment and vehicles should not be allowed to park on or travel over the critical root zone as this compacts the soil- Air and water cannot penetrate compacted soil and the tree will eventually die- 4. No more than two inches of topsoil or soil conditioners should be placed over the root system. 5. Tilling is recommended for existing compacted soils that are to receive plants or seed and for subsoils that are to be covered with topsoil. 6. . Grading within the critical root zone should disturb no more than twenty percent of the total root area to insure the health of the tree. 7. Areas to be landscaped under existing trees should be hand grubbed and lightly tilled with a walk behind tiller. 8- Underground utility, septic, and irrigation lines should be located to minimize damage to the roots of existing trees. When utilities must go near a tree, tunneling will reduce damage(see diagram 4, pg. 16) 9. When grade changes are unavoidable, retaining walls and underground drainage systems(see diagram 5, pg17) I I I I_QCtCMiC0aY.10NC I ROOT PRUNING Diagram I .MINIMvM MINIMUM KI- t 2TIC "brat nE 1fl la_NINij.juN SAMPLE TREE PROTECTION FENCING ' Diagram 3 s-... r,.. a Vs. VArj' zrfNGLE 11C�. M&tH 7jG F6P.CETIG Bk FUtNNG1 �5L41�IN4 �MEG�L- it cicn1caL_rvcnr 10MINIMVNI SAMPLE TREE PROTECTION FENCING Diagram 2 TUNNELING VERSUS TRENCHING D'a;ram 4 M IN IMVM 16 +�f CHANGING GRADE -Diagram 5 l' C4 USA 4'-Tur'AIL.DAL*FlU. MC-0rE irONGiL'fl;. WA,L$- Z_rroAYFiE c RAVFA.(15' ElRv. MO f'ICGPA:47L^ iaev_Lex7 Le. F✓_sIDl[uw L?TFTVREf�"oI L_ f cT'GAIi RmT ZONE RAISED SIDEWALK OVER CRITICAL ROOT ZONE r Diagram 7 1 E r cenO IeY.i a P 5 Cat Tb .. ' c lC_tn cola /a n of i M. P ewrNL o/:u 4 Cj 0`I VrLs IJe hr, rlrt Teem RTsc0.fr n ry— rve RRT16 I I1/L 'Y/1 .S0 rY4 AerAna.aL 1ThR F ro1Tep wine 1Z< TIC =rA1L rr raVl'.7E 4SVnt. !rN ttYn O9'C.G.C �V 91 Yp%YG) ALRM1INnyq SIOe 0'c. 1tQ o CftIJ. 4 WIL5 �rTC%TIIE F 1[ r O /.RR/Y✓r gLTRyAr1YP �� -i fIW VNngn.000 , rV2TN T ' 4. c`sNRCCOG4LG •�YGIIj. 11111/1/1( WPaIVC[Cp RR TCAYLwI%r9'..T 1tt a v ruR T2 e P TIMBER AERATION SYSTEM Diagram 6 trs. NnN. r 41i.. Qlq cam (a 3U�(CTcn'r 6V.p• d� f Iii 1� .�, y GSwvw�le U<cron' .aLyB�q a s. *P.r'a g�. . + t. J, i�^s ii il! • _p;__.:1 r •iw: u' - F soil soil Pavement installation with minimum impact on a tree. Oeo textile fabric is laid on carefully prepared soil surface. Aeration tubing 0 pipe and gravel are placed on the gcoteatile and covered with gcotcxlil fabric. The aeration tubing loops can. tx 2 m (6 (1) apart since the grate aids gas excltange. Each end or the tubing is attaebcd to a metal riser (standpipe) with a protected lop painting into one of the two prevailing wind direction%. The risers can be incorporated with landscape futures. Cemen or rock base and asphalt can then be insl ailed ](la the cutb is in place, oOrca. btAS$CJt.1VIGC (Li'( S.... sw.. Oil 4 a..s... I SECTION 01230 ' ALTERNATES PART 1- GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Type of Alternates: The alternates for this project are deductive type. The work described under the alternates shall be included in the Contractor's base bid and indicated ' as set forth on the Bid Form. B. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by the Contractor and stated in the proposal to the Owner that will be deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept the corresponding change in either scope of work or in products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in Contract Documents. ' C. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as required to ensure that work affected by each alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project. D. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, appurtenances and similar items ' incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. ' 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES Deductive Alternate No.1:Any and all work related to the construction of new parking spaces as shown on the plans and any and all work related to the handicap stripping and signage at the existing concrete parking spaces. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01230 LI I I Li I Veteran's Park Reonvation 01230-1 L I I I I El H [I I I SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Make submittals required by Contract Documents; revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with specified requirements. Submittals which are received from sources other than through the General Contractor's office will be returned by the Architect without action. Submit at least one original of manufacturer's product literature. The remainder of the number of copies required for submittal may be reproductions of manufacturer's literature. FAX submittals, poor quality reproductions or illegible submittals will not be accepted. B. Contractor's submittal of (and Architect's acceptance of) shop drawings, product data or samples which relate to work not complying with requirements of Contract Documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Detailed individual requirements for submittals are described in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordination of Submittals: Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. By affixing Contractor's approval stamp to each submittal, certify that coordination has been performed. ' B. Verify that each item and submittal for it conform in all respects with specified requirements. ' 1.04 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS A. General: Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to ' provide required time for reviews, securing necessary approvals, possible revision and resubmittal, placing orders and securing delivery. B. Owner will not bear costs of delays due to late submittals. 1.05 COORDINATION AND SEQUENCING ' A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of work so that work will not be delayed by submittals. ' B. Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for same work, and for ' interfacing units of work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination of Architect's review with another. ' Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-1 1.06 COPIES A. Except as otherwise specified, or requested by Architect, submit 5 copies of items specified in Part 2 of this section. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 7 days after Notice to Proceed, submit to Architect a bar -chart type progress schedule indicating time bar for each trade or operation of work to be performed. Time bar shall demonstrate planned work, properly sequenced and intermeshed, for expeditious ' completion of Work. Identify phases if required. B. Distribute progress schedule including all updates to Architect, Owner, subcontractor, suppliers, fabricators, and others with need -to -know schedule compliance requirements. Post copy in field office. 2.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Immediately after execution of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit for ' approval a Schedule of Values totaling the amount of the Contract. A sample form can be furnished by the Architect upon request. 2.03 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT A. Submit application for payment on standard AIA Forms G702-1992 and G703-1992 (or computer. equivalent). Tender original and five copies to Architect for approval and distribution. 2.04 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS. A. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. B. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted ' for comparison. C. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. Should a substitution be accepted and should the substitute material prove defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service intended and within the guaranty period, the Contractor shall replace this material or equipment with the material or equipment specified. i Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-2 I D. Submit request for substitutions in writing. Do not incorporate substitutions into Shop Drawings until they have been reviewed by the Architect and written permission has been issued to make the proposed substitution a part of the contract. E. If any substitution will affect a correlated function, adjacent construction, or work of other trades or contractors, the necessary changes and modifications to affected work will be considered as part of substitution, to be accomplished without additional cost to Owner, if and when accepted. F. Under no circumstances shall Architect's acceptance of any such substitution relieve Contractor from timely, full and proper performance of Work. G. Submit 3 copies of substitution request, fully identified for product or method being replaced by substitution, including related specification section and drawing number(s), and fully documented to show compliance with requirements for substitutions. Include ' product data/drawings, description of methods, samples where applicable, Contractor's detailed comparison of significant qualities between specified item and proposed substitution, statement of effect on construction time and coordination with other affected work, cost information or proposal, and Contractor's statement to the effect that proposed substitutions will result in overall work equal -to -or -better -than work originally indicated. H. Contractor's request for substitution will be received and considered when extensive revisions to contract documents are not required and changes are in keeping with general intent of Contract Documents; when timely, fully documented and properly submitted; and when one or more of following conditions is satisfied, all as judged by Architect/Engineer. Otherwise, requests will be returned without action except to record non-compliance with these requirements. 1. Where request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or other language of same ' effect in Contract Documents. 2. Where required product, material or method cannot be provided within Contract Time, but not as a result of Contractor's failure to pursue the Work promptly or to coordinate various activities properly. 3. Where required product, material or method cannot be provided in a manner which is compatible with other materials of the Work, or cannot be properly coordinated therewith, or cannot be warranted as required, or cannot be used without adversely affecting Owner's insurance coverage on completed work, or will encounter other substantial non -compliances which are not possible to otherwise overcome except by making requested substitution, which Contractor thereby certified to overcome such non -compatibility, non -coordination, non -warranty, non -insurability or other non-compliance as claimed. I H 4. Where required product, material or method cannot receive required approval by a governing authority, and requested substitution can be so approved. Where substantial advantage is offered Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-3 I conservation or other valuable considerations, after deducting offsetting responsibilities Owner may be required to bear increased cost of other work by Owner or separate contractors, and similar considerations. I. Work -Related Submittals: Contractor's submittal of (and Architect's/Engineer's acceptance of) shop drawings, product data or samples which relate to work not complying with requirements of Contract Documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof. 2.05 CHANGE ORDERS A. Use AIA forms for submitting Change Order proposals. 2.06 REQUEST FOR SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION A. Make timely requests of Architect for additional information required in planning and production of Work. B. File requests in ample time to permit appropriate action by all parties involved and avoid delay in performance of Work. C. Owner will not bear costs for delays due to Contractor's failure to request information in a timely manner. 2.07 SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Provide newly -prepared information, on reproducible sheets, with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated), with name of preparer indicated (firm name). Do not duplicate and submit Architect's construction drawings as shop drawings Show dimensions and notes which are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in work shown. Indicate compliance with standards, and special coordination requirements. B. Shop drawings must bear Contractor's approval stamp. ' C. Submittals are reviewed by the Architect for design intent only. The Contractor is responsible for verification of dimensional requirements, compliance with contract documents and local codes, quantities and coordination of all affected trades. D. Under no circumstances shall Architect's acceptance of shop drawings or submittals relieve Contractor from timely, full and proper performance of Work. 2.08 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to project AND WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR SELECTION BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. NO PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR ADDITIONAL COST OF ANY. Veteran's Park Renovation - 01300-4 I CHOICES OR OPTIONS SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR SELECTION ' BY THE ARCHITECT AND NOT CLEARLY SHOWN AS NOT AVAILABLE WITHIN THE CONTRACT. B. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements ' which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. C. Maintain one set of product data (for each submittal) at project site, available for reference ' by Architect and others. D. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of contract documents has been confirmed by Contractor. E. Copies: r1. Submit 5 copies of product data for Architect's review for items specified in various specification sections. 2. Five copies required for mechanical and electrical data. I F. Installer's Copy: Do not proceed with installation of materials, products or systems until final copy of applicable product data is in possession of installer. ' 2.09 SAMPLES A. Unless precise color and pattern is specified in Contract Documents, submit accurate color and pattern charts to Architect for selection. Refer to pertinent sections of specifications for detailed submittal requirements. Provide units identical with final condition of pro- posed materials or products for the work. Include "range" samples (not less than 3 units) 'where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. ' B. Make all submissions affecting color selection within sufficient time to allow selection without causing delay in Work. ' C. Provide full set of optional samples where Architect's selection is required. DON T INCLUDE OPTIONS REQUIRING ADDITIONAL COST. D. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and "kind" by Architect. Architect will not "test" samples (except as otherwise indicated) for compliance with other requirements, which are therefore the exclusive responsibility of Contractor. E. Submit 3 sets of samples in final submittal. ' 1. Furnish two sets to Architect and assemble one set on site. When all samples are on site, Owner and Architect are to review. Contractor shall provide job samples indicating finished color selections for any and all items requiring finish color for Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-5 U project. 2. Quality Control Set: Maintain returned final set of samples at project site, in suitable condition and available for quality control comparisons by Architect and Owner. Written approval. from Owner is required before the work is begun for any I finish requiring color review. F. Reusable Samples: Returned samples which are intended or permitted to be incorporated in Work are so indicated in individual work sections, and must be in undamaged condition at time of use. 2.10 .WARRANTIES A. Refer to specific sections of Project Manual for general requirements on warranties, ' product/workmanship bonds, and maintenance agreements. Furnish 2 copies for review by Architect. 2.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Upon completion of Work and prior to final payment, the following items must be ' submitted to Architect in a three ring binder, tabbed in according to the CSI Masterformat with a Table of Contents: I. Subcontractors: Listing of all subcontractor for project, including portions of Work done, address and telephone number of firm, and contact at firm familiar with project. 2. Guarantees and Warranties: Two fully executed copies of each guarantee and warranty specified. 3. Certificates: One fully executed copy of each certificate specified. 4. Instructions: One operating, service, and maintenance manual or instruction sheet for each item as requested by specifications and required for Owner's use. 5. Shop Drawings: A complete file of final copies of all shop drawings used in construction of project. B. Project Record Documents: I. The Contractor shall provide the Architect with one reproducible set of accurate project record documents prior to final payment. 2. For this purpose, the Architect will furnish one set of reproducible drawings to the Contractor, upon which the Contractor shall record all changes from installations originally indicated, and record final locations of underground lines by depth from finished grade and by accurate horizontal offset distances to permanent surface improvements such as buildings. curbs. edges_ or walks Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-6 I I I I [1 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION A. Permanently mark each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking. B. Indicate project, date, "To:"; "From:"; names of subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, required references, category and type of submittal, purpose, description, distribution record and signature of transmitter. IC. Indicate drawing number and specifications section number to which submittal applies. 3.02 ARCHITECTS ACTION ON SUBMITTALS [. ] I I TI I I I I I A. Architect will respond to submittals from Contractor by completing the "LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL" form. B. Architect's Submittal Review: Submittal review does not relieve Contractor(s) of compliance with Contract Documents or local codes. Review is only for conformance with the design intent of the Project and compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. The contractor is responsible to coordinate and to confirm all dimensions for use at the site. The contractor is responsible for coordination of the work of all trades. C. Architect's Action: Where action and return is required or requested, Architect will review each submittal and mark per the following, and where possible return within fifteen (15) working days of receipt. When a submittal must be coordinated with submittals of other trades, Contractor is responsible for gathering all information and forwarding to Architect as a single submittal. D. Architect's Response: Final Unrestricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Reviewed". 2. Final -But -Restricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with Contract Documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Reviewed and Noted". Returned for Resubmittal: Do not proceed with work. Revise submittal in accordance with notations thereon, and resubmit without delay to obtain a different action marking. Do not allow submittals with the following marking (or unmarked submittals where a marking is required) to be used in connection with performance of the Work: Marking: "Revise and Resubmit". I Veteran's Park Renovation 01300-7 R 7 a Other Action: Where submittal is returned for other reasons, with Architect explanation included, it will not be marked or marked "Revise and Resubmit" Veteran's Park Renovation END OF SECTION 01300 t 01300-8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I SECTION 01450 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes: Testing laboratory services and inspection services. ' B. Contractor to include, in Base Bid, cost of all field and laboratory testing which is required by various sections of Technical Divisions of these specifications. This will include, but is in no way limited to the following tests: 1. Soil Compaction 2. Soil Bearing ' 3. Parking Lots: a. Subgrade Densities b. Base Course Densities ' c. Asphalt Densities d. Core Samples to Determine Asphalt Thickness 4. Concrete: ' a. Making Test Cylinders b. Compression Tests 5. Drilled Pier Inspection ' 6. Structural Steel Welding 7. Roofing 8. Other tests required by Specification Sections ' 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORIES A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as used in Construction". C. Authorized to operate in state where project is located. D. Testing equipment must be calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy, traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of national physical constants. 1.03 LABORATORIES DUTIES ' A. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of ' construction. Comply with specified standards. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of projects. I Veteran's Park Renovation 01450-1 I B. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products. I C. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; two copies to Architect and one copy to Contractor for record document files. Each report shall include the following: 1. Date issued 2. Project title and number , 3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection I ' 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions 7. Date of test 8. Identification of product ' 9. Location of sample or test in project 10. Type of inspection or test 11. Results of tests and compliance with contract documents 12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by Contracting Officer 1.04 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORIES I A. Laboratories shall not be authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of contract documents; approve or accept any portion of work or perform any duties of Contractor or Architect. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to work and operations. I B. Secure and deliver to laboratory adequate quantities of representational samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing. , C. . Provide laboratory with preliminary design mix proposed to be used for concrete and , other materials mixes which require control by testing laboratory. D. Furnish copies of manufacturer's test reports of products as required. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities as follows: 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at project site or at source of product to be tested. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 REPAIR AND PROTECTION Veteran's Park Renovation 01450-2 ' A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services performed on the work, repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities of exposed finishes. Protect work exposed by or for testing activities and protect repaired work. I I I C C I I I I I I E I END OF SECTION 01450 ' Veteran's Park Renovation 01450-3 I, L I I [1 I I I I I 11 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL SITE REQUIREMENTS A. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. B. Ensure safe passage of persons around areas of construction. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, facilities and persons. C. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.02 JOB OFFICES AND STORAGE A. Contractor and his subcontractors shall maintain office and storage facilities on site as may be necessary. Locate so as to cause no interference with work to be performed on the site by Owner or with Owner's operations. Consult with Architect regarding locations. Trailer shall have as a minimum the following items: I. Complete set of Construction Documents including all addenda and supplemental information. 2. Telephone and fax machine. 3. Layout and meeting space for Architects or Owners representative to use when visiting the site. 4. Complete job file with copies of all correspondence concerning the project. 5. Other standard office equipment as is normally required to operate a business. B. Upon completion of project, or as directed by Architect, Contractor shall remove temporary structures and facilities from the site, same to become his property. Leave the premises in condition required by Contract. ' 1.03 SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS A. Contractor, at beginning of Work, to provide on premises suitable temporary convenience and enclosure for use of workmen on job. Maintain in sanitary condition and remove at completion of Work or when directed by Architect. Exisiting facilities exist within park for ' these purposes. Owner will allow the Contractor to utilize these facilities if the Contractor desires. ' 1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION I A. Provide all gas and electric service for heating, cooling, lighting and power required for construction purposes. Li Veteran's Park Renovation 01500-1 B. Provide all water required for construction purposes. Run temporary lines and provide necessary stand pipes. C. Contractor to pay all utility charges until time of substantial completion. 1.06 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide temporary heating, coverings and enclosures necessary to protect operations and materials against damage by dampness and cold, to dry out work, and facilitate completion of Work. B. Provide adequate equipment, fuel, materials and methods for purpose intended, and to the satisfaction of Architect. C. Maintain critical installation temperatures required in separate Sections of the Specifications. Repair or replace at no additional cost to Owner, any materials and work damaged by dampness, insufficient or abnormal heat. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01500 F n Veteran's Park Renovation 01500-2 • DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION I I I I I I I I SECTION 02200 DEMOLITION AND SITE PREPARATION ' PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Work Included: Site preparation includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Temporary fencing and protective barricades. 2. Protection of trees and shrubs to remain. 3. Felling of trees removed, removal of stumps, roots and debris from Work. ' 4. Removal of obstructions which interfere with Work. 5. Stripping of topsoil and vegetation from earth areas of site. 6. Removal of concrete and removal of asphaltic concrete pavement. ' 7. Abandonment and capping wells or cisterns. 8. Demolition and removal of buildings or building elements. 9. Protection of active utilities and removal of utilities abandoned. ' B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: ' 1. Earthwork: Section 02300 ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmen Qualifications: One person present during tree clearing and grubbing ' operations, thoroughly familiar with types of trees involved. Direct trimming of roots and limbs where required. ' B. Codes and Standards: Comply with pertinent codes and regulations, plus requirements of insurance carriers providing coverage for Work. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust Control: Prevent spread of dust during performance of Work. Thoroughly moisten ' surfaces required to prevent dust nuisance to public, neighbors, and concurrent performance of other work on site. ' B. On -site Burning: Will not be permitted. C. Protection: Protect existing objects not to be removed. In event of damage, immediately ' make repairs and replacements necessary to approval of Architect at Contractor's expense. PART2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 BARRICADES AND FENCE MATERIALS A. Materials required for barricades, tree protection and related fencing furnished by I Veteran's Park Renovation 02200-1 I Contractor. B. Contractor to provide tree preservation fencing and seperation form work areas as required by the drawings. 2.02 FILL MATERIAL A. Refer to Section 02300. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION I I I 1 A. Notification: Notify Architect at least two full working days prior to commencing work. , B. Site Inspection: 1. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect entire site and objects designated to be removed or preserved. 2. Locate existing utility lines to be abandoned and determine requirements for disconnecting and capping. 3. Locate existing active utility lines which are to remain and determine requirements for their protection. , C. Clarification: I Ji 1. Drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on site. 2. Before commencing work of this Section, verify with Architect all objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved. D. Scheduling: 1. Schedule work in a careful manner with necessary consideration for neighbors and public. 2. Avoid interference with use of, and passage to and from, adjacent buildings and $ facilities. 3.02 DISCONNECTION OF UTILITIES A. Before commencing demolition or removal, and if not already accomplished, disconnect or arrange for disconnection of utility service connections, including water, gas, electricity, and telephone, to buildings to be demolished complying with regulations of utility concerned. Plug sanitary sewer lines in accordance with local requirements. Conduct operations at Contractor's expense and in manner to preserve service to areas and D I I I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 02200-2 ' structures not demolished. If underground utility services disconnections are required in public thorough -fares, comply with removal and restoration of pavement requirements and other pertinent matters. ' B. Preserve in operating condition active utilities bordering or traversing site designated to remain. Protect property, including, but not limited to, valve boxes, poles, guys and ' related appurtenances. Repair damage to active utility, due to work under contract, to satisfaction of utility concerned. Remove utility lines that are to be abandoned from building area. ' 3.03 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Remove existing grass and overburden before excavating topsoil. B. Prior to beginning excavation or fill, strip the topsoil to a depth of at least 6 inches or to a depth sufficient to remove all organic material and stockpile for future use. C. In general, remove topsoil where structures are to be built, trenches dug and roads, ' parking lots, walks and similar improvements constructed within the areas presently covered with topsoil. Take care not to disture critical root zone areas. Coordinate with Owner and Architect. ' D. Store topsoil clear of the construction area as directed by Owner and Architect. E. Take reasonable care to prevent the topsoil from becoming mixed with subsoil or eroding. ' 3.05 PROTECTION A. Erect temporary barricades and fencing required for preparation and construction ' operation. 3.06 PROTECTION OF TREES TO REMAIN A. At trees to remain, construct temporary barricade around tree at tree's approximate drip line. Provide barricades at least 3 feet high, consisting of 2 inch by 4 inch or larger posts ' set at least 18 inches into ground, no more than 6 feet on centers, joined at top by 1 inch by 6 inch or larger boards firmly nailed to posts. ' B. Trimming of Trees: In company with Architect, ascertain limbs and roots which are to be trimmed and clearly mark them to designate approved cutting point. Cut evenly, using proper tools and skilled workmen to achieve neat severance with least possible damage to ' tree. Promptly coat cut area with approved pruning paint complying with manufacturer's recommendations. In case of root cuts, apply wet burlap or related protection approved by Architect, to prevent drying out. Refer to attache Parks and Recreation Landscape Manual sections for further instructions. 3.07 TREE/BRUSH REMOVAL I Veteran's Park Renovation 02200-3 I A. Remove trees, brush and vegetation except trees which are to remain, from Project site. Material resulting from clearing becomes property of Contractor, to dispose of by him. B. Wet down areas where required during site clearing to prevent spread of dust. C. Blasting on Project site is not allowed as a means of tree removal. 3.08 STUMPS AND ROOTS A. Remove completely stumps and roots from areas within building walls and 5 feet outside building walls. Remove remaining stumps and roots to clear depth of not less than 2 feet below subgrade level. Material resulting from grubbing becomes property of Contractor, to dispose of by him. Bum no material on premises. 3.09 OBSTRUCTIONS I I I I I A. Remove existing obstructions from area to be occupied by Work under this Contract ' unless otherwise specified herein, or specifically directed by Architect to remain. 3.10 PARKING METERS AND SIGNS I A. Arrange with municipal authorities for temporary removal and resetting of parking meters and signs. Pay all costs in connection therewith. 3.11 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS AND CLEANING A. Remove and legally dispose of rubbish and debris found on demolition area at start of the Work that resulting from demolition activities or deposited on site by others during the duration of contract. Keep project area and public right-of-way reasonably clear at all times. Upon completion of work remove temporary construction, equipment, salvaged materials, trash and debris leaving entire project area in neat condition. END OF SECTION 02200 I I I I I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 02200-4 SECTION 02300 ' EARTHWORK ' PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Work Included: Earthwork for this project includes but is not necessarily limited to: II. Layout of building and site improvements. 2. Excavating for foundations and other below grade work. 3. Filling and backfilling. ' 4. Rough and finish grading of the site. 5. Granular drainage fill. B. Related Work Described Elsewhere: 1. Section 02200 - Demolition and Site Preparation ' 2. Section 02740 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving 3. Section 02750 - Portland Cement Concrete Paving 1.02 SUMMARY A. Perform excavation regardless of type, nature or condition of materials encountered. B. All excavation under this Section is unclassified and no allowances will be made for nature of material encountered. Contractor shall make soil investigations as he considers 'necessary for his own determination of types of materials existing at the site. Refer to Section 00320 for information concerning Geotechnical Investigation. ' C. There will be no extra compensation for dewatering. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust Control: Control dust on and near the Work if dust is caused by Contractor's ' operations during performance of the Work or if resulting from condition in which Contractor leaves the site. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Standard Specifications for Highway Construction, 1993. 1. AHTD Section 303 - Aggregate Base Course. ' B. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race St. Philadelphia, PA 19103. ' 1. ASTM D698 - Test for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-1 2. ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. 3. ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures, Using 10 lb. Rammer and 18 in, Drop. 4. ASTM D2216 - Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock and Soil -Aggregate Mixtures. 5. . ASTM D2922 - Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 6. ASTM D3017 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). , 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. Relative Compaction: The ratio, in percent, of the as -compacted field dry density to the laboratory maximum dry density as determined by the Standard Proctor Test, ASTM D698, or as determined by the Modified Proctor Test, ASTM DI557, as applicable. Corrections for oversize material may be applied to either the as -compacted field dry density or the maximum dry density, as determined by the Architect. B. Optimum Moisture Content: Moisture content of the material for which the maximum dry ' density is obtained as determined by ASTM D698 or D1557. Field moisture contents shall be determined on the basis of the fraction passing the 3/4" sieve. C. Completed Course: A course, or. layer that is ready for the next layer or the next phase of construction. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following: t 1. Samples of all imported material. 2. Samples of all on -site material to be used as fill. 3. Certification that imported materials conform to the specification requirements ' along with copies of the test results from a qualified commercial testing laboratory. 4. Proctor curves on fill material as prepared by approved laboratory. B. All fill material requires approval prior to placement. C. General Contractor shall provide certification from Testing Agency as to the net volume of rock actually excavated and disposed of in comparison to stated volume. This certification will be the basis for additional payment or refund. PART2-PRODUCTS , 2.01 FILL I A. Free from roots, organic matter, trash and debris with maximum particle size of 1-1/2 inches. Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-2 I B. Imported fill is to consist of clayey sand (SC), sandy clay (CL) or clayey gravel (GC). C. Alternate materials having a liquid limit not greater than 45 and approved by the Architect. ' D. It is intended that fill be obtained from the site to the maximum extent possible. 2.02 IMPORTED GRANULAR FILL C I r A. Imported granular fill is to consist of a natural or artificial mixture of gravel and soil mortar, uniformly well graded from coarse to fine. B. Conform to the AHTD Section 303 classifications for Class 3, Class 4 or Class 7 as required by existing soil conditions. 2.03 UNDERSLAB DRAINAGE FILL ' A. Crushed stone or washed gravel, uniformly graded from 3/4" minimum size to 1-1/2" maximum size. ' 2.04 CRUSHED SYENITE FILL IA. Fill and Backfill Inside Building Walls: Crushed syenite, similar to Donna -Fill. Deliver tc job in moist condition. Settle in place by completely immersing under water for optimum compaction. Keep water level above syenite at all times during placing. ' 2.05 TOPSOIL ' A. Selected topsoil from the site, properly stored and protected, free: from roots, sticks, hard clay and stones which will not pass through a 2 in, square opening. ' B. Provide imported topsoil of equal quality if required to accomplish the work. II. Natural, fertile, friable soil, possessing characteristics of representative productive soils in the vicinity. Obtain from naturally well -drained areas, without admixture of subsoil and free from Johnson grass (sorgam halepense), nut grass (cyprus ' rotundus), and objectionable weeds and toxic substances. Topsoil furnished shall be free from trash, brush, and stones over 1 inch in diameter, and related extra- neous material. ' 2.06 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT IA. Provide compaction equipment of suitable type and adequate to obtain the densities specified. ' B. Operate compaction equipment in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. ' C. Maintain equipment in such condition that it will deliver the manufacturer's rated IVeteran's Park Renovation 02300-3 compactive effort. D. Hand operated equipment shall be capable of achieving the specified densities. ' 2.07 MOISTURE CONTROL EQUIPMENT A. Provide equipment for applying water of a type and quality adequate for the work; it shall not leak and shall be equipped with a distributor bar or other approved device to assure t uniform application. B. Provide equipment for mixing and drying out material consisting of blades, discs or other approved equipment. 2.08 WATER REMOVAL EQUIPMENT A. Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep excavation and trenches free of water 2.09 IMPORTED MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE A. Additional tests required at the borrow area: 1. Standard Proctor. 2. Atterberg limits. 2.10 SELECTED MATERIAL ACCEPTANCE A. Provide samples for testing representative of the actual material to be installed in the work. Take samples from material stockpiled. Depending on the uniformity of the material, Architect may request additional samples. B. Forward test results to Architect at least 10 days before the material is required for use. If tests indicate that the material does not meet specification requirements, the material shall not be installed in the work. C. Material which is placed in the work but does not conform to the specification requirements shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 2.11 OTHER MATERIALS C I I] I I I I L C A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of work of this Section, selected by Contractor subject to Architect approval. PART 3 -EXECUTION t 3.01 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Complete clearing and grubbing work as specified in Section 02200 prior to beginning work in this section. Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-4 P3.02 FIELD ENGINEERING A. The Contractor will employ and pay a competent, independent, Registered Professional Land Surveyor with demonstrated ability to perform the layout work required. ' B. The Contractor will be responsible for the Surveyor's work of establishing points, lines, ' elevations and verifying the same, as necessary to complete the work in this project. C. For use in establishing starting points for layout, existing benchmarks and property corners ' are shown on the Drawings. D. If site conditions vary from those indicated, the Contractor shall notify the Architect ' immediately. 3.03 STRUCTURAL EXCAVATION ' A. Excavate subsoil required for building foundations, construction operations and other work. Excavate for structures to the lines and grades shown or as required to accomplish ' the construction. B. The method of excavation used is optional; however, no equipment shall be operated within 5 feet of existing structures or newly completed construction. C. Excavation that cannot be accomplished without endangering present or new structures or trees shall be done with hand tools. PD. Machine slope banks to angle of repose or less until shored. E. Excavate to the depths and widths required. ' F. Do not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. G. Allow for forms, working space, granular base and finish topsoil. H. Do not carry excavation for footings and slabs deeper than the elevation shown. Fill over ' excavations under footings with concrete of equal strength to that of the footing when excavations are deeper than the elevation shown. I. Replace excavation carried below the grade lines shown or established by the Architect with the same fill Material as specified for the overlying fill or backfill, compact as required for such overlying fill or backfill. J. Where the overlying area is not to receive fill or backfill, replace the over excavated material and compact to a density not less than that of the underlying ground. ' K. Correct cuts below grade by similarly cutting adjoining areas and creating a smooth transition. 1 Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-5 I L. Hand trim excavation and leave free of loose matter. M. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders and rock. ' N. Correct over excavated areas and unauthorized excavation at the Contractor's expense. O. Fill over excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces in accordance with direction by Architect. P. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess subsoil not being reused from site. 3.04 EXCAVATION SAFETY A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making the excavation in a safe manner. B. Provide appropriate measures to retain excavation sideslopes to ensure that men working in or near the excavation are protected. 3.05 DEWATERING EXCAVATION A. Remove water during periods when concrete is being deposited, pipe is being laid and placing of backfill unless water settling is required and at such other times as required for efficient and safe execution of the work. B. Accomplish removal of groundwater in a manner that will preserve the strength of the foundation soils, will not cause instability of the excavation slopes and will not result in damage to existing structures. C. Where necessary to these purposes, lower water level in advance of excavation, utilizing wells, wellpoints or similar methods. . . 1 D. Maintain the water level in the gravel stratum as measured in piezometers, a minimum of 3 feet below the prevailing excavation. E. Open pumping, sumps and ditches: If these methods result in boils, loss of fines, softening of the ground or instability of slopes, they will not be permitted. F. Install wells and wellpoints with suitable screens and filters so that continuous pumping of fines does not occur. G. Operate well points continuously so as to prevent boils and loss of consolidation. H. Arrange discharge to facilitate collection of samples by Architect. I. Avoid settlement or damage to adjacent property. . ' J. Dispose of water in a manner that will not damage adjacent property, as approved by Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-6 I Architect. L C I H I I I I I 3.06 UNDERCUTTING A. Undercut areas on the site that do not meet the permeability requirements to such depth as to allow placement of sufficient impervious material as determined by permeability testing at borrow area as stated in Part 2 of this section. B. Prior to placement of fill in the undercut area, scarify the upper 6" of subgrade and compact to 90 percent of ASTM D1557. 3.07 FOUNDATION SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. After completion of excavation and prior to foundation or fill construction, proofroll the excavation surface with a loaded tandem -axle dump truck or similar heavy wheeled vehicle to detect soft or loose zones. B. Conduct proofrolling in the presence of Architect. C. If soft or loose zones are found, excavate the material to a depth accepted by Architect, then fill and compact as specified for the overlying fills. D. Prior to placement of overlying fill or concrete, compact the foundation subgrade to at least 95 percent relative compaction (Standard Proctor). 3.08 FILL MATERIAL UNDER STRUCTURES ' A. Place granular fill material within the influence area beneath all piping, slabs, walks, curbs, structures, roads, parking areas, facilities and other areas as shown. I I B. Place and compact a 6 inch layer of granular fill to at least 95 percent Modified Proctor density beneath structures indicated to receive granular fill material. C. Moisten material as required to aid compaction (+ or - 2 percent optimum moisture content). ID. Place material in horizontal lifts and in a manner which avoids segregation. I E. Correct and repair subsequent damage to slabs, piping, concrete structures, facilities or other structures caused by settlement of fill material. ' 3.09 BACKFILL AROUND STRUCTURES L I I A. Remove form materials and trash from excavation before placing backfill. B. Do not operate earth moving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures for the purpose of depositing or compacting backfill material. Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-7 I C. Compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand operated tampers or similar equipment that will not damage the structure. D. Place earth fill in areas not designated to be structural fill or granular fill. E. Deposit material in maximum 6 inch loose lifts and compact each lift to not less than 95 percent Standard Proctor. 3.10 FILL AT PAVED AREAS I I [1 A. Scarify upper 6" of natural subgrade and recompact to 90 percent of ASTM D1557. 1 B. Place fill material to the lines and grades shown in maximum 6" loose lifts and compact each lift to not less than 90 percent of ASTM D1557.. 3.11 MOISTURE CONTROL 3.12 A. B. C. D. E. During compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content required for compaction purposes in each lift of fill. Maintain moisture content uniform throughout the lift. Add water to the material at the site of excavation. Supplement, if required, by sprinkling the fill. At the time of compaction, maintain the water content of the material at optimum moisture content, plus or minus 2 percent, except as otherwise specified for embankments. Do not attempt to compact fill material that contains excessive moisture. F. Aerate material by blading, discing, harrowing or other methods to hasten the drying process. FIELD DENSITY TESTS A. Test Methods: ASTM D2922, D1556, D2216 and D3017. B. Cooperate with testing work by leveling small test areas designated by the Architect. I 7 I Li I I [I I I C. Backfill test areas. , D. Field density test shall be performed for every 50 cubic yards of fill material placed. E. Architect may order testing of any lift of fill at any time, location or elevation. 3.13 FINISH SITE GRADING AND TOPSOIL PLACEMENT I A. Perform earthwork to lines and grades as shown with proper allowance for topsoil. ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02300-8 I B. Provide a minimum 4" depth of topsoil in all areas within the limits of construction that are disturbed during the course of this work except areas that are to receive paving material. En LJ C. Shape, trim and finish slopes to conform with the lines, grades and cross sections shown. D. Make slopes free of loose exposed roots and stones exceeding 3 inches in diameter. IE. Round tops of banks to circular curves, in general, not less than a 6 foot radius. I F. Neatly and smoothly trim rounded surfaces; over excavating and backfilling to the proper grade are not acceptable. ' G. Finish site grading will be reviewed by Architect. Fl L1 I I I I I I I I 3.14 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATION A. Dispose of excess excavated materials, not required or suitable for use as backfill or fill off -site. 3.15 SETTLEMENT A. Settlement in backfill, fill or in structures built over the backfill or fill, which may occur within the 1 -year guarantee period in the General Conditions will be considered to be caused by improper compaction methods. B. Restore structures damaged by settlement to original condition. END OF SECTION 02300 IVeteran's Park Renovation 02300-9 I SECTION 02375 ' TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 1 PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Mulch Cover, Baled Straw Barrier and Silt Fence. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 Earthwork. ' 1.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ' A. Provide temporary application of mulch cover as a deterrent to soil erosion. B. Provide baled straw between project earthwork operations and adjacent areas to prevent scouring, and eroding of soil, and silt runoff. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mulch Cover: Straw from threshed rice, oats, wheat, barley or rye; of wood excelsior; or from hay obtained from various legumes or grasses, such as lespedeza, clover, vetch, ' soybeans, bermuda, carpet sedge, bahia, fescue or other legumes or grasses, or a combination thereof Mulch shall be dry and reasonably free from Johnson grass or other noxious weeds, and shall not be excessively brittle or in an advanced state of decomposition. All material will be inspected and approved prior to use. B. Straw Bales: Straw for barrier bales shall consist of bales of rice, oat, barley, wheat or rye t straw or of available grasses free of an excessive amount of noxious weeds. Bales shall weigh approximately 35 pounds. Straw in an advanced state of decomposition will not be acceptable. C. Filter Fabric: Typar 3401, Trevira S1115, or approved equal nonwoven polypropylene or polyester fabric. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Ensure that earthwork and final grading in area requiring erosion control have been ' brought to grade as required by Contract Documents. 3.02 INSTALLATION IVeteran's Park Renovation 02375-1 I A. Straw Bale Filter: Tightly bound straw bales embedded at least 4 inches into soil and each bale held in place by 2 stakes driven at least 18 inches into ground. Bales shall tightly abut adjacent bales. Strings shall not touch the ground. ; B. Silt Fence: Fence post spaced no more than 10 feet apart and driven a minimum of 2 feet into ground. Post shall extend minimum of 2 feet above grade: Fasten metal mesh fence with 6 inch or amaller openings to fence posts to reinforce the silt fence fabric. Mesh fence to extend 2 feet above grade and 4 inches into grade. Mesh may be omitted if , reinforced silt fence fabric is used or in areas of low flow. C. Nonvegetative Soil Stabilization: Utilize temporary nonvegetative soil stabilization to provide protection against excessive soil erosion over a short period of time. Required in areas that experience high water flows and high runoff velocities and at disturbed slopes ' steeper than 2:1. 1. Mulch: Apply at 1.5-2.5 tons per. acre. , 2. Anchor by peg and twine, mulch netting, erosion control, fabric, jute matting or mulch anchoring tool. • .1 END OF SECTION 02375 1 J 11 I I I I I 1 Veteran's Park Renovation 02375-2 ' SECTION 02535 ' SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide all required parts, labor, systems, accessory items and other materials needed for a fully functional sewage disposal system. Review plans for several requirements. B. Contractor to provide permit, coordination and pay all fees required to aave a complete stysem installed and approved for use by all agencies with jurisdiction over the project including but not limited to the Arkansas Department of Health. Contractor to contract, 'coordinate and complete all procedure necessary for system approval. IC. Provide all electrical panels, controllers, wiring and coordination of other electrical portions of the project. ID. Coordinate system with all other construction to provide a complete and usable system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS ' A. Provide the following I. Technical data sheets for each product used in the system ' 2. Shop drawings of percast tanks units including manhole cover and construction requirements including reinforing and structural details. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/WARRANTY I I Li I I I I A. Provide work by persons or firms normally invovlved in the construction of such systems. B. Provide waranty to Owner and guarantee work from defects in materials, workmanship and labor for one year. Over all one year warranty shall be in addition to warranties provided by manufacture of pumps and equipment. 1.04 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SEPTIC TANKS Excavation and Backfill A. Tanks to be reinforced precast units manufactured specially for the purpose intended. Reinforce all precast concrete as needed to resist forces encountered during construction and use. 2.02 MANHOLE MATERIALS IVeteran's Park Renovation 02535-1 A. L-'7 C. General: Refer to details on Drawings. II Cast -in -place manholes: ' 1. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete requirements. Use forms specially designed for manholes. 2. Concrete Strength: 3,000 psi. 3. Cone or top section shall be concentric. Manhole Rings and Covers: 1. Material: Cast iron conforming to ASTM A48. 2. Weight: Not less than 250 pounds combined. 3. Nominal diameter of cover: 24 inches. 4. 5. 1 1 Minimum clear opening diameter through ring: 22 inches. ' Cover shall be solid and shall have removal slot with pin cast into it or pick slot on at least one edge. Words SANITARY SEWER shall be cast in top surface of cover. 2.02 CONCRETE PATCHING MATERIALS A. Concrete mortar: Mix one part portland cement with four parts sand and add minimum quantity of water as necessary to provide workable mortar. B. Nonshrink grout: FIVE STAR GROUT, portland cement -based, non-metallic, nonshrink grout, by Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield, Connecticut, or approved equal. 2.03 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS A. B. Select Material: Soil excavated from trench or sub -soil from site that is free of rocks ' larger than 2 inches in greatest dimension, and free of frozen soil, large clumps of soil, muddy soil, organic matter and foreign materials. Class I Bedding Material: As specified in Section 02530. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. Excavate to line and grade shown on Drawings or as established in the field. Veteran's Park Renovation 1 02535-2 B. When excavation is carried below that required or authorized by Engineer, fill space with ' concrete, or gravel drainage fill, or compacted select material. C. Provide temporary sheeting and shoring where necessary to protect workmen, the work, or adjacent property. Refer to OSHA laws. D. De -water excavations before undertaking construction therein. Place concrete only upon dry, firm foundation material. 1 3.02 EXCAVATION A. Excavate for base of manholes only to that depth necessary to provide base of minimum t required depth with sides poured against undisturbed earth. If soil foundation below base is mucky, or too soft to properly support manhole, excavate to minimum depth of 6 inches below designated soil foundation elevation and refill with drainage fill material or Class I bedding material. B. Excavate above base to provide minimum 24 -inch space between outer surface of manhole and embankment or shoring. 3.03 INSTALLATION ' A. General: 1. Refer to detail on Drawings. B. Connect sanitary sewer waste line from building to "Y" connection or manhole as shown 'on the Drawings. Coordinate with plumbing installer. I 3.04 BACKFILL A. Allow tanks manholes to set in place at least 48 hours before backfilling. B. Make initial backfill in lifts up to 6 inches above top of sewer line using Class I material, carefully working material under pipe haunches to provide side support to pipes. ' C. Backfill from top of initial backfill to top of manhole or subgrade as specified for backfilling of structures in Section 02300. 3.05 VACUUM TESTING IA. Before backfilling a completely constructed manhole, test manhole for leakage by performing vacuum test of manhole using Manhole Vacuum Tester by P. A. Glazier, Inc., Worcester, Massachusetts, or approved equal. ' B. Procedure: ' 1. Plug lift holes with nonshrink grout approved by Engineer. Ensure complete seal ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02535-3 between tank sections. A 2. Plug pipes entering manhole. Brace each plug to prevent being drawn into tank by vacuum. Ensure complete seal around each plug. 3. Place test head of vacuum tester at inside top of manhole rim and inflate seal in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4 Connect vacuum pump to outlet port on test head with valve open. 4. Draw vacuum of 10 inches of mercury (Hg), close valve, and shut off vacuum pump - 5. Measure time it takes for vacuum to drop to 9 inches Hg. 6. If tank fails initial test, locate leaks and make repairs using nonshrink grout or other approved quick setting material while vacuum is still being drawn. 7. Retest using same procedure until manhole passes test. 3.06 CLEANUP A. General: Cleanup ground surface tank and field manholes immediately following completion of backfilling or installation operations. Restore to original condition terrain features in areas disturbed or damaged by Work. ri END OF SECTION 02535 Veteran's Park Renovation 02535-4 II I I PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 02740 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING IA. Prepare pavement in accordance with this specification where indicated on the drawings. I. B. Construct work of this section that is adjacent to or connected to city streets in accordance with requirements of the city for city streets. ' C. Secure permits and inspections, post necessary bonds and pay necessary fees. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 - Earthwork ' B. Section 02760 - Pavement Markings I C I I I I I 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, 444 North Capitol Street, North West, Suite 225, Washington, DC 20001. 1. AASHTO M14 - Anionic Emulsified Asphalt 2. AASHTO M81 - Cut Back Asphalt Concrete (Rapid Curing Type) 3. AASHTO M82 - Cut Back Asphalt Concrete (Medium Curing Type) 4. AASHTO M208 - Cationic Emulsified Asphalt B. American Society of Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. 1. ASTM C207 - Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 2. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb. Rammer and 12 in. Drop. 3. ASTM D946 - Specification for Penetration Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction. 4. ASTM D977 - Specification for Emulsified Asphalt. C. Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, P.O. Box 2262, Little Rock, Arkansas 72203. 1. AHTD 303 - Aggregate Base Course. ' 2. AHTD 304 - Aggregate Surface Course. 3. AHTD 305 - Asphalt Concrete Hot Mix Stabilized Base Course. ' PART 2- MATERIALS I Veteran's Park Renovation 02740 - 1 I 2.01 ASPHALT PAVING MATERIALS A. Subgrade: In accordance with Section 02300. , B. Base Course: 6 inches of crushed stone conforming to AHTD Standard Specifications for Highway Construction Section 303, Class 7. C. Prime Coat: Medium curing cut back asphalt; MC -30 or MC070; AASHTO M82; heated and applied within the temperature range of 80 to 150 degrees F. D. Asphaltic Cement: 2 inches of Type III in accordance with Arkansas State Highway and Transportation Department, Latest Edition. Testing: Tests of asphalt mixtures and minerals will be made by commercial testing laboratory approved by Architect. Submit test reports to Architect. ,. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE PREPARATION I I I I I I A. Subgrade for asphalt paving improvements shall have all organic silty and clayey topsoils and other unsuitable material removed and replaced with approved material. B. Fill and tamp traces of utility trenches. C. Scarify and recompact subgrade; proof roll with dump truck. D. Replace soft spots as needed. 3.02 BASE COURSE FOR ASPHALTIC PAVING I A. Place material on prepared subgrade. Spread course(s) and compact the same day the material is hauled. The material shall be thoroughly mixed, either by repeated handling with a blade grader or by harrowing sufficiently to secure a uniform mixture of coarse and fine particles. Compact base course by systematically rolling and watering as required to obtain a firm, uniform, smooth surface as specified in Part 300 of AHTD Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. Set.blue tops prior to final finishing of base course. B. Minimum density shall be 95 percent Standard Proctor (ASTM D698). I I C. Prime coat shall not be put down until base course is compacted. I 3.03 PRIME COAT A. After acceptance of completed base course, a prime coat shall be uniformly distributed over the prepared base at the rate of 0,3 gallons per square yard. M Veteran's Park Renovation 02740 - 2 I I I B. Remove any surplus asphalt material. ' C. Construct and maintain barricades to keep traffic off the primed surface until it is thoroughly cured and ready for asphalt pavement (3 days minimum). 3.04 HOT -MIX SURFACING FOR ASPHALTIC PAVING A. Plant Mixing and Transporting: Mixing, transportation and temperature limitations for hot -mix surface course materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of Part 400 ' of AHTD Standard Specifications for Highway Construction. ' B. Placing: Surface course material shall be delivered to the job hot, in vehicles commonly used for that purpose. Material shall be laid on an approved base and only when weather conditions are suitable. After compaction, the paving material shall be rolled with an ' approved, self propelled roller until thoroughly compacted and no roller marks appear. Finished surface shall be smooth and true to established grade and. crown. Any depressions or defective places shall immediately be corrected. Finish tolerance shall be plus or minus 0.05 feet at any point from line and grade shown on drawings. ' END OF SECTION 02740 I I I LI I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 02740 - 3 SECTION 02760 PAVEMENT MARKING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Paint parking lot lines, letters, directional arrows, island curbs, etc. as shown on the drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS IA. Provide the following: I. Paint System Data Sheet (PSDS) from paint manufacturer for each system used. ' 2. Technical Data Sheets for each product used in the paint system. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection by Architect, or waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the work, shall not be construed to relieve Contractor of his responsibility to perform the work in accordance with these specifications. 1.04 WARRANTY ' A. Contractor shall warrant to Owner and guarantee work under this section against defective workmanship and materials for a period of 1 year commencing on the date of 'final acceptance of the work. ' PART 2- MATERIALS 2.01 PAINT ' A. Sherwin-Williams, Promar Traffic Marking. I1. Yellow, Series No. B29Y2. PART 3- EXECUTION ' 3.01 GENERAL IA. Paint shall be applied in 2 coats to a clean dry surface using template or a stripping machine. Stripes shall be a uniform width of 4 inches wide. Other markings shall be as shown on drawings. END OF SECTION 02760 1 I Veteran's Park Renovation 02760-1 SECTION 02770 1 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS PART 1- GENERAL ' 1.01 SUMMARY ' A. Construction of concrete curbs and sidewalks. P1.02 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute, 22400W, Seven Mile Road, Detroit, Michigan 48219. 1. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. B. American Society for Testing and Materials, 1961 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103. ' l . ASTM C94 - Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 2. ASTM C309 - Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. P3. ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil - Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb. Rammer and 12 in. Drop. 4. ASTM D994 - Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Type). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete information regarding concrete mix to Architect for review in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94, Alternate 2. PART 2- MATERIALS ' 2.01 CURB FORMS A. 2 -inch dressed dimension lumber or metal of equal strength, free from defects that would impair appearance or structural quality of completed curb, subject to approval of Architect. B. Short Radius Forms: 1 -inch dressed lumber or plywood. C. Curb Face: No horizontal joints in form material closer than 7 inches from top of curb. D. Stakes and Bracing Materials: Provide as required to hold forms securely in place. 2.02 SIDEWALK FORMS A. 2 -inch dressed lumber, straight and free from defects, or standard metal forms. IVeteran's Park Renovation 02770-1 B. Short Radius Forms: 1 -inch dressed lumber or plywood. C. Stakes and Bracing Materials: Provide as required to hold forms securely in place. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER A. 1/2 inch thick preformed asphalt -impregnated expansion joint material conforming to ASTM D994. 2.04 CONCRETE A. . Ready mixed conforming to ASTM C94, Alternate 2. B. Compressive Strength: 3,500 psi at 28 days. C. Maximum Size of Aggregate: 1-1/2 inch. . D. Slump: 2 to 4 inches. E. Air Entrainment: Comply with AFPC V2 Tables 1603A and 1603C. 2.05 REINFORCEMENT A. Wire Fabric: "Specifications for Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A-185. 2.06 CURING COMPOUND A. Liquid membrane forming, clear or translucent; suitable for spray application. B. Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1. 2.07 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS A. All materials shall be subject to inspection for suitability, as the Architect may elect, prior to or during incorporation into the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Bring the areas on which curbs and sidewalks are to be constructed to required grade on undisturbed ground and compact by sprinkling and rolling or mechanical tamping. B. As depressions occur, refill with suitable material and recompact until the surface is at the proper grade. C. Compact subgrade on fill to 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. 1 I 1 1 1 1 Veteran's Park Renovation 02770-2 L 3.02 SETTING FORMS A. Construct forms to the shape, lines, grades and dimensions called for on the Drawings. B. Stake wood or metal forms securely in place, true to line and grade. IC. Brace forms to prevent change of shape or movement in any direction resulting from the weight of the concrete during placement. ID. Construct short radius curved forms to exact radius. E. Tops of forms shall not depart from grade line more than 1/8 inch when checked with a 10 ' foot straightedge. F. Alignment of straight sections shall not vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3.03 CURB CONSTRUCTION IA. Construct curbs to line and grade shown or established by the Architect and conform to the details shown. ' B. Place, process, finish and cure concrete in conformance with this section and the applicable requirements of ACI 614. Wherever requirements differ, the more stringent shall govern. ' C. Placement of Preformed Asphalt Impregnated Expansion Joints: 1. At intervals of not more than 40 feet. 2. Beginning and end of curved portions of the curb. ' 3. Connections to existing curbs. D. Contraction Joints: ' 1. Place at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. 2. Open type joint. ' 3. Provide by inserting thin, oiled steel sheet vertically in fresh concrete to force coarse aggregate away from joint. 4. Steel sheet shall be inserted the full depth of the curb. ' 5. After initial set has occurred in the concrete and prior to removing the front curb form, steel sheet shall be removed with a sawing motion. I E. As soon as concrete has set sufficiently to support its own weight., remove the front form and finish all exposed surfaces. 1. Finish top of curb with a steel trowel. 2. Finish edges with a steel edging tool. 3. Rub formed faces with burlap sack or similar device to produce a uniformly ' textured surface, free from form marks, honeycomb and other defects. ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02770-3 H F. Backfilling Curb: Upon completion of curing period, but not before 7 days has elapsed since pouring the concrete, backfill the curb. G. Adjusting: 1. Finished curb shall present a uniform appearance for both grade and alignment. 2. Remove curb sections showing abrupt changes in alignment or grade or which are more than 1/4 inch away from location as staked or which are defective for any reason. 3. Construct new curb at Contractor's expense. 3.04 SIDEWALK CONSTRUCTION A. Thickness of sidewalks shall be as shown on the drawings. I I C B Place, process, finish and cuie concrete in conformance with this section and the applicable requirements of ACT 614. Where the requirements differ, the more stringent shall govern. C. Placement of Preformed Asphalt Expansion Joints. 1. Where sidewalk ends. 2. Around posts, poles or other objects protruding through the sidewalk. 3. At maximum intervals of 20 feet. I I D. Contraction Joints: 1. Provide transversely to the walks. 2: 3/16 inch by 1 inch weakened plane joints shall be straight and at right angles to the surface of the walk. I E. Finish: 1. Broom finish with fine hair broom at right angles to length of walk and tool at all edges, joints and markings. 2. Mark walks transversely at intervals shown on drawings with ajointing tool. END OF SECTION 02770 Li I I I H I Veteran's Park Renovation 02770-4 I SECTION 02932 SEEDING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and place fertilizer and seeding where existing turf is disturbed during the course of this work. Maintain growth of the turf during the contract period and until the coverage requirements are satisfied. 1.02 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee lawn for a minimum of one year after completion of installation against defect, including death. Adequate maintenance by Owner will be required as a condition for guarantee to remain in effect. Guarantee will not cover losses due to occupancy of the project, vandalism, and acts of neglect on the part of others. ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: I. General: Ship seeding materials with certificates of inspection required by governing authorities. Comply with regulations applicable to landscape materials. ' 2. Analysis and Standards: Package standard products with manufacturer's certified analysis. For other materials, provide analysis by recognized laboratory made in accordance with methods established by the Association of Official Agriculture Chemists, wherever applicable. Provide soil analysis as required to determine ' amendment rates for lime or sulphur. B. Comply with Arkansas Code 2-16-210, Plant Board Inspection and Certification for Plant ' Materials and Products. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at site. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Planting Time: Seed during normal planting seasons for type of material used. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide maintenance from date of substantial completion. U PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02932-1 U 2.01 TOP SOIL PT A. In accordance with Section 02300, Earthwork. 2.02 FERTILIZER A. Commercial fertilizer shall be an organic fertilizer containing the following minimum percentages of available plant food by weight: 13-13-13 nitrogen -phosphorus -potash or approved equal. 2.03 SEED A. Provide Winter Rye at a rate of 5lbs./1000 sq. ft. and as required for complete germination. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A. Grading: Fine grade all areas and bring site to finished grade. Verify the drainage is adequate in the areas designated for seeding. Depressions where water will stand or inequalities in the grade shall be corrected before seeding. 3.02 SOIL PREPARATION A. Test 5" deep soil samples for pH analysis for each major area of lawns for planting. Areas to be planted shall have a pH value of between 6.0 and 7.0. B. If Ph value is above 7.0 the contractor is to add a commercial grade sulphur to area to be planted to bring Ph value down to acceptable level. C. If Ph value is below 6.0 add lime to bring Ph value up to acceptable level. Incorporate into soil to a depth of at least 4". .. D. Fertilizer should then be applied to the soil at the rate of 800 lbs. per acre. E. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 3.03 SEEDING K C C I I I I I 11 I I [1 A. Do not use wet seed or seed which is moldy or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. B. Water and Maintenance: Water shall be applied on all seeded areas in quantities and at intervals to provided optimum growing conditions for the establishment of healthy, uniform stand and cover or grass. The Contractor shall continue watering all seeded areas for 3 months after seeds have sprouted to growths of 1/2" height or until the time the coverage requirements specified below are met. Individual waterings shall moisten the soil ' Veteran's Park Renovation 02932-2 I 1 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 1 I I I I I I I I SECTION 03100 ICONCRETE FORMWORK PART1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Form cast -in -place concrete required and subsequently remove forms except as otherwise specified. B. Substitutions: Ii. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT ' propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. ' 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. ' 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 ' B. Cast -in -place Concrete: Section 03300 C. Structural Precast Concrete: Section 03410 ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE IA. Qualifications of Workmen: Provide foreman at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, thoroughly familiar with type materials being installed, referenced standards, and requirements of this work, and who shall direct work performed under this Section. B. Codes and Standards: Li I In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork", publication ACI 347 of the American Concrete Institute. I Veteran's Park Renovation 03100-1 I 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with requirements of this Section more stringent provisions govern. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD FORM MATERIALS 4 A. Form Lumber: Provide form lumber in contact with exposed concrete using new material except as allowed for re -use of forms. Provide form lumber as follows, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by Architect: "Plyform", class I or II, bearing label of the American Plywood Association. I I I 2. Southern Pine or Douglas Fir, number 2.grade, seasoned, surfaced 4 sides. ' B. Form Sealers: Provide "React S" by Conspec, or approved equal. 2.02 TIES AND SPREADERS A. Type: Type which does not leave an open hole through concrete and which permits neat and solid patching at every hole. I I B. Design: Metal not less than one inch from surface at completion of concrete work. 2.03 EXPANSION JOINTS I A. Non -extruding, pre -moulded filler strips conforming to ASTM D 1751 or D 1752 and compatible with sealant material used to sealjoints. 2.04 CONTROL JOINTS A. Non -staining materials; of wood, plastic, or metals, formed to be removed without spalling t concrete. 2.05 KEYED JOINTS A. "Keyed Kold" joint form by Burke Concrete Accessories, Inc., or approved equal.. Top of stakes set 3/8" below slab surface so when joint form is placed on stakes, painted portion ofjoint is finished elevation. Finish concrete to top ofjoint and burn in with hand trowel. s 2.06 WATERPROOFING FILM A. Provide moisture barrier under interior concrete floor slabs on grade, using full 6 mil thickness clear polyethylene film weighing not less than 0.02856 pounds per sq. ft. Lap film 6" in direction of concrete pouring and turn up 4" at edges. Place and protect film to avoid perforations. I I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 03100-2 ' H 2.07 RUSTICATION STRIPS I I I A. Provide rustication strips using non-absorbent material including extruded polyvinyl chloride, plastic, fiberglass, metal, or milled from good quality lumber and well sealed to prevent moisture absorption. Wood strips may not have protruding splinters which may become embedded in the concrete. Accomplish sealing of wood by immersion or by brushing on two coats of form coating. 2.08 OTHER MATERIALS ' A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for completion of concrete formwork as selected by Contractor subject to advance approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION ' 3.01 CONSTRUCTION OF FORMS A. General: Construct substantial, sufficiently tight forms to prevent fins and leakage of tmortar, and able to withstand deflection when filled with wet concrete. B. Layout: ' 1. Form cast -in -place concrete to shapes, sizes, lines, and dimensions required. 2. Exercise particular care in form layout to avoid necessity for cutting of concrete after placement. ' 3. Make proper provision for inserts, sleeves, pipes, openings, offsets, recesses, anchorage, blocking, and related features as required. ' 4. If proposed layout of control joints differs from layout shown on drawings, Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of alternate layout plan to Architect for review. Do not proceed with alternate layout of control joints without written approval from Architect. ' 3.02 EARTH FORMING A. Forms for footings and related below grade concrete may be omitted when soil and ' workmanship permit accurate excavation to size and where omission is approved by Architect. 3.03 SCREED JOINTS A. Provide mechanical "Keyed Kold" joint screed forms used in placing concrete slabs on grade installed to comply with manufacturer's specifications. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS I Veteran's Park Renovation 03100-3 A. Where joint is made, thoroughly clean concrete surface and remove all laitance. In addition, thoroughly wet and slush vertical joints with a coat of neat cement grout immediately before placing new concrete. 3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Time for removing forms is subject to weather conditions after concrete is poured. Remove form work in manner to insure complete safety of structure. Do not place building materials on slabs until they are strong enough to carry the imposed load. Contractor shall decide when to remove forms and accept full responsibility for their removal. ' 3.06 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Do not run reinforcement, corner protection angles, or related fixed metal items, embedded in or bonded into concrete continuous through expansion joints. Provide filler strips for expansion joints between slabs on grade and all joints between slabs on grade and vertical surfaces. Construct joints 1/2 -inch thick and full depth of slab, unless otherwise noted. ' END OF SECTION 03100 I 1 I I I I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 03100-4 I I I SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install reinforcement and associated items required for cast - in -place concrete. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Placement of Embedded Items: I I I I I I I I 11 B. Reinforcement in Concrete Unit Masonry: 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Section 03100/03300 Section 04200 A. Qualifications of Workmen: Provide foreman at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, thoroughly familiar with type materials being installed, referenced standards, and requirements of this work, and who shall direct work performed under this Section. B. Codes and Standards: In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", publication ACI 315 of the American Concrete Institute. 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with requirements of this Section more stringent provisions govern. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish Shop Drawings for review by Architect, on reinforcing steel including special details, bending diagrams, schedules, bar lists, placing diagrams, and accessories. In addition to provisions in General Conditions, submit reinforcing Shop Drawings prepared by or under supervision of registered professional engineer. Reproduction (in any form) of Contract Drawings are not to be used for Shop Drawings. Furnish two prints and one sepia reproducible of Shop Drawings to Architect for review. Submit related shop drawings together. Partial submittals will not be accepted. PART2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' A. Concrete Reinforcement Materials: New, free from rust, and complying with following Veteran's Park Renovation 03200-1 I reference standards: Bars for Reinforcement: "Specifications for Deformed Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A-615, grade 60 unless otherwise shown: 2. Wire Fabric: "Specifications for Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement",ASTM A-185. 3. Supports, Spacers, and Chairs: Types which will hold reinforcement in position shown in accordance with requirements of ACI 318 except as specified. 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide metal accessories, including spacers, chairs, ties, and devices necessary for properly assembling, placing, spacing, and supporting reinforcement (including welded wire fabric at 2" from top of slab) in place. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of concrete reinforcement, as selected by Contractor subject to approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SITE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. Verify that concrete reinforcement may be installed to comply with pertinent codes and regulations, approved Shop Drawings, and original design. B. Discrepancies: 2. 3.02 ,BENDING In event of discrepancy, immediately notify Architect. I I Li 11 I I I I Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies have been fully resolved.. , A. General: Fabricate reinforcement to comply with approved Shop Drawings. Do not use bars with kinks and bends not shown on Drawings or on approved Shop Drawings. Do not bend and straighten steel in manner that will injure material. B. Assembly: Tack -welding not acceptable for assembly of reinforcement without specific approval of the Structural Engineer. When permitted by Engineer all welding shall conform to reinforcing steel welding code (AWS D. 12.1) of the American Welding Society. I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 03200-2 3.03 PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT ' A. Placing: 1. Support and wire together reinforcing bars to prevent displacement by construction loads and placing of concrete. On ground and where necessary, supporting concrete blocks may be used. Provide at flat formwork, metal or plastic coated bar chairs and spacers. Provide galvanized, stainless steel or plastic coated accessories where concrete surface will be exposed to weather in finished ' structure and where rust would impair architectural finishes. 2. Lap welded wire fabric minimum of 12" in structural slabs. Lap minimum of 6" in ' slabs on ground. Support mesh in final position in slabs above grade. Lifting of mesh into final position is permitted for slabs on grade. 3. Do not bend bars after embedded in concrete, B. Cleaning Reinforcement: Remove loose, flaky rust, mill scale, mud, oil, and related coatings that will destroy and reduce bond during concrete placement. C. Splices: Splice where shown on Drawings or approved Shop Drawings. D. Concrete Reinforcement Protection: If not detailed otherwise, where concrete is deposited against ground, reinforcement shall have minimum of 3" concrete between it and ' the ground. If concrete surfaces after removal of forms are to be in contact with ground or exposed to weather, protect reinforcing with minimum of 2" of concrete for bars larger than No. 5 and 1-1/2" for No. 5 bars and smaller. Provide minimum 3/4" concrete ' covering for reinforcing in slabs and 1-1/2" minimum cover in beams at surfaces not exposed directly to ground or weather. END OF SECTION 03200 I I LI I I IVeteran's Park Renovation 03200-3 SECTION 03300 ' CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Cast -in -place, reinforced concrete required. Provisions of this Section are applicable to site improvement work as well as to structural concrete at building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Concrete Formwork: Section 03100 B. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03200 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: I. Provide foreman at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, thoroughly trained and experienced in placing type concrete specified and who shall direct work performed under this Section. I 2. Finishing of Exposed Surfaces of Concrete: Use thoroughly trained and experienced journeyman concrete finishers. ' B. Codes and Standards: I. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations of "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", publication ACI 318 of latest issue of the American Concrete Institute. ' 2. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with requirements of this Section more stringent provisions govern. 1.04 LABORATORY TESTING IA. All required testing will be performed by testing laboratory selected by Owner. Cost for laboratory services for concrete tests and mix designs paid by Contractor. Material for tests furnished by Contractor. ' B. Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of certified laboratory test reports to Architect for review. C. Testing Procedures: ' I. Material Testing: Laboratory to re -check at plant materials as often as necessary Veteran's Park Renovation 03300-1 to produce concrete of specified strength and consistency including: (a) Fine aggregate. (b) Coarse aggregate. (c) Cast -in -place concrete. I I 2. Concrete Slump: 4" with allowable variation of plus or minus 1 inch. ' 3. Quality Control: As work progresses testing laboratory personnel shall conduct tests of concrete in accordance with following procedures: (a) Secure composite samples from the same batch complying with ASTM C 172. (b) Perform one (1) slump test for each set of strength test cylinders complying with ASTM C 143. (c) Make one (1) strength test (4 specimens) for each 40 cubic yards and at least one (1) set for each day's pour. (d) Mold four (4) strength test specimens from each sample complying with ASTM C 31 and protect and cure under standard moisture and temperature conditions in accordance with Section 7 of above ASTM method. (e) Test two (2) specimens at seven (7) days complying with ASTM C 39. If specimens for a particular batch test at or above required strength for that batch, it is not necessary to test the remaining specimens. Hold the remaining specimens for an additional ninety (90) days in case future testing is required. If the specimens tested at seven (7) days do not meet or exceed the desired strength requirements, the remaining two (2) specimens will be tested at twenty-eight (28) days. Average strength of two (2) . specimens from each group tested is basis for acceptance or rejection of concrete. If tested strength falls below strength specified at twenty-eight (28) days, Architect has the right to order the removal and replacement of defective concrete at Contractor's expense. If Contractor wishes to obtain test cores from in -place concrete, cost of coring, testing and patching will be paid by Contractor. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: Conform to ASTM "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement", C150, Type I. Use one brand -of cement. Mix shall contain at least 470 lb. of Portland Cement per cubic yard of concrete. IF WE HAVE FREEZE THAW AND DEICING CHEMICALS USE 520 LB. OF CEMENT. B. Aggregates: Conform to ASTM "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates", C33. Provide aggregate of natural _sand and gravel or. prepared from stone or gravel, free from Veteran's Park Renovation 03300-2 I I I I I I I I C C C P adherent coatings. Maximum size of pieces 1 ", except for footings and foundation walls which may be 1-1/2" maximum size. C. Water: Clean and free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, organic materials, and deleterious substances. Nonpotable water will not be used in concrete mixing. D. Fly ash will not be allowed. E. Air Entrainment: Comply with AFPC V2 Tables 1603A and 1603C. ' 2.02 CONCRETE STRENGTHS ' A. Cast -in -place Concrete: Designed to develop 3,500 p.s.i. minimum compressive strength at 28 days, unless noted otherwise on Structural Drawings. ***Refer to Division 2, SITE CONSTRUCTION for strengths required for various concrete site improvements.*** 2.03 CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER ' A. Furnish and apply to concrete surfaces shown on finish schedule as "Sealed Concrete", polyurethane concrete sealer "Ura Seal" by Conspec, "Sonothane" by Sonneborn Building Products, "Durathane" by L & M, or approved equal. Apply per manufacturers recom- mendations. Minimum of two (2) applications are required. ' 2.04 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of cast -in -place concrete, selected by Contractor subject to approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE A. Preparation: Clean equipment for transporting concrete. Remove debris, water, and ice from places to be occupied by concrete. Remove laitance and unsound material from hardened concrete before additional concrete is added. I B. Mixing: Ready -mixed concrete, mixed and delivered in accordance with following requirements only of ASTM C 94. 2 3 ' ' 6 Tolerances in Slump, Measuring Materials, Batching Plant, Mixers and Agitators, Mixing and Delivery, Use of Non -Agitating Equipment Inspection. Veteran's Park Renovation 03300-3 I C. Conveying: Convey concrete from mixer to place of deposit by. methods that prevent separation and loss of materials. D. Placing: 1. Deposit as nearly as practicable in final position to avoid segregation due to rehandling and flowing. Place at rate to assure concrete is plastic and flows readily into spaces between bars. Do not use concrete contaminated by foreign material or retempered concrete. 2. When placing is started, carry a continuous operation until placement of panel or section is completed. E. Hot Weather Concreting: Place, handle, and cure concrete complying with ACI 305. F. Cold Weather Concreting: Provide adequate equipment for handling concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing and near freezing weather. Concrete materials, reinforcements, forms, and ground in contact with concrete to be free of frost, snow, and ice. Details of approved procedures are available in ACI 306. Contractor to keep accurate thermometer on job where the work is proceeding. 3.02 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES. , A. Contractor responsible for any work soiled and stained by dripping cement, water, or concrete. Protect same with tarpaulin or similar devices while pouring concrete. 3.03 CONSOLIDATION A. Consolidate concrete by vibration, spading, rodding, or forking. Work around reinforcement, embedded items and into corner of forms. Over -vibrating and use of vibra- tors to transport concrete within forms not allowed. keep spare vibrator on job site during concrete placin 6 inches of bottom of freshly poured concrete, succeeding pour. 3.04 CONCRETE CURING AND FINISHING When consolidating by vibration, ng. Use vibrators of length to extend vibrator being raised with each A. Curing Period: Cure concrete for minimum period of 7 days at a temperature above 50° F. by one of approved methods listed below. Protect fresh concrete from heavy rain, flowing water, mechanical injury and from injurious action of sun. B. Water Curing: If cured with water, keep concrete wet by mechanical sprinklers or by any approved method which will keep surface continuously wet. C. Saturated Sand Curing: Cover finished surfaces with minimum 1" thickness of sand, uniformly distributed and continuously water saturated during entire curing period. D. Curing Compounds: No chemical curing compounds allowed. [1 I I I C Veteran's Park Renovation 03300-4 I E. Waterproofing Paper or Opaque Polyethylene Film: Conform to ASTM C 171. Cover concrete immediately following final finishing operation. Anchor securely, seal edges or apply in manner to prevent moisture escaping from concrete. F. Concrete Patching: Immediately after stripping forms, examine surfaces. Patch honeycombing, defective joints, voids, tie -holes, and defects before concrete is thoroughly dry. However, make no attempt to correct or fill any honeycomb spots, or any other defects until they have been examined by Architect and approval obtained as to correction to be employed. Finish of patch to match adjoining surface. G. Slab Finishes, Interior: Floor slabs, including topping slabs, to be smooth and steel troweled to hard dense surface, except where required to be depressed. Rough float finish ' depressed surface. Protect concrete floors during construction period. H. Slab Finishes, Exterior: Pads and slabs to have broomed finish for non -slip surface. 3.05 FLOOR SLOPE TO DRAINS IA. Slope floors to drain outlets. Low spots where pools of water can stand on finished floors are not acceptable. Slope to drains 1/8" per lineal foot unless otherwise marked. I I I J 1 [1 H I I r END OF SECTION 03300 IVeteran's Park Renovation 03300-5 I SECTION 03450 IARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART I - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Manufacture, deliver, erect, and install precast concrete units specified. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish architectural precast concrete products complying with these specifications ' regarding physical requirements, workmanship, texture, and color. B. Manufacturer: Regularly engaged in manufacture of this type product with inspection and quality control system and capability to produce precast units at rate that will not cause delays in Project. C. Cast in accurate molds designed to withstand high frequency vibration. D. Execute mix design, casting, finishing and curing using manufacturer's standard quality ' controlled production methods. However, the end product of any method must comply with all the aesthetic and physical characteristics specified. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and instructions for manufactured materials and products. Include manufacturer's certifications and laboratory test reports as required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit Shop Drawings showing information for fabrication and installation of precast concrete units. Indicate member dimensions and cross-section, location, size and type reinforcement, including special reinforcement and lifting devices 'necessary for handling and erection. C. Provide layout, dimensions, and identification of each precast unit corresponding to sequence and procedure of installation. Indicate welded connections by AWS standard symbols. Detail inserts, connections, and joints, including accessories and construction at openings in precast units. D. Provide location and details of anchorage devices that are embedded in related construction. Furnish templates if required for accurate placement. E. Include erection procedure for precast units and erection sequence. F. Provide manufacturer's complete design calculations prepared and stamped by registered engineer. 1 ' Veteran's Park Renovation 03450-1 U 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver precast concrete units to Project Site in quantities and at times to assure continuity ' of installation. Store units at Project Site to ensure against cracking, distortion, staining, and physical damage, and so markings are visible. Lift and support units at designated lift points. B. Deliver anchorage items which are embedded in related construction before start of related i work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions required for installation. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: White Portland Cement Type I or II conforming to current edition of ASTM C- 150. ' B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: Clean hard, strong and durable inert materials, free of injurious amounts of deleterious substances complying with ASTM C-33. Use potable water. C. Reinforcement: Welded wire fabric with the addition of deformed reinforcing bars ' according to design criteria. Use galvanized deformed bars with one inch and less clearance to an exterior face. D. Mechanical, electrical, special equipment and anchors, metal jambs and related items for work of other trades, if required, are supplied to manufacturer for casting into units by ' appropriate supplier under this Contract. E. Anchorage devices, weld plates, inserts, wood nailers and lifting handles as furnished and 1 securely embedded by manufacturer. 2.02 PHYSICAL QUALITIES A. Concrete Mix: Design to have minimum compression strength of 5000 psi at 28 days when tested in 6" x 12" cylinders complying with ASTM C-39 latest revision. B. Absorption: Not to exceed 5% maximum when tested complying with ASTM C-97 latest revision. C. Water Cement Ratio: Not to exceed 5 gallons per sack of cement. D. If mix designs with known test histories are used and semi -automatic hatching equipment is employed, only certification of compliance to above is required. If test reports are requested by architect, same paid for by Owner. E. Unit Tolerances: Veteran's Park Renovation • 03450-2 1. Warpage: Not to exceed 1/8" per 6'-0" length of panel. 2. Squareness: No panel more than 1/8" in 6 feet off square. ' 3. Location of Anchors and Inserts: Locate plus or minus 3/8" from center line of location required. 4. Blackouts and Reinforcing. Locate within plus or minus 1/4" of positions required. F. Reinforcing and connections shown on Drawings are adequate for normal temperature and building stresses. Manufacturer is responsible for additional reinforcing and connections necessary for fabrication, transportation, and erection stresses. 2.03 FINISH ' A. Exposed Exterior Cap: Color and texture to be similar to cut limestone. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ' A. If installation is not performed by manufacturer, Contractor assumes full responsibility for the work. Employ skilled supervisors and workmen experienced in this type work. ' B. Handle units in a nearly vertical plane at all times. Stack vertically and lean against proper supports until used, unless otherwise approved by manufacturer. C. Center in their allotted space according to approved Shop Drawings and securely bolt or ' weld as required. D. Protect units from staining during installation and after installation. ' E. Caulk joints complying with caulking specifications and details. IF. After work is completed, repair damaged architectural precast concrete products to satisfaction of Architect, and then wash down and clean entire surface with soap and clear water, preferably from a hose. I END OF SECTION 03450 I IVeteran's Park Renovation 03450-3 f1 I I I I I I I I E I I I I DIVISION 4 MASONRY I I SECTION 04200 STONE WORK PART 1- GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish labor, tools, scaffolding, and required equipment, and materials 'for masonry construction specified and required to provide high quality masonry workmanship. B. Substitutions: 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT I propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. ' 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. I 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workmen: 1. For actual cutting and placing of masonry units, use skilled journeyman masons thoroughly experienced with materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with design requirements. 2. Have one skilled journeyman mason present at all times during execution of work of this Section who shall personally direct and execute this portion of the Work. I 1.04 SAMPLE PANELS A. Erect one sample panel for each of the following masonry materials required for this project: 1. Stone Materials ' B. Each sample panel is to be 2' long by 2' high. Use full size units to show color range, Veteran's Park Renovation 04200-1 C texture, bond, profile ofjoints, and workmanship. After approval, panel will be the standard for minimum workmanship requirements. Do not remove panel until authorized by Architect. Stone is to match type, quality and construction at existing pavillion on site. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MORTAR FOR STONE WORK A. Classification by Volume Measurements: Unless otherwise approved by Architect, conform to ASTM C 270 - 89 (or latest version), Table 1, for Cement -lime Mortar. B. Basic Requirements: Conform to ASTM C 270 for materials, aggregate, and water and for storage, measurement, and mixing. Weights per cubic foot of materials in mortar are considered as follows: IL/_r 121-30 I WEIGHT PER CUBIC FOOT 1. Portland Cement 94 lb. 2. Sand: damp and loose 1 cu. ft. contains 80 lbs. dry sand 3. Hydrated Lime 40 lb. C. Portland Cement: Type I or Type II conforming to ASTM C .150. D. Sand: Clean sharp granules, free from loam, acids, alkalies, soluble salts, clay, or organic matter, conforming to ASTM C 144. E. Quicklime for Lime Putty: Conform to ASTM C 5 with lime slaked and putty prepared in accordance with ASTM. C 270. If hydrated lime is used conform to ASTM C 207, Type S. I I I II [i I L' II F. Mortar for Laying Exterior Masonry: Waterproofed with Sonneborn "Hydrocide", Horn "Hydratite Liquid", Lambert "Mortartite", or approved equal, measured and mixed into mortar complying with manufacturer's directions. G. Composed of 1 part non -staining cement to 3 parts sand with 1/5 part hydrated lime, based on volume of cement used. Pointing mortar composed of 1 part non -staining cement to not more than 2 parts white sand having sufficient hydrated lime added to make as stiff a mixture as can be •worked. Grout for stonework composed of 1 part non -staining cement to not more than I- 1/2 parts fine white sand, mixed in small quantities of as thick a consistency as can be worked into the joints. Stir grout vigorously until used. Mortar is to match mortar at existing pavillion building. Provide Architect with sample prior construction. ' 2.03 FIELD STONE A. Provide dark natural colored, weathered field stone. Furnish stone of assorted sizes, ' approximately 6" thick for veneer wall and not more than 13" thick for solid wall construction. Stone face dimensions requirements are not less than 4" x 6" and not more Veteran's Park Renovation 04200-2 I [I I I than 14" x 18". Provide samples for approval by Architect prior to delivery. Stone is to match stone at existing pavillion on site. 2.04 FLEXIBLE FLASHING A. Provide Nervastral "Seal-Pruf", Type H -D, 20 mil flexible in -wall and through -wall flashing by Rubber & Plastics Compound Co., Inc., or approved equal. Use mastic for bonding flashing to structure and for sealing joints using cold -setting cement or adhesive type recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2.05 METAL ACCESSORIES A. Provide DW- 10 series by Hohman & Barnard or D/A 213 with wire pintle by Dur-O-Wal for anchorage of stone facing. Anchor securely through sheathing into studs using cadmi- um plated, hot dipped galvanized, or composite zinc and polymer coated screws. Vertical spacing not to exceed 16" o.c.. Horizontal spacing to match spacing of studs. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLING FLEXIBLE FLASHING IA. Lap material at joints minimum 6" and tightly seal with mastic. It is not necessary to embed flashing in full coat of mastic. Spot bonding of mastic equal to 25% of the flashing area applied at 12 inch intervals is acceptable. Apply mastic by trowel at rate of 50 square feet per gallon unless otherwise shown on the container. ' 3.03 BUILT-IN ITEMS A. Build in wood blocks, strips, wedges, frames, loose lintels, miscellaneous iron and other items furnished by other subcontractors and which may be required for properly securing ' their work. ' 3.03 FREEZING WEATHER A. Do not lay masonry when outside air temperature is below 40 degrees F., unless suitable ' means are provided to heat masonry materials and to protect completed work from freezing for at least 48 hours. 3.04 CLEANING PREMISES A. Mason Contractor: Remove rubbish and building materials left over from operations under his charge, whenever directed by General Constructor. Premises must be left clear and clean. When buildings are completed, completely remove mortar droppings. 3.05 LAYING FIELD STONE A. Lay field stone facing and solid walls uncoursed in random sizes with full mortar joints and ' back parged or slushed with waterproof mortar to obtain a solid masonry wall. Rake I Veteran's Park Renovation 04200-3 I mortar joints out 3/4" to 1" deep from face to stone. Anchor stone facing to backing using one tie for each square foot of facing area, with ties spaced not more than 16" apart around perimeter of openings. Provide metal ties using galvanized "Z" wire ties or galvanized adjustable wire ties made for tying stone to backing. Lay variable thickness exterior masonry walls using back concealed in -fill. 3.06 CLEANING STONE WORK A. Clean exposed faces of stone work as stone is set and again after completion. Clean stone with stiff fiber brushes and soap powder solution, rubbing surface vigorously and then rinsing thoroughly with clean water. For surface stains, use of sand and brushes or related abrasives will only be permissible insofar as the finish of the stone is not changed. 3.07 MORTAR MIXING A. Mix complying with manufacturer's instructions. Mix in batches for work immediately on hand. Measure by known capacity volume using barrow, buggy, manufacturer's packages, or related containers or by using approved batching device so specified proportions are consistently maintained. Do not use material that has partially set; been retempered, or used, frozen, caked, or become lumpy. Mix mortar with proper water amount for minimum of 3 minutes to desired consistency in batch mixer. No anti -freeze compound admixtures permitted. Use mortar of as wet a consistency as can conveniently be handled. Do not use mortar which has greatly stiffened and in which cementing material has started to set. Do not retemper mortar. 3.08 SEALING OF FINISHED STONE WORK I L U I I A. All exterior stone work shall be waterproofed with Sureklean " Weather Seal Siloxane sealer as manufactured by Prosco, Inc. END OF SECTION 04200 I I L I L C Veteran's Park Renovation 04200-4 I I I I L 1l .1 I [1 I I I I I H DIVISION 5 METALS SEE DRAWINGS FOR ITEMS IN THIS SECTION I L I I n I I n I I] I I I I I I I I DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTIC I II I I I I 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Form Lumber: Section 03100 B. Architectural Woodwork: Section 06400 ' 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Material Grading: Identify hardboard, particleboard, lumber, and plywood by affixing grademark, stamp, or related identifying marks indicating material grades, rules or standards under which they are produced, and complying with rule or standard under which the material is produced. Use certified inspection agency certified by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee, to grade lumber species. Apply association grademark for moldings and millwork to each bundle in bundled stock. In lieu ' of piece grademarking, a certificate of inspection from an agency certified by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standards Committee may be furnished for precut lumber. ' Applicable grading rules are as follows: 1. Douglas Fir, White Fir, and Cedar: "Standard Grading and Dressing Rules for ' West Coast Lumber" as published by the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 2. Ponderosa and Western White Pine: "Grading Rules for Western Lumber", published by the Western Wood Products Association. ' 3. Southern Yellow Pine: "Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber" as published by the Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. Redwood: "Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber" ' as published by Redwood Inspection Service. B. Plywood: Conform to U. S. Product Standard PS I issued by the National Bureau of Standards. Stamp or brand each standard size panel to show type and grade of panel. When used structurally, plywood to meet performance standards for its type as described in Product Standard PS I for Douglas Fir plywood. Furnish material identified as to species, grade, and glue type by an approved agency or independent testing laboratory with appropriate affixed grade -marks on each panel. Provide in addition to above requirements, cedar exterior type plywood for permanently exposed plywood in outdoor applications. C. Qualifications of Workmen: Provide sufficient skilled workmen and carpenter foreman present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, thoroughly familiar with ' Veteran's Park Renovation 06100-1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Includes: Provide rough carpentry, and installation of items specified in other Sections, normally installed by carpenters. In general, this work includes concealed framing, studs, blocking, backing, furring, braces, stripping, cants, grounds, and nailers. type construction involved, materials and techniques specified. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Store materials to ensure proper ventilation and drainage. Protect against damage and weather. 2. Deliver materials to job site and store, in safe area, out of the way of traffic, and shored off ground surface. 3. Identify framing lumber as to grades and store grades separately. 4. Protect metal products with adequate weatherproof outer wrappings. 5. Use extreme care in off-loading lumber to prevent damage, splitting, and breaking materials. B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary to approval of Architect at Contractor's expense. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER C C I I A. Provide lumber for structural carpentry using following species provided grade for each is ' not lower than minimum shown: Cedar, Western Red, & Incense - WCLIB Rules No. 2 Fir, Douglas - WCLIB Rules Standard Fir, White - WCLIB Rules Standard Pine, Western White - WWPA Rules Standard Pine, Southern Yellow - SPIB Rules (KID) No. 2 Common Redwood - RIS Rules Construction Heart B. Lumber (except where otherwise noted): Surfaced 4 sides unless, in addition to being dressed, it has been notched, shiplapped, or patterned. C. Lumber Dimensions: Are nominal. 2.02 ROOF FRAMING LUMBER A. Stressed Members in Bending (for roof framing): 1500 fb and 1,600,000E stress -grade ' lumber, using following species and not lower than grade shown: 1. Southern Yellow Pine - #2 K.D. ' 2. Douglas Fir or Western Hemlock - Construction Grade 2.03 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER A. Designated on Drawings*as "WP Treated". Pressure treat, concealed wood including ' Veteran's Park Renovation 06100-2 I lumber, grounds, nailers, blocking, backing, rough framing, and lumber in contact with the ground, in contact with concrete or masonry within 24" of the ground, installed on or above roof deck, and as required, complying with published Standards of the American Wood Preserver's Association and as follows: I I [:1 I E 1. Pressure treat with water -borne preservatives complying with AWPB-LP-2 in a closed cylinder using vacuum -pressure process to a net dry retention of 0.35 lbs. per cu. ft., minimum. 2. Use paintable type preservative formulated for treating lumber to be painted or lumber which will come in contact with finish materials. 3. Kiln dry lumber to 19% maximum moisture content after treatment. Kiln dry plywood to 15% maximum moisture content after treatment. Kiln dry lumber used for trim and millwork to range of 8% to 12% moisture content after treatment. Brush two coats of same preservative used in treatment, to end cuts, holes, notches and splits. 4. Label each piece of pressure treated lumber and plywood with the quality control mark of the American Wood Preservers Bureau showing compliance with 1 2.04 PLYWOOD I1 I I I I appropriate standard. A. Plywood (not otherwise specified or noted on the Drawings): Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine panels, C -D grade for concealed applications and A -C grade for exposed applications, meeting U.S. Product Standard PS I. B. Plywood (sheathing and subflooring): Douglas Fir Plywood, Standard Grade with exterior glue, meeting U.S. Product Standard PS 1. Furnish plywood for underlayment using Underlayment Grade with exterior glue. 2.05 HARDWARE A. Provide rough hardware required for proper installation of carpentry work. Furnish hot - dipped galvanized, nails, spikes, screws, bolts, and similar items using proper types and ample sizes to fasten and hold the various members securely in place. ' 2.06 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation using new material, suitable for the intended use, and subject to approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP ' A. Carpentry: Produce joints true, tight, and well nailed. Lay out, install and fit wood framing, furring, stripping, and blocking as required by conditions encountered. f1 Veteran's Park Renovation 06100-3 I. I B. All Work: Plumb, level, and brace with sufficient nails, spikes, and bolts required to ensure secure attachment and rigidity. C. Any piece of work or carpentry material with defects that prevent it from serving its intended purpose satisfactorily, including crooked, warped, bowed, or otherwise defective material, even if within the limits of grade specified, will be rejected. Replace with an acceptable piece. 3.02 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES AND PROTECTION ' A. Provide temporary enclosures at door, window, and related openings in exterior walls, as 1 necessitated by weather and adverse conditions. Maintain enclosures in good repair and remove when no longer needed. Protect door and window frames. 3.03 STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Sole Plates: Single 2" thick members for walls and partitions. B. Studs (unless otherwise called for): 2 x 4's spaced 16" maximum o.c., doubled at sides and heads of openings, tripled at corners and placed to provide end nailing for sheathing. Toenail studs to sole plates with two 8d nails on each face side of each stud. Lay out studs so one occurs at each joint in plywood paneling and gypsum board. C. Top Plates: Double 2" thick members for walls and partitions. D. Provide plates of same width as studs to form continuous horizontal ties. Provide suitable ' splice plates at ends of sole plates, securely nailed in place. Nail lower members of top plates to studs and corner posts with two 16d nails at each stud and post. Nail upper and lower members of top plates together with 10d nails spaced 16" o.c. Use two l0d nails at ends of upper members, and arranged so no joint in an upper member occurs over joint in lower member. Provide trusses and lintels over openings in walls and bearing partitions. Splices in plates not permitted over openings where a plate forms part of lintel. E. Provide one row of horizontal blocking between studs, near mid -height of wall. Furnish blocking of same width as studs. F. Anchor plates and sills of interior partitions to concrete slab with "Ramset", or approved equal, power -driven drive pins. Use No. 3330 drive pins. Set drive pins not less than 2" from edge of concrete. Spacing of drive pins not to exceed 4 feet on centers with drive pins at ends of all sections of plate. 3.04 ROOF FRAMING A. Use roof anchors to anchor roof trusses to top plates. Provide anchors using approved design and made of 18 gauge zinc coated metal. Fasten each anchor in place with nails made especially for that purpose by anchor manufacturer, using one nail at each nail -hold provided. Use one anchor.at each end of truss involved. Veteran's Park Renovation 06100-4 I B. Roof Trusses: I I 1 I I I I Li 1 3.05 I I I I I I I I 1. Provide "plate" type trusses constructed with precut and carefully fitted members assembled to ensure uniformity. Construct trusses true to line and dimensions, within 1/4" tolerance for length and 1/8" for height. 2. Design trusses to meet design requirement set forth on the Roof and Roof Framing Plan requirements. Base computations on net sizes of American Lumber Standards for dressed lumber corresponding to the given nominal sizes which are the minimum permissible. Select each piece for suitability and cut to avoid large and unsound knots at connections. 3. Provide joint connections and interior bracing for roof trusses as required for approved, engineering designed truss systems by Hydro -Air; Gangnails, Inc.; Viking Connectors, Inc.; or Sanford Truss, Inc., or approved equal. 4. Submit truss design data, complying with design requirements for approval by Architect prior to starting truss fabrication. 5. Erect trusses in position, perpendicular to wall plates. Straighten by nailing temporary spacers to top and bottom chords before application of roof sheathing. 6. Contractor shall provide bracing for truss chords and web members as required by the truss fabricator. System is not stable until sheathing and permanent bracing are installed. 7. Number 3 grade lumber will not be allowed for chords or tension web members. 8. Minimum truss plate size shall be 3" x 5" or 4" x 4" each side of truss at all joints. 9. Minimum contact areas for truss plates shall be 3.75 square inches on each member at all joints, each side of truss. PLYWOOD INSTALLATION A. Roof Sheathing: Apply with surface grain at right angles to supports. Support end joints of sheets on bearings and stagger, with alternate courses in line. Provide edge blocking or suitable edge support. Fasten plywood in place with 8d nails spaced 6" o.c. at edge and end supports and 12" o.c. at intermediate supports. B. Sub -flooring: Apply with face grain at right angles to supports with edges 1/8 inch apart at side joints and 1/16 inch apart at end joints, and nail at supported edges 6 inches on center and at intermediate supports 10" o.c. Provide 1/4" clearance at walls. Install each panel with end joints occurring over supports and end joints staggered. C. Underlayment: Apply with edges 1/32" apart at joints, nailed 6" o.c. at edges and 8" o.c. throughout remainder of panel. Nail at edges 3/8" from edges. Provide 1/4" clearance at walls. Do not locate underlayment joints directly over parallel joints of subflooring. Plywood combination subfloor-underlayment may be used in lieu of separate layers. if used, install as specified for plywood subfloor, except make all joints occur over supports unless tongued and grooved edges are used. Lightly sand any surface roughness at nail heads or joints to blend with the undisturbed surface. END OF SECTION 06100 Veteran's Park Renovation 06100-5 I I I II I I I I I I I 11 I I [l I DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION I SECTION 07200 INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install vapor barrier and roof insulation, rigid wall insulation, batt and blanket insulation, and other insulation and related items specified. iB. Substitutions: I1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. ' 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Deliver materials to job site and store in safe dry place with labels intact and legible at time of installation. 2. Protect building insulation materials before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary to approval of Architect and at Contractor's expense. 1.03 REFERENCES a I I I Concealed Installations: Flame Spread rating of not more than 75 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Exposed Installations: Flame Spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Veteran's Park Renovation 07200-1 I PART 2- PRODUCTS 1 2.01 RIGID WALL AND PERIMETER INSULATION BOARD A. Provide "Styrofoam" extruded polystyrene insulation board by Dow Chemical, or approved equal. B. Where indicated as "Perimeter Insulation", provide "Square Edge", 24" wide by 1" thick material unless noted otherwise on drawings. C. Provide vinyl "J" Channel edge protector strip at perimeter insulation as manufactured by Retro-Tek Accessories and distributed by Darragh Sales, 1-800-489-2112, or approved equal. . D. Adhesive for bonding insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation or mechanical anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging or corroding either insulation, anchors, or substrates. E. Adhesively attached pin anchors: Perforated plate, 2 inches square, welded to projecting pin, with self-locking washer, complying with the following requirements: 1. Plate: Zinc -plated steel, 0.106 inch thick. 2. Pin: Copper -coated low carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106 inches in diameter, length to suit depth of insulation indicated and, with washer in place, to hold insulation tightly to substrate behind insulation. F. Self-locking washer: Mild steel, 0.016 inch thick, size as required to hold insulation securely. 2.02 BATT INSULATION A. Material: Glass or mineral fiber type bearing the U.L. Classification marking as to fire resistance conforming to Federal Specification HH-I-52 IF, and ASTM C-665 for Kraft Faced, Type II, Class C material. B. Features: Provide insulation material with face flanges wide enough to lap onto framing at each edge avoiding air borne water vapor leakage. Material must be moisture repellent and resistant to vermin and decay. Manufacture material to guard against delamination or separation from membrane facings and to resist damage during handling and installation. 2.03 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION A. In partitions, provide unfaced Owens-Corning "Sound Attenuation Batt Insulation", or ap- proved equal complying with ASTM C 665, Type I and ASTM E 136. Flame spread rating shall not exceed 25 and smoke developed shall not exceed 50 when tested complying with ASTM E 84. ' Veteran's Park Renovation - 07200-2 II 2.04 OTHER MATERIALS ' A. Provide materials including fasteners and retainers, not specifically described but required ' for complete and proper installation of building insulation, selected by Contractor subject to approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. ' B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are fully resolved. 3.02 INSTALLING BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION A. After piping and wiring is in place, install and support blanket and batt insulation in position required, and coordinate with framing. B. Remove insulation torn, displaced, water soaked, and damaged. Replace with new material. 1 3.03 INSTALLING RIGID WALL AND PERIMETER INSULATION A. On units of plastic insulation, install small pads of adhesive spaced approximately 1'-0" o.c. both ways on inside face, as recommended by manufacturer. Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. Tape all butt joints, horizontal and vertical, with minimum 2" wide "Duct Tape". B. Supplement adhesive attachment of insulation by securing boards with two-piece wall ties designed for this purpose. ' 3.06 INSTALLING OTHER INSULATION A. Install materials not specifically set forth above in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ' END OF SECTION 07200 I I Veteran's Park Renovation 07200-3 SECTION 07315 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1- GENERAL Provide fiberglass reinforced asphalt shingles specified and required for proper completion Reference Documents: Reference in this Section to Codes, Federal Specifications, ASTM Standards, Association or Industry Specifications, and published standards, refer to the latest edition or publication of each standard. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT: request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if a performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. Guarantee shingle roofing, in writing by the roofing contractor against leaks due to defects in material or workmanship for 10 year period after acceptance. Furnish written materials guarantee from the manufacturer which warrants shingles for 25 year period. Applicator: Have competent, qualified foreman present and in charge at all times while work under this Section is being performed. Verify measurements in the field. Coordinate work with other trades to ensure proper installation. 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent work and building walls from disfiguration while performing this roofing work. B. Repair work and building walls damaged or disfigured due to performance of roofing work, at Contractor's expense. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SHINGLES AND RELATED MATERIALS A. Provide "Wood Line", fiberglass Class A asphalt roof shingles from the Timberline Series as manufactured by GAF Building Materials Corporation, or approved equal. Provide GAF "Weather Watch" ice and water dam underlayment at all valleys and 18" from roof edge. Provide GAF "Timbertex" hip and ridge shingles, or approved equal. Install asphalt roofing shingles over two (2) layers of 30 lb. roofing felt. Meet latest published standards of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "Class A" fire and casualty hazard. Class A labels attached to shingles, or sealed packages, or listings/certificates issued by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., is acceptable evidence of compliance. Factory apply self-sealing adhe- sive on underside of shingles which will bind them down after exposure to normal. sunlight. Provide metal edge at shingle/gutter transition. Color selected by Architect to match color and texture of adjacent pavillion building. B. Contractor to field verify color and texture of existing shingles at adjacent pavillion. Provide sample of shingle to Architect to verify shingle matches color and texture of existing, adjacent pavillion building. C. Plastic Cement: Conform to Federal Specification SS -C-153, Type I, mixed to proper consistency at the factory, and delivered in sealed containers. D. Nails: Hot -dipped galvanized steel, or aluminum, large -head roofing nails of proper length to hold shingles. Staples will not be allowed. E. Asphalt Saturated Felt: Conform to Federal Specification HH-F-191a, Type 1 No. 30 weight. F. Eave Flashing: Galvanized steel flashing strip. Submit sample for approval. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Before applying roofing, check all areas for proper drainage of roof. B. Examine buildings and promptly notify Architect in writing if any conditions exist that will prevent proper performance and satisfactory completion of roofing work. Veteran's Park Renovation . 07315-2 I I I I I I I I I I C. If work is begun without notification of unsuitable conditions, it is construed as 1 acceptance of existing conditions and as waiver of all claims or questions as to suitability of areas for receiving this work. ' D. Remove existing roofing material completely to the roof deck. Examine condition of existing deck for suitability for receiving new roofing materials. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions and do not install new roofing until Architect has inspected the ' existing roof deck. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Pattern of Coursing: Staggered. B. Install shingles with true horizontal and vertical lines not more than 5 inches exposure and not less than 2 inch headlap. C. Securely seal each tab of strip shingles to the undercourse by means of the factory applied adhesive. Nail shingles 1/2" to 3/4" above each cutout and I" from each edge of shingles ' with nails which penetrate the sheathing. I I I !1 L I I I I END OF SECTION 07315 IVeteran's Park Renovation 07315-3 U SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install metal flashing and sheet metal work specified. B. Substitutions: 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by ' manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality ' standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be ' submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. ' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Asphalt Shingles: Section 07315 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Job Supervision: Applicator of work in this Section to furnish competent, qualified foreman present and in charge at all times work is performed. ' B. Applicable Standard: Refer to The "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual", latest revision, of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. Use as applicable standard for method and quality of work under this Section where not ' specifically otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. Manufacturer to provide trained metal craftsmen to supervise installation. IC. Guaranty: Guaranty sheet metal work installed under this Section against leakage or defects for 2 years after substantial completion date. Make good at Contractor expense leakage or defects occurring within this period. PART2-PRODUCTS ' 2.01 SHEET METAL I Veteran's Park Renovation 07600-1 I A. Galvalume Sheet Steel: Aluminum -zinc alloy coating AZ55, meeting ASTM A792. Keep Galvalume dry during transit, in storage, and at work site. At locations where flashing is visible from outside building, finish to be Kynar 500 based polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) coating, 70% resin formulation in color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. Provide mill finish at locations not visible from outside building. B. G-90 Galvanized Sheet Metal: Conform to ASTM A525 General Requirements and to ASTM A526, Commercial Quality for hot -dip galvanizing process. Zinc coating weight 1 not less than 1-1/4 ounces per square foofnor more than 1-1/2 ounces per square foot of surfaces covered and conforming to ASTM A90, Table X1. 1, measurement. At locations ' where flashing is visible from outside building, finish to be Kynar 500 based polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) coating, 70% resin formulation in color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. Provide mill finish at locations not visible from outside , building. . C. Aluminum Sheet: Provide 3003-0 alloy for flashings. For all other sheet metal work ' furnish 3003-14 alloy. 1. Factory finish with oven cured Kynar 500 based polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) coating, 70% resin formulation in color to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. 2. Clear Anodic Coating, Class 1: AAM10C22A41 clear anodized coating complying with AAMA 607.1, 0.7 mil thick minimum. 3. Color Anodic Coating, Class 1: AAMl0C22A44 (medium bronze) (dark bronze) (black) coating electrolytically deposited complying with AAMA 606.1, 0.7 mil ' thick minimum. D. Copper Sheet: Cold -rolled, conforming to ASTM B 370. Use 16 oz. weight unless otherwise shown on Contract Drawings. E. Terne Metal Items: Form from Type 1X, 28 -gauge "Terne metal", prime copper -bearing steel, coated with uniform 40 pounds per 100 sq. ft. lead/tin alloy coating, by Follansbee Steel Corporation, or approved equal. Mill apply shop coat of red iron oxide or approved equal to underside of sheets. Apply linseed oil paint before roof application. F. Soft Temper Sheet Metal: Lead sheet, F.S. QQ-L-201, Grade B, 4 lb. per sq. ft. G. Gauge of Metal: Furnish 24 gauge (USS .025") minimum for all metal components of a roof assembly except scuppers, guttering, downspouts and splash pans which shall be 22 gauge (USS .0312") minimum unless heavier guages are called for in SMACNA Manual 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: All metal counter flashing and parapet cap flashing shall be attached with galvanized or cadmium plated screws with neoprene washers. Nails, screws and rivets used at other locations are to be the appropriate type for the. purpose as described in the SMACNA Design Manual. I I I I I I I Veteran's Park Renovation 07600-2 ' n B. Solder for Lead: ASTM B 32, 50% tin and 50% lead used with rosin flux. C. Roofing Cement: F.S. SS -C-153, Type I, Class A (summer grade) or Class B (winter grade) as applicable. ' D. Bitumastic Coating: F.S. TT -C-494, MIL -C-18480, or SSPC - Paint 12, cold applied solvent type bitumastic coating for application in dry film thickness of 15 mils per coat. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal flashings, counterfiashings, trim and related items to comply with profiles and sizes required. Fabricate to comply with "SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal ' Manual", metal manufacturer's recommendations, and recognized industry practices. B. For continuous running work, fabricate with expansion joints in flashings, spaced sufficiently close to prevent flashing damage and failure in resistance to water penetration. Form flashing to fit substrate in each application. IC. Where sheet metal is required and no material or gauge is indicated on the Drawings, furnish and install highest quality and gauge commensurate with the referenced applicable standard, (SMACNA Manual). 2.04 OTHER MATERIALS ' A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of flashing and sheet metal, of new materials, first quality of their respective ' kinds, and subject to approval of Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. ' B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with sheet metal installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are resolved. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. General: Form sheet metal accurately to dimensions and shapes required, watertight and ' weathertight, with angles and broken surfaces true, sharp, and in straight lines. Where intercepting other members, cope to an accurate fit and solder securely. Produce flat surfaces free from waves and buckles. ' B. Expansion: Form, fabricate, and install sheet metal to adequately provide for expansion and contraction in finished work. Provide joint covers in copings, cap flashing, and fascias not more than 12 feet o.c. IVeteran's Park Renovation 07600-3 t 3.03 SOLDERING A. General: 1. Thoroughly clean and tin joint materials prior to soldering. 2. Perform soldering slowly with well heated copper in order to heat seams thoroughly and to completely fill them with solder. 3. Make exposed soldering neat, full flowing, and smooth. Do not use solder where ' dependence upon its strength is a factor. B. Cleaning: After soldering, thoroughly wash acid flux with soda solution. 3.04 DISSIMILAR CONTACTS A. Paint metal in contact with mortar, concrete, and masonry materials with an alkali- , resistant coating. Use heavy -bodied bituminous paint or approved equal. 3.05 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS ' A. Provide accessories for complete installation including end pieces, caps, elbows, outlet tubes, and basket type strainers. B. Space gutter hangers and braces not more than 36" apart and secure with screws, bolts or approved clips. Slope gutters to drain.!" in 20 feet. C. Lap hanging gutter joints 1" in direction of flow. Seal watertight, and secure with 1/8" rivets, or join sections with flat locked soldered seams. D. Make leaders (downspouts) with 1-1/2" telescoped joints or full length without joints. Set ' leaders plumb, clear of walls. Secure with straps not over 6 feet apart and space so one is near top and another near bottom. END OF SECTION 07600 I I Veteran's Park Renovation 07600-4 1 ET SECTION 07900 ' JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Work Included: Furnish labor, materials, tools, and equipment required to completely close (with caulking compound or sealant) all joints to give a finished appearance. Items to ' be caulked or sealed include but are not limited to the following: 1. Hollow metal frames. ' 2. Exterior doors, louvers, windows and any other openings in exterior walls. 3. Interior fixed glass. 4. Penetrations of floors and walls, including sound rated walls and non -sound rated ' walls by piping, conduit and similar items. 5. Plumbing fixtures. 6. Millwork. ' 7. Flooring, paving and sidewalk joints. 8. Dissimilar finishes. 9. Joints shown on drawings or specified to be caulked or sealed. B. Substitutions: I 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be ' substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DON T request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. ' 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Qualifications of Applicators: Use workmen thoroughly skilled and specially trained in techniques of caulking, and completely familiar with manufacturer's published recommendations for caulking material used. B. Rejection of Installed Caulking: Lack of skill by caulking installers is sufficient ground for ' Architect to reject installed caulking and to require its removal and complete recaulking at Contractor's expense. I Veteran's Park Renovation I C. Guarantee: Guarantee caulking materials and workmanship, in writing for 2 years after substantial completion date. Repair at Contractors expense any defects developing within guarantee period. D. At General Contractor's option, caulking and waterproofing work may be performed by a waterproofing subcontractor with guarantee furnished by that subcontractor, or General Contractor may enter into subcontract agreements for caulking and waterproofing wherein responsibility is delegated to the related subcontract work. In case of divided respon- sibility, General Contractor responsible for furnishing the guarantee. In either case, perform the work in accordance with this Section of specifications. E. Submit manufacturer's product data sheets and color selection information for every brand and type of sealant, caulk and accessory item proposed for use on this project. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Protect caulking materials before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at Contractor's expense. B. Storage: Store caulking materials and equipment under conditions recommended by manufacturer. Do not use materials stored for period of time exceeding maximum recommended material shelf -life. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Carefully inspect installed work of trades and verify work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Discrepancies:, Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are fully resolved. C. Do not install sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are not within manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Install sealants only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper care and development of high early bond strength. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS FOR CAULKING AND SEALING I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I I A. Select caulking materials for specific locations complying with manufacturers recommendations. Provide caulking, sealant and accessory items in color(s) selected to match adjacent materials or as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. B. Silicone Sealant: Single component, non -sag, gun grade product meeting ASTM C920, , Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. I Veteran's Park Renovation 07900-2 I I I I I I I I Li I I I I 1. Silicone Sealant 790/791/795 by Dow -Corning Corp. 2. Sonolastic-OmniPlus by Sonnebom. 3. Approved equal. C. Mildew -Resistant Silicone Sealant: Single component, non -sag, gun grade product meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. Silicone Sealant 786 by Dow -Corning Corp. 2. Sanitary 1700 by G.E. 3. Approved equal. D. Polyurethane Sealant (for vertical surfaces): Single component, non -sag, gun grade product meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. 1. NP -1 by Sonnebom. 2. Vulkem 921 by Mameco. 3. Dynatrol I by Pecora. 4. Dymonic by Tremco. 5. QSC-102 by Carlisle. 6. Approved equal. E. Polyurethane Sealant (for horizontal surfaces): Single component, non -priming, self leveling, pourable grade product meeting ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25. 1. SL -1 by Sonnebom. 2. Vulkem 45 by Mameco. 3. NR -201 by Pecora. 4. . THC-901 by Tremco. 5. QSC-131 by Carlisle. 6. Approved equal. F. Acrylic Latex Caulk (interior only): General purpose, gun grade, nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C834. 1. Sonolac by Sonnoborn. 2. AC -20 + Silicone by Pecora. 3. Acrylic Latex by Tremco. 4. Approved equal. 2.02 SEALANT BACKER RODS ' A. Sealant Backer Rod for general use except at floor and deck joints: Sonofoam-OC by Sonnoborn, or approved equal open cell type as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility with sealant. B. Sealant Backer Rod for use at floor and deck joints: Sonofoam-CC by Sonnoborn, or approve equal closed cell type as recommended by sealant manufacturer for compatibility ' with sealant. ' Veteran's Park Renovation 07900-3 I C. Provide rod sized and shaped to control joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side, and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. . 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Joint Cleaner Compound: Use type recommended by sealant and caulking compound manufacturer for joint surfaces to be cleaned. B. Joint Primer/Sealer: Use type recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to ' be primed or sealed. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Use polyethylene tape or plastic tape recommended by sealant ' manufacturer. Apply to sealant -contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. Provide self-adhesive tape wherever possible and applicable. D. Bituminous Joint Filler: Provide resilient and non -extruding ttype premolded bituminous composition of organic fiber or granulated cork, between 2 bituminous felt liners, complying with ASTM D 944 or D 1751, AASHTO M 33 or M 213, and (if fiber type) FS HH-F-341, Type III. , 2.04 GENERAL APPLICATION GUIDE A. Interior caulking, except joints with ceramic tile, metal, glass and aluminum: Acrylic Latex Caulk. B. Interior and Exterior joints with metal, glass and aluminum: Silicone sealant. , C. Joints with ceramic tile and plumbing fixtures: Mildew resistant Silicone sealant. ' D. Horizontal building and paving joints: Polyurethane sealant. E. Vertical building joints: Polyurethane sealant. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.01 CHOICE OF CAULKING MATERIAL A. Use sealant and caulking materials best suited to the installation and recommended by caulking material manufacturer. , 3.02 INSPECTION A. Installer must examine substrates, (joint surfaces) and conditions under which joint sealer , work is to be performed. Do not proceed with joint sealer work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. I. Veteran's Park Renovation 07900-4 ' ' 3.03 JOINT PREPARATION A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of gaskets, sealants and caulking compounds. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and substrates which could interfere with gasket seal and bond of sealant or caulking compound. ' B. Prime or seal joint surfaces where required, and when recommended by sealant manufacturer. Confine primer/sealer to areas of sealant bond. Do not allow spillage and migration onto adjoining surfaces. ' 3.04 INSTALLATION IA. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions except when more stringent requirements are specified, and except when manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise. ' B. Set joint filler units at depth and position in joint as required to coordinate with other work, including installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between ends ofjoint filler units. C. Install sealant backer rod except when required to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for application required. ' D. Install bond breaker tape when required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure liquid -applied sealants will perform as intended. E. Employ proven installation techniques, which ensure sealants are deposited in uniform, ' continuous ribbon without gaps or air pockets, and with complete "wetting" ofjoint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise required, fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints occur between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so joint will not trap moisture and dirt. F. Install liquid -applied sealant to depths required and as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, (measured at center, thin section of beads; (not applicable to sealants in lapped joint): 1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints subject to pedestrian traffic and related abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to depth equal to 75% ofjoint width, ' but never more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. 2. For normal moving joints not subject to traffic, fill joints to depth equal to 50% of joint width, but never more than 1/2" deep nor less than 1/4" deep. G. Spillage: Do not allow sealants and compounds to overflow from joint confines or to spill ' onto adjoining work, or to migrate into voids of exposed finished. Clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage without damaging adjoining surfaces. ' H. Recess edges of exposed joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless otherwise I Veteran's Park Renovation 07900-5 I required, so compressed units will not protrude from joints. I. Acoustical Sealant Application: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. Where sound rated walls and partitions are penetrated by pipe, conduit, duct, etc.; pack annular space with acoustical fiberglass insulation until flush with both faces of wall. Seal both sides and the entire annular space between the penetrating item and the wall board with acoustical sealant. Also, seal at top and bottom edges of acoustical walls and partitions where wall board abutts a horizontal surface. 2. Do not allow any rigid material or connection to bridge the seperation between the acoustical construction and the penetrating item. Upon inspection, if bridging is found to exist, all sealed penetrations may be ordered removed and resealed at Contractor's expense. 3.05 CURE AND PROTECTION I I L I A. Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Cure and protect sealants in manner which will minimize increases in modules of elasticity and accelerated aging effects. END OF SECTION 07900 I I I I [I I I Veteran's Park Renovation . 07900-6 ' Li I I I I I I I I [1 I I I I 11 I I DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS I I I L I I I C I I I SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide metal doors, metal door frames and window frames, not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Hardware: B. Painting: Section 08700 Section 09900 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use skilled workmen thoroughly trained and experienced and completely familiar with specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of work of this Section. B. Codes and Standards: Manufacture labeled doors in strict accordance with specifications and procedures of UnderwritersLaboratories, Inc. Labels must be affixed to rated assemblies. 2. In guarantee and Shop Drawings, apply and use definitions and nomenclature established in American National Standards Institute publication A 123.1 "Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Steel Door Frames." 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals prior to fabrication of metal doors and frames. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating fabrication and installation of steel doors and frames. Include details of each door and frame type, details of construction, location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcements, and details of connections to related work. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. ' D. Substitutions: I Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent I Veteran's Park Renovation 08100-1 MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protection: 1. Deliver, store, and handle metal doors and frames to prevent damage and deterioration. 2. Provide packaging of cardboard or containers, separators, banding, spreaders, and paper wrappings to completely protect metal doors and frames during transportation and storage. 3. Store doors upright, in protected dry area, at least one inch off ground and with at least 1/4" air space between individual pieces. Protect primed and hardware surfaces. 4. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. 5. Avoid use of non -vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation. B. Replacements: Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided finish items are equal in all respects to new work, otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed at Contractor's expense. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Fabricate hollow metal items rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. B. Provide clean cut, straight and true molded members with well -formed and aligned miters. C. Dress exposed weld joints smooth. D. Door Clearances: Maximum 1/8" at jambs and heads, 1/4" at meeting edges of pairs of doors, and 3/4" at bottom from finished floorline. Veteran's Park Renovation 08100-2 I E. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors flush. Seal against water penetration with 'flush steel channel fillers. ' 2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide metal doors and frames by Amweld Building Products, Inc., The Ceco Corp., ' Curries Mfg. Co., Mesker Industries, Inc., Republic Builders Prod. Corp., Steelcraft, Trussbilt, Inc., or approved equal. ' 2.03 FACTORY PREPARATION A. Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware scheduled for hollow metal door and frame ' location in "Hardware" Section of these specifications and in accordance with ANSI Standards A 115-1 through A 115-17. 1 B. Cut, mortise, reinforce, drill, and tap doors and frames at factory, except drill and tap for surface applied hardware at job when hardware is applied. C. Prepare door frames for rubber silencers to be provided with frames. 2.04 SHOP PRIME COAT FOR FIELD FINISHED DOORS AND FRAMES ' A. Clean, treat, and prime exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including ' galvanized surfaces. B. Clean steel surfaces free of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and foreign materials before ' applying paint. C. Apply shop coat of rust -inhibitive prime paint of even consistency to provide uniformly ' finished surface ready to receive finish paint. 2.05 FLUSH TYPE DOORS ' A. Form flush type hollow metal doors with outer sheets of 16 gauge cold rolled steel (except where heavier gauge is required) at exterior doors and 18 gauge cold rolled steel (except ' where heavier gauge is required) at interior doors and with no exposed face seams. Conform to ASTM Designation A 366. ' B. Reinforce doors internally to resist impact and to insure flatness of finished surfaces with steel members welded in place. Apply sound deadening material to metal reinforcing on interior of door to eliminate metallic sound incident to normal door operation. C. Core material at interior doors is to be either water-resistant honeycomb insulation core glued in place, rigid insulation core glued in place or rigid insulation core foamed in place. ' Core material at exterior doors is to be either rigid insulation core glued in place or rigid insulation core foamed in place. 1. Honeycomb Insulation Core (Glued, Interior Only): Crushing strength of not less I Veteran's Park Renovation I 2.11 than 4,000 p.s.f, and with lamination to withstand not less than 1,500 p.s.f. surface shear. 12. Rigid Insulation Core (Glued, Interior or Exterior): Solid mineral insulation, density not less than 20 pound per cubic foot. 3. Rigid Insulation Core (Foamed -in -Place, Interior or Exterior): Nonburning type having compressive strength and shear strength of not less than 20 p.s.i., an insulation to steel bonding strength at least equal to the strength of the insulation, be dimensionally stable within plus or minus 5% volume after 24 -hour exposure to temperatures ranging from minus 15° F. to 200° F., have no voids exceeding 1/2" in any direction, and have density of not less than 1.8 pounds per cubic foot. D. Provide doors complete with glazed panels where required. Glass is specified in Section 08800 - Glazing. E. Louvers: Not less than 20 gauge, with inverted V- or Y-shaped blades, set into 18'gauge frame. Provide fusible link, overlapping, operable blades on fire -rated doors. Astragals: Provide standard Z or T astragal for pairs of exterior doors and fire -rated doors. . I I C I I G. Transom panels: Provide metal transom panels above metal doors. Use same ' construction for transom panels used for metal doors. WELDED DOOR FRAMES A. Form pressed steel frames using cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM Designation A 366. Form exterior frames using 14 gauge metal unless specifically required to be heavier. Form interior frames using 16 gauge metal unless specifically required to be heavier. B. Secure headers and jambs at corners by external welding of faces. Grind smooth to provide invisible joints. C. Provide frames with minimum of 3 anchors per jamb for adjoining wall construction and floor anchors for attachment at floor. Construct anchors using minimum 18 gauge steel. D. For frames that are to receive concealed closers mounted in the head; provide a cover box to attach to the inside of the frame that will completely cover and protect the closer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine areas and conditions for work of this Section. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion bf the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. I J I I [1 I I Veteran's Park Renovation 08100-4 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Metal Doors and Frames: Install metal doors and frames in strict accordance with approved Shop Drawings and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately, plumbed, aligned, and securely anchored. C. Finish Hardware: Install finish hardware in strict accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Eliminate hinge -bound conditions, making items operate smoothly with secure locking and latching. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted and damaged prime coat. Apply compatible touch-up air -drying primer. B. Final Adjustments: Check and adjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in proper operating condition. END OF SECTION 08100 Veteran's Park Renovation 08100-5 I I [1 I I I I I I I I I I Li I I DIVISION 9 FINISHES I SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL PART1-GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Provide metal supports and fastenings, gypsum hoard, and related accessories specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Insulation: Section 07200 B. Joint treatment: Section 09900 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE IA. Qualifications of Installers: Use only skilled and experienced gypsum drywall installers. Fully supervise at all times helpers and apprentices used for drywall work with thoroughly skilled gypsum drywall installers. B. Manufacturers' Recommendations: Manufacturers' recommended use of materials, fastenings, and methods of installation is basis for acceptance or rejection of drywall work ' where not specifically otherwise shown or detailed. C. Substitutions: 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by ' manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of • products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E580, Suspension Systems in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. ' B. "Standard Building Code" requirements. I Veteran's Park Renovation 09250-1 1 C. ASTM C 36, "Gypsum Wallboard", and ASTM C 442, "Gypsum Backing". D. Gypsum Association publications: I 1. GA -202, "Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board". 2. GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual". 3. GA -800, "Materials Handling Manual". 1 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Protect gypsum drywall materials before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary and at Contractor's expense: PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM MATERIALS A. General: Use products and materials by Dierks Forests Div. of Weyerhaeuser Co., United States Gypsum, National Gypsum Company, Manville Corp., Celotex Corp., Flintkote Co., or Georgia-Pacific Company, or approved equal. B. Gypsum Wallboard: Conform to ASTM C 36, have tapered edges and furnished in largest practical sheet size to minimize number of joints. Provide thickness. indicated on Drawings. , 1. Provide 1/2 inch "Durock" cement board as manufactured by United States Gypsum Co., or approved equal. Furnish largest size sheets practical to minimize , joints. Conform to manufacturer's instructions for installation of cement board given the conditions detailed on the drawings. Caulk all joints where backer board comes into contact with dissimilar material. C. Finish: In general, all gypsum board walls are to be taped and floated for a smooth finish. A slight egg -shell texture may be acceptable if approved by Architect prior to application. ' I Heavy "knockdown" texturing is not acceptable.. 2.02 FASTENERS I A. Drywall Screws: Self -drilling type, 1" long for single layer application of gypsum board to wood studs of longer length for multiple layer installation. B. Nails (for application of gypsum board to wood):. Annular ringed nails No. GWB-54, I- 1/4" long for single layer application. 1 Veteran's Park Renovation 09250-2 I I I I I 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Casing Bead: "Goldbond" No.500 galvanized steel by National Gypsum Co., or approved equal. Furnish and install metal reveal strips where shown and detailed. B. Comer Beads: 0.014 inch thick, hot dip galvanized steel with 1" flanges with 1/16" radius nose with large openings in flange similar to 5/8" diameter holes 7/8" on center. C. Control and Expansion Joints: "Sheetrock" zinc control joint No.093 by USG, or approved equal. Provide safing and/or acoustical insulation behind control joints as required for adjacent partition construction. Use fire rated control joints in partitions requiring a fire rating. 2.09 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of gypsum drywall, selected by Contractor subject to approval of Architect. IPART 3- EXECUTION 1 3.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Comply with specified requirements, manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and referenced standards. B. In cold weather, heat building to provide uniform temperature of 50° to 70° and provide tventilation to eliminate excess moisture. C. Deliver materials to job in original unopened containers or bundles and store protected from damage and exposure to the elements. D. Provide casing beads where edges of gypsum board meet dissimilar materials. E. Cooperate with carpenters in placing of backing and blocking required for fixtures, fittings, and accessories. F. Make cut-outs in panels for pipes, fixtures and small openings. Make holes and cut-outs by method that will not fracture wallboard core or tear covering. Cut holes with accuracy so plates, escutcheons and trim cover edges. G. Seal cut edges, holes, and areas where wallboard covering is broken, with resistant sealer. 1 H. Install trim in strict accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. Install trim plumb, ' level, and true to line with firm attachment to supporting members. I. At any change in direction of gypsum board, provide sufficient auxiliary framing, blocking ' or nailers to allow secure attachment along every edge of every individual piece of gypsum board. Do not leave any loose edges. I Veteran's Park Renovation 09250-3 I 3.03 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS , A. Pre -Installation Conference: Meet at the project site with the installers of related work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that everything to be , concealed by gypsum drywall has been accomplished, and that chases, access panels, openings, supplementary framing and blocking and similar provisions have been , completed. B. Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed. C. Locate exposed end -butt joints as far. from center of walls and ceilings as possible,'and stagger not less than l'-0" in alternate course of board. D. Install wall/partition boards vertically to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. Do not butt boards to concrete. Maintain a minimum 1/4" to a maximum 3/8" space between bottom of board and concrete. E. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. .F. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends against mill -cut or field cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. G. Attach gypsum board to framing and blocking as required for additional support at openings and cutouts. Space between recessed boxes and cut edges shall not exceed 1/8 inches. H. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories described below in article entitled "INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES". I. Cover both faces of stud partition forming with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.) except in chase wall. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as otherwise indicated. 3.05 METHODS OF GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. Install gypsum wallboard: , Veteran's Park Renovation 09250-4 I1. On partitions walls use maximum length sheets practical to minimize end joints. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install metal corner beads at external corners of drywall work. C. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -exposed, and except where plastic trim is indicated. Provide type with face flange to ' receive joint compound except where semi -finishing type is indicated. Install L -type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf-type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L -type trim. Install U -type trim where edge is ' exposed, revealed, gasketed, or sealant -filled (including expansion joints). D. Install J -type semi -finishing trim where indicated, and where exterior gypsum board edges are not covered by applied moldings. E. Install metal control joints where indicated on drawings. If not indicated on drawings, install in accordance with the following: 1. Interior Partitions: Maximum Single Dimension not to exceed 30 feet. Maximum 'Single Area not to exceed 900 Sq. Ft. ' 3.07 INSTALLATION ON WOOD A. Install gypsum board on wood blocking and wood furring by double nailing using annular ' ringed nails specified in Part 2 of this Section. Space nails not less than 3/8" from ends and edges of wallboard. Hold wallboard in firm contact with nailing member while nails are being driven. Dimple heads slightly below surface of wallboard with final hammer blow, taking care not to break the paper face. 3.08 CLEANING UP A. Do not allow accumulation of scraps and debris arising from work of this Section. Maintain premises in neat and orderly condition at all times. Immediately remove spilled or splashed compound material and all trace of residue from adjoining surfaces. 3.09 JOINT TREATMENT A. General: Joint treatment for gypsum board surfaces is also described in Section 09900 and may be performed under either the gypsum board or painting subcontract. B. All joints in gypsum board construction, unless otherwise noted, are to be taped and ' floated. This includes work above ceilings, at concealed places and anywhere else joints in gypsum board construction occur. I END OF SECTION 09250 I Veteran's Park Renovation 09250-5 I SECTION 09900 IPAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION 1 A. Work Included: Provide specified painting and finishing of interior and exterior items. I . Provide required painting of exposed steel and iron work and of primed metal surfaces. Paint exposed -to -view prefinished metal surfaces of items if required. 2. Provide touch-up of prefinished items to match original finish. 3. Do not paint waterproof coatings, water repellent coating, acoustical ceilings, ' toilet partitions, aluminum with factory applied finish, or pre -finished items, except as noted above. I 4. Do not paint over any code required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. If this requirement will allow any of the referenced items to be visible to the average building user, notify the Architect and do not proceed with painting of the item in question until a determination has been issued. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Prefinishing: Shop priming and factory prefinishing required on some, but not all, shop or ' factory manufactured or fabricated items described in other Sections of Project Manual. B. Caulking: Section 07900 IC. Glaze Coating: Section 09950 1.03 DEFINITIONS ' A. Term "paint", as used herein, includes enamels, paints, sealers, fillers, emulsions, varnishes, stains, and other coatings whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Painters: Use only qualified journeyman painters for mixing and application of paint. In acceptance or rejection of painting, no allowance made for lack of skill on part of painters. 1.05 COLORS AND SAMPLES A. Paint colors and wood finishes selected by Architect. Submit to Architect ALL color chips in complete color range of materials to be used for preparal:ion of color schedule. Secure color schedule from Architect and submit sample panels of natural finish for ' approval. Prepare samples in duplicate using same type material on which finish is to be Veteran's Park Renovation 09900-1 applied. One sample returned for use on job and other retained by Architect. I B. Approximately 20% of painted surfaces for this project are accent colors. I 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver paint materials to job site in original unopened containers with labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Protection: Store only approved materials at job site and store only in suitable and designated area restricted to storage of paint materials and related equipment. 2. Ensure safe storage and use of paint materials and prompt and safe disposal of waste. 3. Protect paint materials before; during, and after application and protect installed work and materials of other trades. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Provide paints, enamels, stains, varnishes, and admixtures of first line quality by Sherwin Williams. Sherwin Williams products specified herein establish. minimum quality standards. Products of Pratt and Lambert, Benjamin Moore, Pittsburgh or Sterling may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. B. Compatibility: Paint materials and equipment to be compatible. Finish coats compatible with prime coats, prime coats compatible with surface to be coated, and tools and equipment compatible with coating applied. 2. Thinners (when used): Use thinners recommended for that purpose by manufacturer of material thinned. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: I. Carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify work is complete to point where painting work may properly commence. 2. Verify paint finishes may be applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's Veteran's Park Renovation 09900-2 I I I II I I I [l I I I I I I I I B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are fully resolved. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Protection: Completely mask, remove, and adequately protect hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces not scheduled to receive paint. ' B. Priming: Use primer recommended by manufacturer of coating system. Spot prime exposed nails and metals to be painted with emulsion paints. ' C. Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly clean surfaces receiving paint. 2. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and contaminants from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. D. Clean ferrous metals free of dust, grease and grime. Sand smooth rust spots, mars, and abrasions in surfaces. Touch up bare metal with zinc chromate primer. E. Wood: Clean wood surfaces free of dirt, oil, or foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper. Sandpaper smooth those surfaces exposed to view, and then remove dust. Prime or seal wood requiring job painting immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of this wood. Scrape and clean small, ' dry seasoned knots, and apply thin coat of white shellac or manufacturer's recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty of plastic wood -filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. F. Primed Ferrous Metals: Touch-up shop -applied prime coats which have damage or bare areas. Wire -brush, solvent clean, and touch up with same primer as shop coat. ' G. Galvanized Metal Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminates with acceptable non -petroleum based solvent. Touch up with galvanized metal primer. 3.03 WORKMANSHIP A. Do not perform outside painting in extremely cold, frosty, or damp weather. Do not paint in dusty rooms. If required, sprinkle floors, to lay dust. Do not apply coats of paint on either wet or damp surfaces and in no case unless preceding coat is dry and hard. ' B. Clean surfaces before priming. Remove dirt, oil, grease, rust, scale, and foreign matter. Clean with sandpaper, steel scraper, or wire brushes where necessary. ' C. Specified coats are to cover completed painting and finishing work. Where color, stain, or undercoats show through final coat, install additional coats until uniform coverage is 'obtained. ' Veteran's Park Renovation 09900-3 I D. Vary tints of undercoats slightly for identification of succeeding coats. Ample time of drying required to secure best possible results. . - , I E. Coats specified are in addition to shop or mill priming required under other Sections of these specifications. 3.04 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Give back side of interior wood trim in contact with masonry units one application of water repellent preservative. 3.05 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Finish surfaces as follows: , SURFACE TREATMENT 1. Exterior Ferrous Metals: 1st Coat - SW Kem Kromik Metal Primer B50W 1 White or B50N2 Base (Touch up only on primed surfaces) 2nd & 3rd Coats - SW DTM Acrylic Coating B66W200 Series 2. Interior Ferrous Metals: 1st Coat - SW Kern Kromik Primer (Touch-up only on primed surfaces) 2nd & 3rd Coats - SW DTM Alkyd Flat or Semi -Gloss as selected by Architect. , 3. Galvanized Metal: Shop priming is specified under the respective metal section. Pre -Treatment - Vinyl wash coat. , 1st Coat - SW Galvite Primer 2nd & 3rd Coats - SW DTM Acrylic Coatings B66W200 (Semi - Gloss) 4. Interior - Glazecoat: Refer to Section 09950. 1 5. Exterior Wood: 1st Coat - SW A-100 Alkyd Exterior Primer , Painted 2nd & 3rd Coats - SWP House and Trim 1 3.06 PAINTING OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK A. Painting of pipe and duct insulation and uncoated ferrous metal in inaccessible pipe and duct chases, in plumbing chases, and in spaces above ceiling not required. B. Metal Work in Mechanical Room (finish as follows): Clean prefinished equipment and touch up with enamel to match manufacturer's final coat. Clean exposed pipe, exposed conduit and electric outlet boxes, hangers and brackets, valve handles, and miscellaneous Veteran's Park Renovation - 09900-4 ' pipe line devices and give two coats of medium gray enamel. Clean prime painted or unfi- nished items of manufactured mechanical and electrical equipment, then prime and finish with two coats of enamel to match other finished items of equipment. Finish remaining ' exposed metal items with two coats of light grey enamel. C. Paint exposed interior metal work, including ferrous and non-ferrous piping, for heating ' ventilating, plumbing and electrical equipment, electric cabinets, ventilating grilles, metal access panels. Give exposed metal items one coat of enamel undercoater and one coat of enamel in addition to priming coat. D. Give pipe and duct insulation exposed to view one coat glue size and two coats enamel. I I I I I I I I I [I I I I END OF SECTION 09900 I Veteran's Park Renovation 09900-5 C I I I SECTION 09950 GLAZE COATING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish labor, materials, tools, scaffolding and equipment required to apply coating specified. IB. Substitutions: I I I I I I I I I I Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Painting: Section 09900 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Apply coating with thoroughly trained and experienced personnel completely familiar with specified products, manufacturer's recommended methods of application, and requirements of this work. Manufacturer's recommendations are basis for methods used in this work. B. Coating Application: Guaranteed by applicator to provide continuous film with strong adhesion to undersurface and under normal use and conditions be free from cracking, chipping, stain, corrosion, or discoloration for period of one year after application. Repair or recoating during guarantee period not due to structural separation under coating or to abnormal abuse, performed by applicator at his expense. ' 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING ' A. Protection: Protect coating materials before, during, and after installation. Protect Veteran's Park Renovation 09950-1 I installed work and materials of other trades. B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at Contractor's expense. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GLAZE COATING MATERIALS A. Coating Material:. Sherwin Williams Co., Water Based Epoxy, B70 Series Gloss Hardener B60V 15, PPG Industries Aquapon WB Polyamide Epoxy, or approved equal. Provide finished coating with vitreous -hard, tile -like surface with high resistance to impact, abrasion, stain, chemical, and acid corrosion and with flame spread rating of not more than 15 when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard Specification E 84. Apply in solid colors selected by Architect. B. Where "GLAZE COAT" is required, provide coating specified in Paragraph "A" above, with "gloss" finish. I 11 I I f1 [I C. Only surfaces indicated on drawings as "Glaze Coated" receive special coating. ' 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials not specifically described but required for complete and proper application of coating of new, first quality of their respective kinds, in strict accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of coating used, and subject to Architect's approval. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01. SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify work is complete to point where this application may properly commence. B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with application in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are fully resolved. - 3.02 PREPARATION OF GYPSUM BOARD - A.. Tape, float, and sand gypsum board surfaces to provide smooth, even surface before applying coating. Refer to Section 09900 - Painting for taping and floating requirements. 3.03 APPLICATION OF COATING A. Prepare surfaces and apply coating in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Apply coating with trained applicators, experienced in use of specific materials applied Protect floors and adjacent surfaces during application of coating. Clean and repair adjacent surfaces damaged. I I I I I I L! Li I I Veteran's Park Renovation 09950-2 1 I Ii I I I I L LI I I I III I L I DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES I SECTION 10150 COMPARTMENTS AND CUBICLES PARTI- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION ' A. Work Included: Furnish and install toilet partitions, urinal screens and specified. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use personnel skilled in work required, completely familiar with manufacturer's ' recommended methods of installation, and thoroughly familiar with requirements of this work. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit color chips representing full range of standard colors available from selected manufacturer in quality specified. B. Substitutions: ' 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by t manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers maybe • substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality ' standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of tproducts prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING ' A. Protection: Protect toilet partitions and other items under this Section before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary ' at Contractor's expense. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND URINAL SCREENS I Veteran's Park Renovation 10150-1 I A. Toilet Partitions: Provide floor mounted overhead braced type by Fiat, Mills, Sanymetal, or approved equal, with stainless steel finish and constructed as follows: ' 1. Doors: Furnish. 22 gauge steel, with reinforcements for hardware. Hardware includes controlled action hinges, top pivot assembly or post hinge, throw latch, ' strike and bumper, hinge bracket for post, and coat hook. 2. Partitions: 1 -inch thick, made of 2 sheets of 20 gauge steel, assembled over and ' cemented to dense, sound deadening insulation core. Seal formed edges of panels with continuous oval -crown locking strips. 3. Pilasters: 1-1/4" thick, made of 2 sheets of 20 gauge steel, anchored at floor with adjustable fittings. Width of pilasters to fit installation layout. _ 4. Hardware: Furnish door hardware of polished stainless steel or chromium plated finish on non-ferrous metal. Attach partitions and pilasters with extruded polished and anodized aluminum brackets and stirrups. Use concealed attachment of pilasters to floor including 3" polished stainless steel trim. Provide combination hook and bumper on water closet stall doors. B. Construct urinal screens as specified for toilet stalls and as dimensioned on drawings. Anchor securely. ' 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of specified items, selected by Contractor subject to approval of Architect. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that work is complete to point where this installation may properly commence. B. Discrepancies: Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies are fully resolved. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet partitions and other items specified in this Section, anchoring components firmly in place for long life under hard use and in complete accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of installation and as a condition of acceptance, visually inspect entire work of this section, adjust components for proper operation and straight alignment, and touch-up scratches and abrasions to be completely invisible. END OF SECTION 10150 , Veteran's Park Renovation 10150-2 , SECTION 10800 ITOILET AND ]BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Furnish and install metal accessories called for in Toilet Accessory Schedule on drawings. B. Substitutions: 1. Products specified herein establish a quality standard for comparison by manufacturers of similar products. Products of other manufacturers may be substituted for those specified herein on an "Approved Equal" basis. DO NOT propose the substitution of products that do not meet or exceed the quality standards established by the specified product. Products proposed as equivalent ' MUST be submitted through the General Contractor for review by the Architect after the Contract for Construction is awarded. DO NOT request approval of products prior to the awarding of the contract. 2. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. 3. Contractor shall warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide ' performance equivalent to the materials specified herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use personnel skilled in work required, completely familiar with manufacturers' recommended methods of installation, and thoroughly familiar with requirements of this work. 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Protect toilet and bath accessories before, during, and after installation. Protect installed work and materials of other trades. ' B. Replacements: In event of damage, immediately make repairs and replacements necessary at Contractor's expense. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Accessory numbers listed in Accessory Schedule are Bobrick Washroom Equipment Co. (U.N.0), listed to indicate type and quality of items. Approved equal accessories by ' Veteran's Park Renovation 10800-1 other manufacturers may be furnished. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with "Brushed" finish, 0.034 -inch (22 -gage) minimum thickness. B. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal, ASTMS 456, Type SC 2. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Provide screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Coordinate with other trades to ensure proper and adequate provision in framing and wall finish for installation of selected accessories. B. Prior to installation, inspect location of accessories and verify that necessary provisions have been made. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until discrepancies have been fully resolved.. 3.02 INSTALLATION ' A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations, anchoring components firmly in place. R END OF SECTION 10800 F Veteran's Park Renovation 10800-2 I [I I I I I I I I LI I I I I I lI I I DIVISION 11- EQUIPMENT DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS DIVISION 13- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 14- CONVEYING SYSTEMS These specifications conform to the "CSI Masterformat", Document MP -2-1-95, The Construction Specifications Institute, 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314. No work which would be specified as a part of this division is included in this contract. I I I I I I I L I C I I I 11 I I 11 H DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL I I I I I I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 15010 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. I B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the mechanical installation in accordance with the applicable Specification Division or Section contained herein. I I I I I I I I I [1 I C. In Mechanical Specification Sections, items under "RELATED WORK" are listed for convenience only and are not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work. 1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS: A. Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the following: 1. Standard Building Code 2. Arkansas State Plumbing Code 3. Arkansas State Gas Code 4. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) 5. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) 6. Arkansas State Fire Prevention Code 7. Arkansas Gas Pipeline Code B. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following: 1. Arkansas State Department of Health Regulations 2. 1994 Arkansas Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction 3. Arkansas Department of Labor Regulations 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 6. Other State and Federal Laws and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances C. Furnish products and perform installation conforming to the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations: 15010-1 I H VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 1. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2.• National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA) 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 1 8. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 9. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 10. American Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 11. American Gas Association (AGA) 12. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) 13. Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA) 14. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) 15. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 16. Factory Insurance Association (FIA) 17. Factory Mutual (FM) 18. Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (IBR) 19. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) 20. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) 21. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE) 22. Plumbing and Drainage Institution (PDI) 23. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) D. In case of discrepancy or conflict between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES: I A. Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspections and pay all fees including taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the Owner. 1.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment and air devices shown on the schedules. Also ' provide data on all system accessories and all materials. Include all piping, ductwork and insulation materials. Accessories to be submitted on shall 'include 1 15010-2 II I I I I I I I I 1 I II I 1 I I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR valves and all piping accessories, and all duct accessories including extractors, turning vanes, control dampers and balancing dampers. B. Submit for approval, Contractor's original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including control diagrams. Submit all items called out in individual sections, in addition to those called for in this section. C. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and or coordination of the installation between trades. D. Provide complete electrical data and wiring diagrams. E. Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 15, Mechanical at one time except by special permission. F. Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed with index tabs. G. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically named prior to making submittals. H. Each Mechanical Section contains a listing of required Submittals only for convenience. Submit for approval a schedule of nameplates and manufacturer's data sheets and Shop Drawings on special supports and seals. J. Provide performance data on all substituted items to demonstrate equality to those scheduled. Include all sound level, rpm, velocity and other data as it is applicable. K. Submit proposed changes in ducts, pipes or equipment lay out before ordering or fabrication as stated below under "Intent". 1.05 INTENT: A. It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating mechanical system including all incidental items, and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and every item may not be indicated. B. The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, piping, ductwork, etc. Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. Contractor shall verify that all equipment, I1 15010-3 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ducts, pipes and all other components will fit in the space provided before fabrication or ordering. Contractor shall submit any proposed changes to the Engineer for approval before ordering or fabrication. 1 C. It is intended that the mechanical installation be safe, reliable energy, efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions allowed for access to equipment. , D. It is intended that the mechanical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by ASHRAE. Provide corrective ' action as required to reduce objectionable noise or vibration. PART2-PRODUCTS , 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably close to the site. C. Where multiple units of the same type or class of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 2.02 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. Make readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. I 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: A. For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select is any named. Submit request, in writing, for substitution of any product or manufacturer not specifically named and obtain approval at least five working days I prior to bid date. C. Provide all information required to support claim of "equality" of product proposed , for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, weight, reliability, appearance, and ease of 15010-4 I' II VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. ' D. Where approved product substitutions alter the design, space requirements, electrical requirements, connections, or etc., include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal to or better than that which would have II been achieved with products or manufacturers as specified. 2.04 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION: A. Identify each major component as to manufacturer's name, address, model number, serial number, and pertinent ratings on a durable plate attached to the component in a conspicuous place. B. Identify each major component as it is named on the Drawings or referred to herein with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets. 1. Furnish with white letters on black background except for other color coded requirements. 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. 3. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each major component. 4. Attach nameplates with approved adhesive on factory baked enameled ' surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on field painted and all other surfaces. C. Identify outdoor underground lines with continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape as manufactured by Seton stating at regular intervals "'CAUTION (state utility) PIPE BELOW." Install one foot directly above pipe before backfilling to grade. 2.05 ANCHORS: A. Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In existing concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Elcen self drilling expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with specific approval. iD. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts. E. On structural steel, use approved beam clamps or direct weld. 15010-5 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through bolt with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use.self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers and nuts. 1 H. In bar joists, use hanger rod between bottom angles secured with washers and nuts. 2.06 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. Generally, support piping in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and support ducts in accordance with SMACNA duct construction standards. B. Support horizontal steel and copper pipe as follows: 1. For pipe sizes 2" and smaller, use adjustable wrought steel ring or clevis hanger spaced at 5 feet on center with 3/8" steel hanger rod. 2. For pipe sizes 2-1/2" through 4", use adjustable wrought steel clevis spaced at 10 feet on center with 5/8" steel hanger rod. 3. Support high temperature pipe with pipe roller hangers to allow for I expansion. C. Support cast iron soil pipe 4" and smaller with adjustable wrought steel ring or clevis hanger spaced at 5 feet on center with 5/8" steel hanger rod. D. Support PVC pipe with approved hangers at 4 feet on center. E. Provide trapeze hangers consisting of steel angles or channels with spacers and steel hanger rods for multiple piping or duct runs. F. Provide copper plated hangers if in contact with copper piping. G. Provide 18 gauge galvanized saddles for insulated pipe and size hanger to accommodate pipe and insulation. H. Use steel riser clamps for vertical piping support through floors. Provide steel bracket and wrought steel clamp for support from walls. I. Support ducts with steel bands, steel angles, or steel channels near each transverse joint. J. Support piping on roof with 4"x4"x2' redwood blocks with wooden saddle formed to 15010-6 I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR fit pipe and nailed to block. Loosely clamp pipe to saddle with steel straps. ' 2.07 CONCRETE BASES: A. Provide concrete bases for floor mounted equipment indicated on the Drawings and all exterior equipment mounted on grade. Use proper cement -sand mix to achieve strength of 3000 psi after 28 days. ' B. Provide steel reinforcing bars as required and provide proper ties and support during pouring. C. Establish sizes of bases required to accommodate equipment. Generally, make bases extend 3" larger than equipment. D. Provide properly sized anchor bolts held in position with templates. Where anchor bolts cannot be held in sufficient alignment, provide adjustable bolts in pipe sleeves. E. Prior to pouring, set steel re -bar dowels in holes drilled in existing slab for proper I anchorage of base. Install near each corner and at other intervals not to exceed 24 inches. ' F. Trowel finish and rub smooth. Form edges with 314" chamfer. G. Grout bases for pumps and other vibrating equipment with non -shrink grout. 2.08 SLEEVES: A. For pipes or round ducts through dry floors above grade or interior walls, form sleeves with 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Sleeves are not required in non fire rated dry wall construction nor slab on grade. B. For pipes through outside walls, firewalls, concrete beams, footings or potentially wet floors, provide schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves. Provide integral waterstop in outside wall sleeves. C. For rectangular ducts through walls or floors, form sleeves with steel angles or channels or galvanized sheet metal. D. Extend sleeves through floors one inch above floor and seal watertight. For core drilled penetrations in existing floors, provide one inch angle rings set in sealant in lieu of sleeves. Make wall sleeves flush with wall. i 15010-7 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION '* FAYETTEVILLE, AR - E. Size sleeves to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for pipe insulation run continuous through sleeves. F. Where pipes or ducts pass through sleeves, completely fill space with insulation or approved fire barrier materials. Provide tight fitting escutcheon plates on both sides of wall sleeves as follows: I 1. Galvanized sheet metal caps for ducts. 2. Galvanized or cad plated plates for pipes in mechanical spaces or unfinished areas. 3. Chrome plated brass for pipes in finished areas. 2.09 FLASHING AND SEALS: A. Where piping penetrates roof membrane, provide 30 inch square sheet of 5 lb/sq. I ft. lead or 18 gauge copper. Extend flashing into top of open vent pipes one inch or provide flashing assembly or pitch pan as recommended by roofing , manufacturer. B. Flash floor drains, except in slab on grade, with copper sheet flashing. Extend flashing under tile or floor finish to 6 inches up wall in showers or 2 feet from floor drain. Clamp flashing to auxiliary drain collar on floor drain. C. Provide curbs for all roof mounted equipment. Make curbs minimum of 4 inches ' above flood level of roof. Flash and counter flash with galvanized sheet metal, soldered and properly waterproofed. D. Where piping penetrates outside walls, make watertight with oakum and sealant or provide modular rubber seal designed for the purpose. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: I A. Handle, install, connect, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturer's directions and the I Contract Documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work. 3.02 INSPECTIONS: A. Arrange with the Administrative Authority for inspections of all work required and 15010-8 I I I I II 11 I U I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding with the work. B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Architect or Owner's representatives. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Keep the premises clean and free from debris, dirt, etc. B. Upon completion of the work, clean and polish all fixtures, equipment, etc. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP: A. Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation by mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. B. Accurately install piping, ductwork, and other equipment, plumb, level, and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform. C. Carefully perform all cutting, drilling, digging, etc., and patch or refinish the disturbed area to the condition of adjoining or similar surfaces in an approved manner. Do not cut any structural member without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines that may be concealed. D. Conceal piping, ductwork, etc. in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mount equipment required iin finished walls where possible. 3.05 FLAME AND SMOKE CONSIDERATIONS: A. In ducts or other enclosures used for transporting environmental air, including return air plenums above ceilings, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL composite classifications not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings. This requirement applies to all materials including adhesives, finishes, etc. B. Completely seal penetrations through fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, floors, or other barriers for the passage of piping, ductwork, etc. with a UL listed material to preserve the fire/smoke rating of the barrier. 1 15010-9 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR C. Provide approved fire dampers in air ducts penetrating fire barriers requiring a fire construction rating greater than one hour. Maintain access to fire dampers fusible link. I 3.06 FAN SHUTDOWN CONTROLS: A. Provide smoke detector in the return of units below 2000 CFM. The detector shall be installed prior to mixing with outside air. Provide smoke detector in supply of units greater than 2000 CFM. If the entire area served by the unit is not protected 1 by smoke detectors, then provide a smoke detector in the return also of units greater than 2000 CFM. The smoke detectors shall shut the unit down. B. For system greater than 15000 CFM serving more than one floor, provide smoke detector at each floor in return air duct prior to connect to the common return duct and prior to connection any outside air duct. C. If the building contains a fire alarm system, the smoke detectors shall also signal the fire alarm panel. If the building does not contain a fire alarm system, then provide remote indicators in a readily visible location. D. Mechanical contractor shall install the smoke/fire detector in the ductwork as t appropriate. The controls contractor shall wire the detector to shut the unit down, and the fire alarm contractor shall wire detector to his own system. E. In exhaust only systems, the smoke detectors shall not be required. 3.07 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate the mechanical work with the work of related trades to avoid interference's. Determine the exact route of piping and ductwork prior to fabrication and the exact location of each outlet and equipment connection prior to installation. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and compare to actual site conditions and constraints. In case of conflicts or interference, obtain clarification or instructions before performing any work. C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally I have right of way over products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation time. I 15010-10 r I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3.08 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: ' A. Make all required utility connections to each item of equipment shown or specified including equipment furnished by Owner, and make operational. B. Connect overflows, relief discharges, blowdowns, drain valves, etc. with approved piping and extend to floor drains or other approved discharge points. IC. Make all electrical connections to equipment including power supply and control wiring in accordance with Division 16, Electrical. ' 3.09 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: A. Locate existing utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work. B. Protect public and private property against damage. C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, chemicals, frost, heat, handling, theft, etc. Keep openings in piping and ductwork and equipment closed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. D. Provide necessary warning devices, barricades, or coverings required for safety around moving parts, sharp objects or high temperature surfaces. 3.10 CHASES AND OPENINGS A. Provide templates or details for chases and other openings required through floors, walls, ceilings, etc. to accommodate piping or ductwork. 3.11 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: ' A. Excavate bottoms of trenches to required depth and grade for proper slope with uniform and solid bearing for piping. Do not lay pipe on mud, rocks, or unstable soil. Remove unsuitable bearing material and backfill to proper depth with sand or other approved material. If limestone products are used, protect all copper piping from contact with the limestone using sealed insulation or approved sleeving 'material. B. After piping has been satisfactorily leak tested and approved, backfill trench to a depth of one foot above top of pipe with sand or fine pea gravel. Install continuous strip of plastic "CAUTION" tape over pipe and sand. Use suitable material for remaining backfill to finished grade, tamped to 95% compaction. 15010-11 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I. I C. Before beginning any trenching, locate and determine elevation of all affected piping. Verify that drain lines to be connected to are deep enough to allow sufficient slope before starting trenching. 3.121 PIPING INSTALLATION: I A. Erect piping without forcing or springing and allow for proper clearance and headroom. I B. Provide for expansion and contraction with piped loops, changes in direction, or I approved expansion couplings. C. Install all piping in a manner to prevent freezing. If necessary to install water piping in unheated spaces or outdoors above the frost line, provide electric heat tracing around pipe prior to insulating. 3.13 PAINTING: A. Paint ductwork, piping, equipment, etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces as directed. Paint items flat black or as directed if visible through grilles or other openings. B. Paint all exposed piping and equipment in mechanical spaces for uniform appearance or identification as directed. C. Paint ferrous piping, equipment, hangers, etc. exposed outdoors or subject to rusting, with one coat primer and two coats of approved exterior enamel based paint. i D. Paint roof mounted and other outdoor equipment to uniformly match background or adjacent surfaces as directed. , E. Paint plywood backboards used for mounting equipment. 3.14 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING: A. After systems are completed and fully operational, perform Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) in accordance with procedures recommended in ASHRAE Systems volume, AABC Standards, and NEBB Standards on the following systems: J 1. Supply Air System 15010-12 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2. Return Air System 3. Exhaust Air System 4. Outside Air System B. Furnish all test equipment, tools and instrumentation required for TAB. Submit 1 proof of calibration when required. C. Before beginning TAB, submit forms to be used to the Engineer for approval or use the attached forms. I D. Adjust fan speeds, dampers, valves, and other controls to achieve design ratings. Balance each air device or valve to within plus or minus 10 percent of indicated flow rates. Perform TAB for each possible mode of operation. E. Notify Engineer 24 hours prior to taking final readings and arrange for Engineer to be present for final readings. F. Obtain and record all measurements required for final TAB report. Include at least the following data: 1 1. Running amperes and voltage at each motor 3/4 horsepower or larger. Indicate rpm and direction of rotation. ' 2. Air flow rates (cfm) at each supply air outlet, return and outside air intake. 3. Dry bulb air temperatures in each conditioned space and at entrance and exit of all coils with corresponding outside air temperature. Record refrigerant pressures at the same time. 4. Static pressures in each control zone relative to outdoors and across each fan, air filter, major component, and major duct run. G. TAB shall be performed by a qualified TAB specialist approved by the Engineer. 3.15 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A. Deliver special tools, lubricants, and other products necessary for proper operation 1 and maintenance of the mechanical systems. B. Deliver spare parts as called for under other Mechanical Sections contained herein ' or on the Drawings. C. Submit Project Record Documents indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction. D. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. 15010-13 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR II E. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data with current prices and 1 sources of supply. Include copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals. F. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where required by other Mechanical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. G. Submit TAB report on approved record forms. 3.16 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: A. Provide competent instruction to Owner's personnel covering operation and maintenance of all mechanical systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturer's technical representatives when required. END OF SECTION [1 I I Li I I I 15010-14 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR MECHANICAL INSULATION SECTION 15250 1 PART1-GENERAL ' 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Above ground domestic water piping insulation 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System C: Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each type of insulation to be used. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Perform installation in accordance with MICA, Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. B. Follow manufacturer's directions on adhesive application, fastener spacing, etc. I PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Glass fiber type equal to Owens-Corning Fiberglass 23ASJ\SSL for 1/2" and greater thickness. 1 1. K -factor no greater than 0.24 ' 2. Jacket permeance no greater than 0.02 perms. 3. Self sealing laps on longitudinal and transverse joints of all service jacket. 4. J -M "Zeston" PVC fitting covers over Fiberglass inserts for valves and fittings. Provide 25/50 flame/smoke rating when used in air plenums. B. Flexible elastomeric pipe insulation equal to Armstrong "Armaflex" for 1/2" and less 1 thickness. 15250-1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1. Use proper adhesive. 2. Use sheets cut and molded around valves and fittings. 3. Do not use in air plenums unless 25/50 flame/smoke rated. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Successfully perform all leak tests prior to applying insulation. B. Provide aluminum sheet metal jacket over insulation exposed outdoors above grade. Use rivets and seal joints watertight. C. Provide approved coating of mastic over piping insulation jackets installed underground and make waterproof and puncture resistant. D. Insure surfaces are clean and dry prior to installing insulation. E. Neatly finish insulation at hangers or other protrusion. Seal vapor barrier joints in duct wrap with FRK duct tape. 3.02 INSULATION SCHEDULE: See Plans END OF SECTION 15250-2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15411 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Underground drain and vent piping B. Above ground drain, waste, and vent piping C. Sanitary sewer service piping D. Condensation drip and overflow piping E. Cleanouts F. Floor Drains 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturer's data sheets on cleanouts and floor drains. B. Submit list of piping products to be used for the listed services and state their manufacturers, classes or types, and other applicable data. C. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. D. Submit Shop Drawings on manholes indicating manufactured items, reinforcing steel requirements, etc. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: A. Underground drain and vent piping inside building and to five feet outside building: 15411-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside ■ and outside with coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. B. Above ground drain and vent piping: 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron "No -Hub" pipe and fittings, and joints made with standard weight stainless steel/neoprene couplings. C. Waste arms for lavatories, sinks, and urinals: 1. DWV copper pipe with cast brass adapters and wrought copper fittings and joints made with 50-50 solder. 2. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with screwed fittings (optional). D. Underground sewer piping outside building to sewer main: 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside with coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. 2. Vitrified slat glaze clay hub and spigot pipe fittings and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. (Optional) `I u El E. Condensation drip and overflow piping: I 1. Outside building - Schedule 40 PVC pipe and fittings with joints made with solvent -cement weld. 2.02 CLEANOUTS: I A. Provide cleanouts compatible with type of drain piping to which it is connected. Provide covers compatible with type of floor or wall finish with consideration given 1I to traffic conditions. Make cleanouts same size as pipe through 4 inches. B. Floor Cleanout (FCO): Cast iron with tapered brass plug, threaded adjustable housing, and round nickel bronze scoriated top. Wade Series W-6000 or equal. C. Grade Cleanout (GCO): Same as FCO except with heavy duty cast iron scoriated ' top. Set GCO in 18 inch diameter concrete base 4 inches thick and flush with finished grade. D. Wall Cleanout (WCO): Cast iron with tapered brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-8450 or equal. 15411-2 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 E. Stack cleanout (SCO): Formed with cleanout tee or other approved fitting of cast iron with brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-460 or equal. 2.03 FLOOR DRAINS: A. Standard Floor Drain (FD): Lacquered cast iron body with flange, clamping collar with seepage openings, and adjustable round satin bronze strainer. Floor drains are 2 inches unless shown otherwise. ' B. Safe Waste Drain (SWD): Same As FD except provide funnel of same material as strainer. IC. Drain with Backwater Valve (BWV): Same as FD except furnish with integral BWV Wade No. 31 or equal. Provide for all drains installed below grade or where drain flooding may occur. D. Garbage Can Wash Drain: Cast iron with flange, sediment bucket, and heavy duty hinged grate. Wade W-1 740 or equal. 2.04 TRAPS: A. Provide water seal trap for all connections to drain, waste, and vent system. Provide deep seal traps for all floor drains. Floor drain traps to be cast iron, varnish coated inside and out and compatible with type of drain pipe to which it is ' connected. Provide Wade W-2400 trap primer valve with vacuum breaker where required. B. Provide traps enameled on inside for janitor's sinks. C. Provide chrome plated brass traps for plumbing fixtures in finished spaces. PART 3- EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Swab pipes and clean joints and fittings inside and out prior to making ' connections. Use proper lubricants on compression gaskets. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, slope horizontal drain and vent piping in accordance with the following: 15411-3 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 Size Minimum Slope 3" and smaller 1/4" per foot 4" and larger 1/8" per foot B. Slope condensation drip and overflow piping a minimum of 1/16" per foot. Extend to approved discharge point. C. Bury all underground outside sewer pipe a minimum of 2 feet from finished grade. D. On condensate drain for each cooling coil, provide deep seal trap of same material r as drip piping. Make trap water seal 2" greater than rated static pressure of fan associated with cooling coil but no less than 3" deep. E. Form manholes with steel reinforced concrete to required depths. Provide one inch steel ladder rungs 12 inches on center firmly set in concrete. Provide heavy , cast iron cover in mounting ring formed in concrete with steel re -bar around ring. F. Make floor drains and cleanouts free from leaks. Lubricate cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil and do not over tighten. G. Arrange with local utility for sewer tap and pay all costs to establish sewer service. 3.03 TESTING: A. Before concealing, test drain, waste, and vent system and prove leak free: I 1. Water test - Subject system to at least 10 feet of hydrostatic head for 30 minutes. 2. Air test - Subject system to at least 5 psig air pressure for 30 minutes. (Optional) I END OF SECTION I I I I 15411-4 I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15412 PART I - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Water Service Piping B. Hot and Cold Water Piping C. Temperature and Pressure (T&P) Relief Piping D. Valves E. Shock Suppressors 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturers data sheets on valves and shock suppressors. B. Submit list of piping products to be used and state their manufacturers, classes or types, and other applicable data. C. Submit Shop Drawings of shock suppressors layout proposed. D. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. E. Submit certificate of completion of chlorination. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: A. For underground water service piping outside building to water meter: 15412-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 1. ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints made with 95-5 solder. 2. Thickness Class 50, cement lined, seal coated, hub and spigot type ductile iron with joints made with rubber compression rings manufactured for the purpose. (Optional) B. For underground water piping inside building and to five feet outside building: 1. 1" and smaller - ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings soft copper tubing with no fittings or joints permitted under slab. Make connections above slab using wrought copper fittings and 95-5 solder. 2. 1-1/4" and larger - ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with rought copper fittings and joints make with Sil-Fos Solder (15% silver content). C. For exposed piping in toilet rooms and other finished areas, use chrome plated ' brass pipe with threaded fittings. D. For above ground water and T&P relief piping inside building, use ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints made with 95-5 solder. E. Solder containing lead shall not be used on potable water systems. ' 2.02 VALVES: ' A. Provide valves with suitable materials including discs, plugs, balls, gaskets, linings, and lubricants for the service, temperature, and pressure to which they will be exposed. Furnish with solder or screwed connections. B. Gate Valves: Bronze, non -rising stem, inside screw, double wedge. I C. Globe or Angle Valves: Bronze, rising stem, inside screw, renewable composition disc. ' D. Check Valves: Bronze with swing disc. E. Standard Hose Bibbs (HB): Bronze, replaceable disc, hose thread outlet with vacuum breaker. F. Freeze Proof Hose Bibbs (FPHB): 3/4" anti -siphon non -freeze type with bronze casing and box with loose key handle. Furnish for proper wall thickness. 15412-2 I I I I I I I I Li L: LJ I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR G. Garbage Can Wash Valve (GCWV): 3/4" non -freeze mixing type with hot and cold water connections, bronze casing and deep box with loose: key handle. Provide vacuum breaker and furnish for proper wall thickness. Wade W -8606 -HC. H. Pressure Reducing Valves (PRV): Bronze with 125 psig inlet pressure and 50 psig adjustable outlet pressure. Furnish same size as pipe. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve (T&P): Bronze with test lever. Size to handle BTU/hr. rating of water heater. 2.03 SHOCK SUPPRESSORS: A. Provide Wade "Shockstops" of all stainless steel construction with welded nested bellows and pre -charged with nitrogen. Size and locate in accordance with PDI-WH2O1. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Ream pipes and tubing and thoroughly clean inside and outside prior to connecting. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Slope water piping minimum of 1 inch in 40 feet and arrange to drain at all low points. B. Bury all underground outside piping a minimum of 3 feet below finished grade. C. Use electrically insulating type connections for joining dissimilar metals such as brass valves or adapters or insulating couplings. ' D. Use proper adapters for screwed valves to copper piping. I E. Use teflon tape or other approved joint compound to connect threaded pipe. F. Connect to T&P relief valve and extend full size to approved discharge point. ' G. Where pipe passes through finished wall, ceiling, or floor, provide chrome plated escutcheon plate securely anchored to pipe. Install pipe so that no threads show. C1 15412-3 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR H. Arrange with local utility for water tap and meter installation. Pay all costs to establish water services. I. Install gate valve to isolate or shut-off equipment or branch lines. Use globe valves where adjustable flow or throttling is required. J. Install hose bibbs centerline, 2 feet above floor or grade. Install garbage can wash valve 4 feet above floor or drain. K. Provide PRV to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to 70 psig. Submit pressure data taken at different times as approved or install PRV at service ' connection or in building. Provide PRV at other separate fixtures when shown on Drawings. L. Make provisions necessary to prevent cross connections with sanitary drainage , system or other non -potable sources. Provide reduced pressure type backflow preventers when required. 3.03 TESTING: A. Before concealing or insulating, test domestic water piping and prove leak free. ' Subject system to minimum hydrostatic pressure of 100 psig and hold for one hour. I 3.04 STERILIZATION: A. After tests have been successfully completed, thoroughly flush and sterilize the ' completed domestic water system in accordance with AWWA C601. B. Flush entire system after sterilization until residual chlorine content is no greater ' than 0.2 parts per million. C. Chlorinate only when the building is unoccupied. END OF SECTION I I I I 15412-4 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM SECTION 15440 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Plumbing fixtures, trim, and accessories. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15411 Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Sysi:em C. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets including rough -in requirements and installation instructions for all fixtures and accessories. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A. Provide only new fixtures and trim free from blemishes, scratches, discoloration or other flaws. B. Provide fixtures and trim as scheduled on the Drawings. Include all mounting accessories and incidental items for a complete installation. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Verify rough -in arrangement and clean mounting surfaces prior to installation. B. Provide sturdy support for all fixtures and proper anchors for rough -in connections. Provide additional wood blocking as required for adequate support. 3.02 INSTALLATION: 15440-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I A. Install each fixture with proper water seal trap. Furnish water closets and. urinals ' with integral traps. Provide chrome plated brass traps, waste arms, tailpieces, and wall escutcheon plates, for all other fixtures set above floor level. ' B. Provide each fixture with an accessible chrome plated brass supply with screw driver or loose key stop, reducer, and escutcheon. , C. Furnish wall hung lavatories, drinking fountains, urinals, water closets, and other wall mounted fixtures with heavy duty approved wall carriers designed for the , purpose and compatible with wall construction and thickness. D. Install fixtures at the following mounting heights above finished floor unless , indicated otherwise: 1. Water Closet: ' Standard 15" to top of rim Handicapped 18" to top of rim 2. Urinal: Standard 22" to top of rim ' Handicapped 17" to top of rim 3. Wall Hung Lavatory: Standard 31" to top of rim Handicapped 34" to top of rim 4. Drinking Fountain: , Standard 40" to top of rim Handicapped 36" to top of rim Flush Controls shall be 44" max. AFF. E. Where fixtures come in contact with wall, counter, or other mounting surface, caulk ' with fine dental plaster or approved material for clean waterproof joint. 3.03 FIXTURE ROUGH -IN SCHEDULE: I A. Provide rough -in piping connections for the following minimum sizes or as required for particular fixture. Cold Hot Waste Vent Water Water I 15440-2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1. Water Closets 3" 2" 1" (Flush Valve) 2. Urinals 2" 1-1/2" 3/4" --- (Flush Valve) 3. Lavatories & 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" Small Sinks 4. Janitor's Sinks 3" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5. Drinking 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" Fountains 6. Shower Mixing See Floor ----- 1/2" 1/2" Valves Drain 7. Bathtubs 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" 8. Utility Boxes 2" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" (Washing Mach.) B. Where lavatories are supplied with cold water only, connect cold water supply to both hot and cold connections of lavatory fitting. 3.04 ADJUSTING: A: Adjust each flush valve for minimum water usage to obtain specified performance and for minimum noise. END OF SECTION 15440-3 [1 I I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ELECTRIC DUCT HEATERS SECTION 15625 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Furnish and install electric duct heaters as manufactured by Brasch Manufacturing ' Company, Inc., or equal. I I PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and shall meet: all NEC requirements. ' 2.02 TYPE: C I I I I I A. Heaters shall be slip -in type. 2.03 Heating elements shall be 80% nickel and 20% chromium; steps shall be arranged to prevent stratification when operating at less than full capacity. 2.04 Element terminals shall be stainless steel insulators and bracket bushing shall be non -porous ceramic and securely positioned. Terminals shall be machine crimped to elements. 2.05 Frame shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel with galvanized steel brackets, stiffening ribs and gussets spot welded to the casing. 2.06 Terminal box shall be spot welded construction with solid, hinged cover, totally enclosed, without louvers or grilles per UL Standard 1096. 2.07 Recessed terminal box to be provided when coils are installed in ducts with internal obstruction greater than 1". 2.08 SAFETY DEVICES: A. A disc -type automatic reset thermal cutout shall be furnished for primary overtemperature protection. B. For secondary protection, a sufficient number of replaceable cutouts in the power line shall de -energize elements if the primary cutout fails. I 15625-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I C. All safety devices shall be serviceable through the terminal box without removing the heater from the duct. I 2.09 WIRING DIAGRAMS: A. A unique wiring diagram shall be furnished for each heater. I B. Diagram shall include recommended supply wire gauges per NEC and fuse sizes. I C. Typical wiring diagrams are not acceptable. 2.10 Built-in components shall include safety interlocking disconnect switch, disconnecting break magnetic contactors, transformer with primary fusing per UL, pressure -type airflow switch set at .07" WC, supplementary circuit fuses per NEC, and separate load and control terminal blocks to accept conductors as shown on the electrical plan. 2.11 SPECIAL FEATURES: I A. The following special features are required: 1. Magnetic contactors 2. Fused disconnect switch 3. 24 volt controls 4. 30°F. temperature rise at flow rate, shown on drawings. 10 kw shall be the maximum capacity of each heater. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: I A. Install items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. I B. Adjoining ducts shall be metal 12" in each direction from the heaters, with exterior insulation. I END OF SECTION I 15625-2 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ELECTRIC INFRA -RED HEATERS SECTION 15627 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Electric infra -red heaters B. Unit controls and safety devices C. Accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each furnace including all accessories. Clearly indicate optional features to be furnished. Include detailed instructions and dimensions. B. Submit extended warranties required herein. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Furnish units complying with ANSI Standards for safety and efficiency and shall be UL Listed. 1.05 EXTENDED WARRANTIES: A. Provide one year unconditional warranty on parts and labor.. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Chromalox. B. Markel 2.02 Housing shall be 20 gage steel. Finish in baked enamel. 15627-1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.03 Provide elements as scheduled. 2.04 Reflectors shall be two piece, polished anodized aluminum. 2.05 Provide indoor chain mounting or as scheduled. 2.06 Provide remote shielded thermostat and all required control wiring, transformer, and accessories. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide complete installation and connect ducts, electrical power, control wiring, and refrigerant piping for proper operation. Observe all minimum dimensions from ceilings, walls, floors and combustible materials. B. Remote thermostat shall be placed so as to properly control space temperature and not to be affected directly by the unit radiation. END OF SECTION VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR FANS SECTION 15860 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Air to air heat exchanger units B. Propeller wall fans C. Fan accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on all fans and accessories. Indicate operating point(s) on fan curve and noise data. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED ITEMS: A. Provide fans and accessories as scheduled on the Drawings or equal. Equivalent fan substitutions shall not increase horsepower or noise level for specified air volume. B. Provide fans capable of accommodating static pressure variations of plus or minus 10%. C. Provide adjustable sheaves and belt guards on belt driven fans. D. Provide guards or safety screens on exposed blades or wheels. E. Statically and dynamically balance fans for minimum vibration. Resiliently mount centrifugal wheels. F. Provide rattle free backdraft dampers with lined edges. 15860-1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR G. Provide roof curb, birdscreen, and cord and plug disconnect for roof mounted fans except kitchen hood exhauster. H. Provide solid state speed controller for direct driven fans where indicated or required to achieve specified performance. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Follow manufacturer's directions. Verify correct rotation of fan wheels. B. Provide shutdown controls per Section 15010. 3.02 BALANCING: A. Balance each fan to specified flow rate for the actual static pressure. Adjust or replace sheaves on belt drives or adjust speed controls. Provide balancing dampers when required. END OF SECTION 15860-2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 15890 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Sheet metal ductwork including plenums B. Flexible insulated ducts C. Air devices including louvers and dampers D. Other duct accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on air devices, dampers, louvers, flexible duct, take -off fittings, and other manufactured items. B. Submit Shop Drawings of ductwork layouts, fittings and air devices. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricate ductwork in compliance with SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Standard and NFPA 90A. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEET METAL DUCTS: A. Use galvanized steel lock forming quality with 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating on each side. B. Use rivets or sheet metal screws for fasteners. C. Use proper water and fire resistant sealant. 15890-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCTS: I I I A. Flexible spiral wound duct with 1" insulation and vapor barrier equal to Owens-Corning Fiberglas INL-25 or ATCO Series 900. 1. Insulation conductance at 75°F, no greater than 0.23 btu/hr. sf. deg. I 2. Vapor transmission of vapor barrier no greater than 0.1 perms. 2.03 AIR DEVICES: 11 A. Furnish and install items as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Provide ceiling mounted devices compatible with ceiling type. C. Provide storm proof type louvers with heavy gauge wire mesh on outside. Field paint as directed. D. Provide insulated low energy motorized shutter -dampers for large outdoor air intakes as scheduled. 2.04 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: I I J I A. Provide double thickness airfoil type turning vanes at all rectangular elbows. Perforated, internally insulated blades shall be used on ducts 20" and wider. B. Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel balancing dampers with guadrants or adjustment rod and lock screw where required for proper TAB. C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal with streamlined shape. Provide exterior adjustment rod and lock screw. D. Where round duct takes of from rectangular duct, provide 45° rectangular to round take -off fitting with butterfly volume damper. H Ti I E. Provide flexible connections of neoprene coated flameproof fabric tightly crimped 1 into metal edging strips. Attach to ductwork and equipment with sheet metal screws. F. Provide access doors where required for maintenance and inspection. Fabricate of galvanized steel with gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. Provide 1 15890-2 i I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR double thickness insulated door in insulated ductwork. G. When indicated on Drawings, provide type B fire damper of the curtain type with fusible link with 90% free area of duct. Select fusible link for 160°F. unless shown ' otherwise. Provide access doors at all fire dampers. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Provide proper duct reinforcing with angles or cross breaks per SMACNA Standard, insulate per Section 15250. ' B. Lap metal ducts in direction of air flow. C. Make transitions gradually with divergence no greater than 30°. D. Rigidly construct ducts with tight joints free from vibration, rattles, or air noise. Audible leaks shall be sealed with approved sealant. E. Construct plenums of galvanized panels suitably reinforced and diagonally braced. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Use flexible duct for final connection to air devices only. Connect with strap or clamp. B. Use flexible fabric connections at each fan and air handling device. C. Verify locations required of outlets and make adjustments to coordinate with architectural features, lighting fixtures, etc. ' D. Adjust air devices for proper throw distance and direction. ' E. Provide at least either 2 lined, rectangular elbows or 15 feet of lined, rectangular, straight duct at the supply and return connection of all forced air units. F. Seal all longitudinal and transverse joints with foil duct tape. 1 END OF SECTION I 15890-3 I I Il I C 11 n [J I r I L I I I I DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL r C I C I [1 I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16010 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Comply with the Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the electrical installation in accordance with the applicable Specification Division or Section contained herein. C. In Electrical Specification Sections, items under "RELATED WORK" are listed for convenience only and are not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work. 1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS: ' A. Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the following: I I I I I I I I 1. Standard Building Code 2. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) 3. National Electrical Code NEC (NFPA 70) 4. State Fire Prevention Code B. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following: 1. State Department of Health Regulations 2. Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction 3. State and Federal Department of Labor Regulations 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 6. Other State and Federal Laws and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances C. Furnish products and perform installation conforming the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations: 1. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 16010-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR C 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 7. Insulated Power Cable Engineer's Association (IPCEA) 8. Certified Ballast Manufacturer (CBM) 9. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL) 10. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) 11. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 12. Factory Insurance Association (FIA) 13. Factory Mutual (FM) 14. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) D. In case of discrepancy or conflict between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern. 1.03 PERMITS AND ADMINISTRATIVE FEES: A. Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspections and pay all fees including connection fees, taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the Owner. 1.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: L. A. Refer to each Electrical Section for a listing of required Submittals under that Section. B. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment, major materials, and other manufactured items. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically named prior to making submittals. C. Submit for approval, Contractor's original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including complete wiring diagrams. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and for coordination of the installation between trades. D. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates and .test report forms. E. Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed. 16010-2 I I I I I I L VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR F. Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 16, Electrical, at one time except by special permission. I I [1 I E I rl I I I [1 I I I 1.05 INTENT: A. It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating electrical system including all incidental items and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and every item may not be indicated. B. The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, conduit, devices, etc. Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. C. Conduit and wiring shown on the Drawings are diagramatic unless noted otherwise, and are intended to indicate switching and branch circuit arrangements, phase balance, and general wiring connection requirements. D. It is intended that the electrical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions for access to equipment. E. It is intended that the electrical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by NEMA. Provide corrective action as required to reduce objectionable hum or vibration. Acoustically insulate between outlet boxes in common wall serving different rooms. F. The Drawings indicate diagramatically the number and function of the conductors required for the conduit routing as shown. The Contractor has the option of changing the routing or combining circuits in one conduit run, providing the installation does not interfere with work of other trades, the system functions as intended, the ampacity of the conductors is derated in accordance with the NEC, and none of the loads require a dedicated circuit. Indicate actual conduit routing and conductor arrangement on record drawings. G. Lighting and general purpose 20 ampere branch circuits may share a common neutral, provided each branch circuit is derived from a different phase leg. Isolated ground circuits and those served with ground fault circuit breakers must have their own neutral H. "Home runs" are indicated on the Drawings with arrows from the branch circuit 16010-3 L. I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR outlets pointing in the general direction of the panelboards to which they connect, complete with the panelboard and circuit designations. Continue "home runs" to the designated panelboards as though the conduit runs were shown in their entirety. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably close to the site. C. Where multiple units of the same type or class of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 2.02 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. I' I I I I LI I I I I B. Make products readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. ' 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: A. For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit request for substitution of any product or manufacturer not specifically named and obtain approval prior to bidding. C. Provide all information required to support claim of "equality" of product proposed for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, weight, reliability, appearance, and ease of maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. D. Where approved product substitutions alter the design, space requirements, I I I I Li 16010-4 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ' electrical requirements, connections, cooling loads, or etc., include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal to or better than that which would have been achieved with products of manufacturers as specified. I PI 2.04 PRODUCT APPLICATION: A. Furnish products that are UL listed for their intended use and environment. For example, use only raintight products suitable for wet locations when installed outdoors or where indicated on the Drawings to be weatherproof (WP). ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: A. Handle, install, connect, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. ' B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturers directions and the contract Documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work. ' 3.02 INSPECTIONS: IA. Arrange with the Administrative Authority for inspections of all work required and obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding with the work. B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Owner's representatives. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work. 3.03 CLEANING: A. Keep the premises clean and free from debris, dirt, and etc. ' B. Upon completion of the work, clean and polish all fixtures, equipment, and etc. ' 3.04 WORKMANSHIP: A. No person shall perform electrical work on the contract without possessing an ' 16010 - 5 1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR Arkansas State Master or Journeyman License from the Arkansas State Electrical ' Examiners Board. All electrical work and apprentice electricians shall be supervised by a Master or Journeyman Electrician on a one to one ratio. B. Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation by technicians skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. C. Accurately install conduit, and other equipment plumb, level, and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform. D. Carefully perform all cutting, drilling, digging, and etc., and patch or refinish the ' disturbed area to the condition of adjoining or similar surfaces in an approved manner. Do not cut any structural member without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines -that may be concealed. E. Conceal conduit in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mount equipment where shown in finished walls where possible. ' 3.05 COORDINATION: A. Coordinate the electrical work with the work of related trades to avoid interference's. Determine the exact route of conduit prior to fabrication and the exact location of each outlet and equipment enclosure prior to installation. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and compare to actual site conditions and constraints. In case of conflicts or interference, obtain clarification or instructions before performing any work. C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally have right of way over conduit and other products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation time. 3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: I I I [l I I A. Make all required electrical connections to each item of equipment shown or specified including equipment furnished by Owner, and make operational. I 3.08 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: 16010-6 I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I I A. Locate existing utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work. B. Protect public and private property against damage. C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, chemicals, frost, heat, handling, theft, and etc. Keep openings in conduit and ' equipment closed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. D. Provide necessary warning devices, barricades, or coverings required for safety ' around exposed "live" parts or high temperature surfaces. I I 3.09 CHASES AND OPENINGS: A. Provide templates or details for chases and other openings required through floors, walls, ceilings, and etc. to accommodate conduit. B. Provide any necessary cutting or drilling for required openings, and patch and refinish as directed. 3.10 PAINTING: IA. Paint all steel angles and equipment on outside of building. 11 I I L I I B. Touch-up scratches in factory finished surfaces with an approved paint to match the surface. 3.11 TESTING AND ADJUSTING: A. Test the completed electrical systems and prove free from short circuits, poor connections, and improper grounding. B. Maintain on the premises a first class voltmeter, ammeter, milli -ohmmeter, and meggar insulation tester in proper calibration and provide test measurements as required. 1. Meggar all 600 volt rated wiring at 1000 volts minimum before applying power. Prove resistance in excess of 10 megohms. 2. Test metal conduit and grounds for continuity and prove resistance less than one ohm to farthest outlet from system ground. 3. Test system ground to earth per the NEC. 16010-7 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I C. Align, adjust, calibrate, and test all systems to assure safe and proper operation. I D. Verify proper taps on motors and transformers for rated performance. 3.12 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A. Deliver special tools, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the electrical systems. B. Submit Project Record Documents indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction. C. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. ' I I C D. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment , and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data with current prices and sources of supply. Include copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings ' required in pre -construction submittals. E. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where ' required by other Electrical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. 3.13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER: ' A. Provide competent instruction to Owner's personnel covering operation and maintenance of all electrical systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturer's technical representatives when required. 3.14 GENERAL WARRANTY: ' A. Warrant the electrical installation against defects in products and/or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. B. Provide all labor, replacement parts, services, transportation, and incidental costs necessary for the proper operation of all electrical systems during the warranty period. C. Make good any damage to the building or grounds or other equipment resulting from defects in products and/or workmanship during the warranty period. END OF SECTION 16010-8 I 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR RACEWAYS SECTION 16110 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Conduit and fittings 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 B. Section 16120 C. Section 16190 D. Section 16195 E. Section 16450 1.03 SUBMITTALS: General Electrical Requirements Wires and Cables Supporting Devices Electrical Identification Grounding A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured assembly such as special fittings, modular seals, fire -stop material, and etc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Use only materials that are UL listed for the application and that bear the UL label. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: A. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) (the term "conduitalso applies to EMT): 1. Zinc electroplated inside and out, and with threadless ends. 2. Use set screw type fittings where concealed in walls, ceilings, etc., and use watertight and concrete tight gland and ring compression fittings where exposed or in concrete. 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 AWG. 16110-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I B. Non-metallic Conduit (NMC): 1. Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) electrical conduit with smooth straight ends. 2. Use couplings and connectors of same material as conduit, and joined with solvent -cement specifically manufactured for the purpose. 3. Use only RMC or IMC elbows with PVC-NMC adapters. PVC-NMC elbows , are not acceptable unless specifically allowed on the Drawings. 4. Use PVC-NMC box connectors only where allowed, such as for floor boxes. C. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): 1. Electroplated steel tubing with extruded PVC jacket equal to "sealtight." , 2. Use steel or malleable iron LFMC box connectors with insulated throats and a threaded grounding cone. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS: ' A. Use EMT for above ground, inside, dry locations not subject to mechanical injury. B. Use NMC for underground, under slab or outdoors. C. Use LFMC for the final connection to motors, transformers and other adjustable or vibrating equipment exposed in finished areas or installed in wet or damp locations. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Size raceways for the number, AWG, and type of conductors to be installed therein in accordance with the NEC. B. Install conduit in standard 10 foot lengths except where a shorter section is required. Make required field cuts square and ream until all burrs are removed. C. Make field bends in EMT with an approved bending machine or device, and make free from kinks, dents, or flattened surfaces. Do not exceed 90° in any individual bend nor exceed 360° of total bends or elbows in any one conduit run. ' D. Where conduit crosses a building expansion joint, provide a junction box on each 16110-2 1 I ' VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I side of the joint and connect with a slack section of FMC, or provide approved ' expansion fitting with integral ground jumper. E. The Drawings indicate diagramatically branch circuits and feeders required. Install ' conduit runs to accommodate the wiring requirements. ' END OF SECTION I I I I I I 11 I I 16110-3 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR WIRES AND CABLES SECTION 16120 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Power wiring and connectors, 600 volts or less B. Miscellaneous materials 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification E. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each type of wiring connector proposed for use. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER WIRING AND CONNECTORS: A. Use single conductor annealed copper with 600 volt code type THHN or dual rated THHN/THWN insulation unless noted otherwise. Use type XHHW stranded copper wire for isolated power systems when indicated. B. Minimum wire size is #12 AWG. Where developed distance from panelboard to first outlet exceeds 65 feet, increase minimum size to #10 AWG. C. #12 and #10 AWG wire used for lighting, receptacles, and other non -vibrating equipment may be solid conductor. All other wiring including wiring connecting to motors, transformers, and special grounding systems shall be stranded conductor. 16120-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I L D. Make splices required in #12 and #10 AWG solid conductor wire with insulated ' "Scotchlok" connectors. E. Make splices in all wire required to be stranded with approved crimp -on or bolted pressure connectors with snap -on or bolt -on insulated caps. F. The voltage and temperature ratings of the connector insulator shall be at least ' equal to that required of the conductor insulation. G. Furnish wire with color coding conforming to the following: Conductor 250V or Less Phase A Black Phase C Blue Neutral White Ground Green Color coding may be solid or striped -colored insulation. Colored plastic tape may , be used at terminations on #8 AWG and larger conductors with black insulation. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Where required, use wire lubricating compound suitable for the wire insulation and ' conduit and that does not harden nor become adhesive. Do not use on wiring for isolated power systems. B. Use plastic tape that is flame retardant and cold and weather resistant equal to Scotch #33. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: I A. Thoroughly clean conduit prior to pulling -in wires. Do not install wire until the raceway can be maintained in a dry condition. B. Use non-metallic pulling ropes attached to the conductors by means of woven basket grips or pulling eyes. Pull all conductors for a conduit run in together in such a manner as to avoid damage to the conductors, insulation, or conduit. 1 16120-2 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR C. Neatly train and nest multiple conductors and cables in boxes and enclosures and hold in place with "tie -wraps." Where conductors terminate in panelboards, arrange conductors to be perpendicular or parallel to circuit breaker line-up. D. Make splices and terminations mechanically and electrically secure. Splices shall only be made in a suitable accessible junction box. ' E. Where multiple paralleled conductor make -ups are indicated on the Drawings for large feeders, the conductors shall be identical in length, gauge, code type, and etc., and shall be terminated exactly alike. IEND OF SECTION I I I I I I I L 16120-3 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR BOXES AND ENCLOSURES SECTION 16130 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Junction and pull boxes B. Outlet boxes 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16140 Wiring Devices D. Section 16190 Supporting Devices E. Section 16195 Electrical Identification F. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturers data sheets on special enclosures. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: A. In dry locations, provide boxes of code gauge steel with galvanized or baked enamel finish and with bolted or screw attached covers. B. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with watertight gasketed covers. 2.02 OUTLET BOXES: A. In dry locations, provide outlet boxes of code gauge galvanized steel. Install 16130-1 L VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR concealed outlet boxes so that work is flush with finished surfaces with no gaps. B. For empty conduit system outlets, provide 4" square boxes with single gang adapter ring unless noted otherwise. C. For surface mounted lighting fixtures and equipment, provide 4" octagonal boxes with rings except where smaller boxes are required for fixtures or equipment. D. Provide galvanized extension rings, plaster rings, fixture studs, and etc. as required by conditions. E. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with gasketed covers and watertight flip lids as required by device. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Properly size boxes in accordance with the NEC to accommodate the number and size of conductors and conduits entering the boxes. B. Size enclosures to adequately accommodate the equipment with space for wiring and maintenance. I I L L I I I I C. Provide junction or pull boxes to facilitate pulling or splicing of conductors so that no one conduit run will exceed the allowable bends of 3600. D. All boxes shall be accessible at all times. Provide approved access panels where required to maintain accessibility. E. Close any unused knockouts or openings in boxes or enclosures with suitable caps or covers. F. Wall switch boxes for room lights and other devices shall be installed within 8 inches of doorjamb except by special permission. END OF SECTION I I I I I 16130-2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR WIRING DEVICES SECTION 16140 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Wall switches B. Receptacles C. Cover plates 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 B. Section 16130 C. Section 16190 D. Section 16195 1.03 SUBMITTALS: General Electrical Requirements Boxes and Enclosures Supporting Devices Electrical Identification A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of device proposed for use. PART 2- PRODUCTS: 2.01 WALL SWITCHES: A. Provide single pole, double pole, three way, four way, pilot light, and etc., toggle or key operated as indicated on the Drawings. B. Furnish switches of the mechanically silent type rated for 120/277 volts, 20 amperes, with fluorescent or incandescent loads. Use high capacity silver alloy for switch contacts. C. Furnish switches with ivory handles unless shown otherwise. D. Furnish Hubbell Specification Grade Series HBL 1220 switches with screw terminals and an approved grounding device. 16140-1 I. VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2.02 RECEPTACLES: A. For general use convenience receptacles, use NEMA 5-20R, back and side wire, equal to Hubbell Specification Grade Series 5352 for duplex and 5351 for simplex. L L L L B. For ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles, use NEMA 5-20R, back and , side wired with test and reset push buttons. Set trip point at 5 ma fault current. Furnish device equal to Hubbell specification Grade Series GF 5362. C. Furnish receptacles with ivory face plates unless shown otherwise ' D. For outdoor receptacles subject to long term or permanent continuous unattended use, provide weatherproof enclosure, the integrity of which is not compromised when the attachment plug is inserted, per NEC 410-57 (b). Cover shall be equal to Carton #E9U Series. 2.03 COVER PLATES: A. Furnish cover plates equal to Sierra Series "P" plastic of color to match device face unless shown otherwise. Use ivory cover plates for red handle emergency lighting switches. Nylon cover plates will not be allowed. B. Gang groups of switches and/or receptacles installed in multi -gang boxes under one continuous cover. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Adjust switches and receptacles to mount flush and plumb. B. Provide cover plates that fit the devices securely and completely cover wall openings. Properly fill and patch oversized, wall openings. For outdoor receptacles, provide covers with orientation to match receptacle installation, i.e., vertical covers for vertical receptacles and horizontal covers for horizontal receptacles. I I I I I [] F1 I I I 16140-2 J I C I [1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16170 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Fused and non -fused disconnect switches 1.02 RELATED WORK: ' A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements I B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification ID. Section 16450 Grounding E. Section 16476 Fuses 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of disconnect switch proposed for use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. For applications requiring 30-1200 amperes rating or for any two or three pole application, provide NEMA type "HD" (heavy duty) horsepower rated disconnects with enclosures suitable for the applications, such as NEMA 3R for outdoor ' installations. 1. Provide interlock to prevent door operating with switch in "ON" position. 2. Furnish with grounding block. 3. Provide for padlocking switch in "OFF" position. 4. Furnish with terminals UL listed for 75°C. wires. ' 5. Provide Class R, J, or L fuse provisions as applicable for fusible switches. Provide feature to reject Class H fuses. 6. Furnish with factory baked enamel finish. 16170-1 1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION rAYETTEVILLE, AR B. For fractional horsepower 120 volt motors with integral overload protection, as well as other 120 volt equipment protected at 20 amperes or less, use specification grade single pole switch in outlet box with minimum ratings as follows: 1. Horsepower rated for one horsepower 2. 120/277 AC volts 3. 20 amperes PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide disconnect switch for each fixed appliance or motor load indicated on the Drawings or required by the NEC. Install switch in sight of and within 50 feet maximum of equipment it serves. B. Generally, install 30 ampere or more rated switches with the top 5 feet above floor or grade. C. Install 20 ampere rated switches with center 4 feet above floor. END OF SECTION 11 I I I I I I J I [I C L I I I L_ 16170-2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR SUPPORTING DEVICES SECTION 16190 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Anchors B. Hangers and supports C. Concrete bases 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit for approval Contractor's shop drawings indicating shape and dimensions of plywood backboards and concrete bases when necessary for clarity and coordination with other trades. PART 2- PRODUCTS: 2.01 ANCHORS: A. Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In existing concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Elcen self drilling expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with specific approval. D. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts. 16190-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 E. On structural steel, use approved beam clamps or direct weld. •F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through -bolt with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers I and nuts. H. In bar joists, use threaded hanger rod between bottom angles secured with 1 washers and nuts. 2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. For multiple conduit runs, use trapeze hangers consisting of P-1000 "Unistrut" channels with pipe clamps and steel hanger rods where suspended. Anchor "Unistrut" to wall where multiple runs are wall mounted. B. Support individual conduits with malleable iron one -hole conduit clamps, steel two -hole pipe straps, or split ring steel conduit clamps. Wire, perforated iron strap, or steel one -hole clamps will not be acceptable. 1 C. For free standing boxes and enclosures, provide steel angle frame constructed to prevent any strain on conduits entering box. D. Support conduit through floors with steel riser clamps. 2.03 CONCRETE BASES: A. Provide concrete bases for floor mounted equipment indicated on the Drawings and all exterior equipment mounted on grade. Use proper cement/sand mix to achieve strength of 3000 psi after 28 days. B. Provide steel reinforcing bars as required and provide proper ties and support during pouring. C. Provide properly sized anchor bolts held in position with templates. Where anchor bolts cannot be held in sufficient alignment, provide adjustable bolts in pipe sleeves. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: L] L 1 I 1 I I 16190-2 I ' VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR A. Install anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations but sized to accommodate at least twice the actual load. Oversized holes that may weaken the installation will not be acceptable. ' B. Support all boxes and equipment enclosures directly by the building structure independently of the conduit. C. Support conduit independently by the building structure at intervals complying with the NEC. ' D. Support conduit without sagging to provide drainage of condensation. E. Permanently and securely support conduit, boxes, and enclosures before installing any wiring. IF. Establish sizes of concrete bases required to accommodate equipment. Generally, make bases extend 3" larger than equipment on all sides. Prior to pouring on existing slab, set steel re -bar dowels in holes drilled in existing slab for proper anchorage of base. Install near each corner and at other intervals not to exceed 24 inches. Trowel finish and rub smooth. Form edges with 3/4" chamfer. I END OF SECTION I L I I I I I 16190-3 1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16195 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Equipment nameplates B. Name tags C. Circuit directories D. Utility marker tape E. Wire markers 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured identifying device. B. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each item. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Approved manufacturers are Seton and Brady. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES: A. Identify each major component and controller (except light switches) as it is named on the Drawings with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets equal to Seton Style 2060. 1. Furnish with white letters on black background except for other color coded requirements. 16195-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. , Generally, furnish 3/4" high nameplates with 3/8" letters for major equipment such as switchboards, panelboards, transformers; and 1/2" high nameplates with 1/4" letters for minor equipment such as disconnect switches, contactors, starters, emergency power receptacles and etc. 2.02 NAMETAGS: A. Identify each outlet box of empty conduit system by affixing a write -on vinyl name tag equal to Seton Style PTOB to each end of pull wire installed in each conduit. Indicate purpose of empty outlet box such as "telephone" with location of pull wire termination such as "main terminal board." B. Identify conductors terminated in junction box or outlet box intended for future connection. Provide write -on vinyl name tags indicating panelboard and circuit number or location of source. 2.03 CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES: A. Fill out circuit directory cards for cardholder slots inside panelboard doors. Provide typewritten directory indicating function and location served for each circuit used. B. Identify undesignated spare circuit breakers by writing the word "spare" in soft pencil in the blank for that circuit number. Leave blank the description line for uninstalled circuit breakers (spaces). C. Identify circuits feeding battery backup emergency or exit lighting fixtures. 2.04 UTILITY MARKER TAPE: A. For all conduit or direct burial cable installed underground and outside of building, ' provide continuous plastic tape directly above underground services. B. Provide orange or red tape with contrasting letters at regular intervals equal to ' Seton No. 210 Series. C. For multiple underground conduit runs, provide two strips of marking tape; one , over each outside conduit. 2.05 WIRE MARKERS: I A. Provide permanent self adhesive wire markers on each conductor in panelboards 16195-2 .1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR or other equipment enclosures. B. Indicate the circuit number or terminal number to which the wire is connected. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Attach nameplates with approved adhesive on plastic surfaces and factory baked enameled surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on all other surfaces. B. Attach name tags to pull wires or conductors with nylon cord or other approved method. C. Install typewritten circuit directories in appropriate card slots. DF. Install continuous strip of utility marker tape 12" above conduit or direct burial cable it is identifying. Do not backfill to grade until tape installation is approved. E. Install wire markers so that information is easily visible. END OF SECTION 16195-3 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL SERVICES SECTION 16421 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Trenching and backfilling B. Electrical secondary service raceways and wiring, including service to remote equipment 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16120 Wires and Cables D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification E. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Shop Drawings of special mounting arrangements and metering requirements other than utility company's standard details. FART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL SERVICE: A. For underground raceways for primary and secondary service, as well as for remote equipment, use Schedule 40 PVC, rigid non-metallic conduit (PVC-NMC). 1. Provide Schedule 200 PVC-NMC straight couplings joined with approved solvent -cement. 2. Provide hot dipped galvanized rigid metal conduit (RMC) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC) long sweep elbows for all changes in direction. PVC- NMC elbows will not be allowed. Adapt to PVC-NMC conduit with combination coupling. 16421-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 1 B. For raceways exposed outside building, use RMC with threaded ends. 1. Provide malleable iron or steel screw -on fittings and insulated bushings. 2. Provide watertight hubs for all box connectors. C. For all secondary wiring, use single, annealed, stranded copper conductors with 600 volt code type dual rated THHN/THWN insulation. 1. Make terminations in equipment to bolted lugs or use approved crimp -on connectors bolted to bus bars. 2. Make all required splices with approved crimp -on or bolted pressure connectors with snap -on or bolt -on insulators. D. Where free standing metering equipment must be used, provide heavy steel angle frame for equipment mounting as required. Paint frame with gray enamel. E. Provide concrete pads for transformers and other equipment mounted on grade. Provide concrete bases, including steel reinforcing in accordance with utility company's standard details or requirements. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING: A. Excavate bottoms of trenches to required depth with uniform and solid bearing for ' conduit. Do not lay conduit on mud, rocks, or unstable soil. Remove unsuitable bearing material and backfill to proper depth with sand or other approved material. B. Excavate trenches to depths that will provide 4 inches of sand under the conduits and the following minimum cover above top of conduits to finished grade: 1. Secondary conduit or signal cable service raceways under paved or landscaped areas - 2 feet. 2. Secondary conduit or signal cable service raceways under unpaved or graveled driveways - 3 feet. 3.02 BACKFILLING: i A. Provide minimum of 4 inches of sand in bottom of trench for uniform bearing for conduit. After conduit has been laid and approved, backfill trench to a depth of one foot above top of conduit with sand or fine pea gravel. Install continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape over conduit and sand. Use suitable material for 16421 -2 L! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR remaining backfill to finished grade, tamped to 95% compaction. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Do not lay conduit in wet trenches. Keep trenches dry by pumping or other means until backfilling is completed. B. If underground splices cannot be avoided, provide approved manhole properly protected and drained. C. Where multiple parallelled conductor make -ups are indicated on the Drawings, provide conductors identical in length, gauge, type, etc., and terminate exactly alike. D. Clean and swab -out conduit before pulling any wire. E. Use approved wire lubricating compound when necessary to assist wire pulling. F. Where conduit enters building, seal space between conductors and conduit with "Ductseal." G. Identify entry location of each underground utility by providing a nameplate permanently attached on outside building wall directly above conduit where it enters building. END OF SECTION 16421 -3 ' VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR GROUNDING SECTION 16450 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Equipment grounding and bonding B. System grounding 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16120 Wires and Cables D. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit certified test report of grounding electrode resistance. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING ELECTRODES: A. Provide 5/8 inch x 10 feet "copperweld" ground rods and accessories as required to achieve proper system ground. 2.02 GROUNDING WIRES: A. Provide insulated grounding conductors and jumpers sized in accordance with the NEC but no smaller than #12 AWG. Identify with continuous green insulation or with green tape at each termination. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: 16450-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR I I A. Bond the entire metal raceway system including conduit, boxes, enclosures, equipment frames, motor housings, and etc. System to be mechanically and I electrically continuous throughout installation. B. Bond grounding conductor to conduit at the entrance and exit from that conduit I containing only the grounding conductor. C. Install grounding jumper from connector bushings to equipment grounding bars. ' Bond grounding bars and lugs to housing, except where an isolated ground is indicated. 1 D. Install separate grounding conductor in all raceway systems. E. Bond the grounding wires to each box and enclosure through which they pass, , except where an isolated ground is indicated. F Install grounding electrode in accordance with the NEC. Prior to connecting to system, measure ground resistance under "normal dry weather" conditions. If the electrode to ground resistance is not less than 25 ohms, install additional grounding electrodes as required by the NEC to achieve specified minimum resistance. G. Establish the system ground (grounding bar) at the service entrance. Bond this bar to all of the following: I. I I 1. Metal raceway system. 2. Grounding conductors, including those for isolated grounding systems. 3. The service entrance neutral conductor. Keep neutral conductors isolated ' from ground throughout electrical system except at the system ground. 4. The grounding electrode. 5. The building steel including steel reinforcing in concrete foundations and steel frames as applicable. END OF SECTION , I I Li 16450-2 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR ' CIRCUIT BREAKER LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, 240 VAC MAX. SECTION 16471 ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Branch circuit panelboards rated 400 amperes or less B. Circuit breakers and accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK: ' A. Section 16010 Electrical Requirements ' B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification ' D. Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each panelboard and each type of circuit ' breaker proposed for use. Submit schedule of engraved name plates and panelboard circuit directories. ' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: ' A. Approved Manufacturers are Square D. Siemens, GE, and Cutler -Hammer for comparable and competitive product lines as applicable. Additions to existing panelboards shall be made with circuit breakers and accessories from the same ' manufacturer as the existing panelboard. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS: A. Furnish with distributed phase sequence type bussing with approved plating. Provide plug -on or bolt -on circuit breaker connections as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Furnish with wiring terminals UL listed for 75°C and for copper wire. ' C. Enclose bus assembly in galvanized steel cabinet of required gauge and gutter 16471 - 1 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR sizes. Paint the outside of surface mounted cabinets to match the fronts. D. Provide "dead front" construction of code gauge steel with flush doors, concealed hinges, and flush cylinder tumbler -type locks. Key all panelboard locks in the ' building alike and also key like any existing panelboards where possible. E. For surface mounted cabinets, provide fronts of same size as the cabinets. For recessed cabinets, provide oversized fronts to completely cover wall openings. ' F. Provide solid neutral terminal block that is isolated from the cabinet unless used for a service entrance panelboard. G. Provide a grounding terminal block that is bonded to the cabinet unless used for an isolated grounded panelboard. I H. Furnish panelboards with either a main breaker (MB) or main lugs only (MLO) as scheduled on the Drawings. I I. Provide molded case circuit breakers of quick -make, quick -break, thermal -magnetic type with trip indication and common trip on all multi -pole , breakers. Handle ties on multi -pole breakers will not be accepted. Where required, provide the following special breakers: 1. UL labeled "SWD" (switching duty) on breakers used for switching. 2. UL Class A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) types where ground fault protection is required. 3. Current limiting types with test button and interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS symmetrical for use as main breaker for series connected ' rating applications. J. Rate each panelboard in accordance with UL Standard 67 for the integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. Where a Standard MB or MLO is provided, each branch breaker shall have the required interrupting capacity (AIC). At the Contractor's option, a current limiting type main breaker may be provided with lower rated AIC branch breakers as long as the UL recognized combinations of the series connected interrupting ratings meet the required integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. K. Panelboards shall be equal to Square D type NQOD with circuit breaker types being O0, O1, Q2, O4, IF, IK, or II as applicable. , PART 3- EXECUTION 1 1R471 - 9 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATION FAYETTEVILLE, AR 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount panelboards with the top 6 feet above finished floor. B. Support and identify as specified in "Related Work", Paragraph 1.02 contained herein. END OF SECTION 16471-3 I Li I I I I I I I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATIO FAYETTEVILLE, AR LIGHTING FIXTURES SECTION 16510 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Work under this section includes furnishing and installing lighting fixtures, lamps, and accessories. The term "fixtures" in this section shall pertain to lighting fixtures. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit manufacturers data sheets complete with dimensions, mounting accessories, and photometric data for each type of fixture and lamp combination proposed for use. Include total connected fixture watts and power factor. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: A. Fixture housings shall be constructed in a manner to prevent sagging or warping. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight, and parallel as designed. ' Interior light reflective finishes shall be white baked enamel with a minimum reflectance of 85%. Hinged doors on ceiling mounted fixtures shall operate smoothly without binding, and latches shall function easily without the use of tools. All fixtures shall be sealed or gasketed to prevent light leaks. Lenses shall be formed from 100% virgin acrylic with prismatic pattern unless noted otherwise. Lenses and louvers shall exactly fit the frame, and shall exhibit no signs of warping or sagging. B. Ballasts shall be certified by ETL and carry the CBM label, and shall be high power factor with UL listing. Ballasts shall be sound rated "A". Provide single ballast for 1, 2,3, or 4 lamp fixtures and two ballasts for 4 lamp fixtures with dual level switching. Provide high efficiency low interference electronic ballasts unless shown otherwise. ' Ballasts shall operate reliably in ambient temperatures from 50-100°F and shall contain automatic reset thermal protection. Ballasts located in unheated spaces or outside shall operate reliably down to 0°F. Power factor shall be no less than 90%. Ballasts shall have less than 20% THD. 16510-1 I VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATIO FAYETTEVILLE, AR C. Emergency ballast shall be UL listed. Emergency ballasts shall be sound rated "A". Provide ballast for operation of one lamp for a minimum of 90 minutes upon , interruption of normal power. Emergency ballasts shall provide 600 lumen outputs for one 32W T8 lamp or 500 lumen output for a compact fluorescent lamp. D. Lamps shall be Sylvania, G.E., or Westinghouse. Fluorescent lamps shall be high ' efficiency,T8, color corrected, rapid start, unless noted otherwise. All lamps shall meet efficiency standards set forth in the National Energy Policy Act of 1992. E. Wiring within the fixture shall have insulation suitable for the voltage, current, and temperature to which the conductors will be subjected. Lamp sockets shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 542. F. Surface mounted fixtures shall be UL listed for mounting directly to low density ceilings. Fixtures shall be furnished with hangers, stems, or spacers as required or as noted on the Drawings. All fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. 2.02 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES: A. Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. All recessed fixtures shall be provided with an automatic reset thermal protection device and shall be UL listed as type "NON-I.C.". Recessed fixtures , installed where insulation is within three inches of housing shall be UL listed as type "I.C.". Recessed fixtures shall be pre -wired to a junction box approved for through wiring and shall include any bar hangers, mounting accessories, trim rings, etc. 1 required to complete the installation. All fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. B. Incandescent lamps shall be suitable for the fixtures in which they are installed. Reflector lamps shall have beam patterns as scheduled on the Drawings. Fixtures installed in a manner that will make lamp replacement inconvenient shall be furnished with extended service lamps or lamps with the longest projected life available. All lamps shall meet the efficiency standards set forth in the National ' Energy Policy Act of 1992. 2.03 H.I.D. FIXTURES: A. Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. All outdoor fixtures shall be listed as suitable for wet locations and shall include all mounting accessories, poles, anchor bolts, brackets, and concrete bases for pole mounted fixtures where indicated or required. 16510 -2 VETERANS PARK PARKING AND RESTROOM RENOVATIO FAYETTEVILLE, AR B. Ballasts shall be CWA type capable of reliable starting down to -20°F and shall have a power factor of 0.9 or greater. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. The Contractor shall study the finished conditions and shall furnish fixtures compatible with the type of ceiling in which they are to be installed including all required mounting accessories. The Contractor shall relocate any fixture which, after installation, is found to interfere with other equipment or is otherwise located to conflict with proper performance as intended. B. Final wiring connections to fixtures located in lay -in ceilings shall be through Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC). Lay -in fluorescent fixtures shall be supported at two opposite comers directly from the structure above with #12 AWG galvanized steel hanger wire. Hanger wires maybe attached to the fixture or to the ceiling T -bar grid system at the fixture corners. Where hanger wires are attached to the T -bar grid, provide approved clips to attach fixture to the grid. Recessed incandescent fixtures installed in lay -in ceilings shall be provided with bar hangers attached to the T -bar grid and supported with a minimum of two #12 AWG galvanized steel hanger wires and shall support fixture with no force on the ceiling panels. Trim rings shall completely cover openings in ceiling panels. Exposed sides of surface mounted fixtures shall have no visible knock -out indentations. 3.02 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: A. Upon completion of the work, thoroughly clean and polish all fixtures inside and out, and clean all lamps. Adjustable fixtures shall be carefully aimed and positioned in the presence of the Architect. I END OF SECTION I 16510-3 '